MYCOLOGIA
Volume V, 1913
Published by 'the aid of the
David Lydig Fund
Bequeathed by Charles P. Daly
MYCOLOGIA
IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY
Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis, and B. M. Everhart in 1885
EDITOR
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL
Volume V, 1913
With 33 Plates and i Figure
LIRRAPY
WEw Y, ;^K
botanical
QAkUfcN.
JOSEPH C. ARTHUR
HOWARD J. BANKER
GIACOMO BRESADOLA
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS
JOHN DEARNESS
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
FRANKLIN S. EARLE
BRUCE FINK
ROBERT A. HARPER
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE
PAUL MAGNUS
GEORGE MASSEE
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD
LARS ROMELL
FRED J. SEAVER
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.
l/o/. 6^
/ 9/3
PRESS OF
THE New era printing company
LANCASTER. PA.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
No. I. January Page
Illustrations of Fungi — XIII, by William A. Murrill i
The Genus Keithia, by Elias J. Durand 6
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — III. The Genus Sarcodon, by Howard
J. Banker 12
The Agaricaceae of Tropical North America — VI, by William A. Murrill. 18
News and Notes 37
Index to American Mycological Literature 41
No. 2. March
Studies in North American Hyphomycetes — -II, by David Ross Sumstine. 43
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — IV. The Genus Phellodon, by Howard
J. Banker 63
New Species of Fungi, by Chas. H. Peck 67
The Amanitas of Eastern North America, by William A. Murrill 72
News and Notes 87
Index to American Mycologieal Literature 91
No. 3. May
Illustrations of Fungi — XIV, by William A. Murrill 93
The Nature and Classification of Lichens — II. The Lichen and Its Algal
Host, by Bruce Fink 97
The Probable Identity of Stropharia epimyces (Peck) Atk. with Pilosace
algeriensis Fries, by Edward T. Harper 167
News, Notes, and Reviews 170
Index to American Mycological Literature 182
No. 4. July
Some Tropical Cup-Fungi, by Fred J. Seaver 185
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — V. The Genus Hydnellum, by Howard
J. Banker 194
The Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast — IV. New Species of Clitocybe and
Melanoleuca, by William A. Murrill 206
Toxicological Studies on the Mushrooms Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe
infida, by Ernest D. Clark and Clayton S. Smith 224
Further Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts, by W. P. Fraser 233
Uredinales on Carex in North America, by J. C. Arthur 240
Notes on New Species of Fungi from Various Localities, by Charles
E. Fairman 24s
News and Notes 249
Index to American Mycological Literature 251
V
vi Table of Contents
No. 5. September Face
Illustrations of Fungi — XV, by William A. Murkill 257
The Identity of Cantharellus brevipes and Cantharellus clavatus, by
Edward T. Harper 261
The Structure of Siinblum sphaerocephalum, by Henry S. Conard 264
A Method of Determining in Analytic Work Whether Colonies of the
Chestnut Blight Fungus Originate from Pycnospores or Ascospores,
by F. D. Heald 274
News and Notes 278
Index to American Mycological Literature 284
No. 6. November
Illustrations of Fungi — XVI, by William A. Murrill 287
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — VI. The Genera Creolophus, Echino-
dontium, Gloiodon, and Hydnodon, by Howard J. Banker 293
The Genus Pseudoplectania, by F. J. Seaver 299
Internal Aecia, by Frederick A. Wolf 303
The Lactarieae of the Pacific Coast, by Gertrude S. Burlincham 305
News and Notes 312
Index to American Mycological Literature 317
Index to Volume V 320
MYCOLOGIA
IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY
Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellii,and B. M. Everhart in 1885
EDITOR
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL
Vol. V— JANUARY, 1913— No. i
JOSEPH C. ARTHUR
HOWARD J. BANKER
GIACOKO BRESADOLA
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS
JOHN DEARNESS
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
FRANKLIN S. EARLE
BRUCE FINK
ROBERT A. HARPER
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE
PAUL MAGNUS
GEORGE MASSES
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD
LARS ROMELL
FRED J. SEAVER
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR '
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.
CONTENTS
PAGB
Illustrations of Fungi — XIII - William A. Murrill i
The Genus Keithia - - - - Elias J. Durand 6
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — III. The Genus Sar-
codon ----- Howard J. Banker 12
The Agaricaceae of Tropical North America — VI
William A. Murrill 18
News and Notes 37
Index to American Mycological Literature - - -41
The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof;
Without Cover —
4 PP-
8 pp.
12 pp.
16 pp.
20 pp.
24 pp.
28 pp.
32 pp.
25-50 Copies —
l>-37
I1.87
^2.12
32.50
33- SO
34. 05
34- 82
35.20
too “
i-SS
2. IS
2.65
3»S
4.05
5.00
6. 10
6.50
200 “
2.00
305
4.00
4-30
5.60
6.90
8.30
8.90
Covers — First 50 — $ 1 . 00 . Additional, ic each.
Plates — 40c per too.
Mycologia.
Plate LXXX
ILI.USTRATIONS OF FUNGI.
MYCOLOGIA
VoL. V January, 1913 No. i
ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XIII
William A. Murrill
The accompanying plate illustrates several species of boletes
collected either near Bronx Park, New York City, or in the vicin-
ity of Stockbridge, Massachusetts. These are fleshy fungi with
tubes instead of gills, usually occurring on the ground in woods
during late summer and autumn. They are difiicult to distin-
guish, even in the fresh state, and when the large amount of water
they contain is eliminated the dried specimens bear little resem-
blance to the originals.
Many of the best edible fungi in temperate regions belong to
this group, and the dangers of being poisoned are relatively small.
Species with bitter or otherwise objectionable taste should be
avoided, and especially all plants having red or reddish tube-
mouths. The sensitive bolete, which promptly turns blue when
touched or broken, has also caused mild poisoning in some cases.
Many species have not been thoroughly tested, however ; hence
it is wise to eat sparingly of all such plants until well known.
For a complete treatment of the Boletaceae known to occur in
this country, the student is referred to North American Flora,
volume 9, part 3, where the species are fully described and arranged
under eleven genera with specific keys.
Gyroporus castaneus (Bull.) Quel.
Chestnut-colored Gyroporus
Plate 80. Figure i. X i
T Pileus convex to subexpanded, slightly depressed, gregarious,
[Mycologia for November, 1912 (4: 289-349) was issued November 23, 1912]
^ 1
limkary
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
aAKi>BN<
<
2
Mycologia
3-7 cm. broad ; surface smooth, dry, minutely but densely tomen-
tose, orange-brown, fulvous, or reddish-brown ; margin thin, usu-
ally paler ; context white, firm, nutty in flavor, unchanging when
wounded ; tubes depressed, sinuate, short, watery-white becom-
ing light-yellow to dark-cremeous, mouths angular, small, stuffed
when young, edges thin, entire ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline
to pale-yellowish, 8-9 X 4-5-5-S ; stipe subattenuate above and
below, cylindric or somewhat flattened, tomentose, bright-brown,
lighter at the apex, brittle, loosely stuffed, with a small cylindric
cavity at the center, 4-5 cm. long, 6-10 mm. thick.
This species is common in Europe and the United States in
sandy soil at the edges of woods. It is rather small, and varies
in color from orange-brown to chestnut; the flesh is white, un-
changing, of mild flavor, and edible.
Ceriomyces auriporus (Peck) Murrill
Golden-pored Ceriomyces
Plate 80. Figure 2. X i
Pileus circular, plano-convex, 2-4 cm. broad, 0.5-1 cm. thick;
surface reddish-brown or yellowish-brown, rarely grayish-brown,
sometimes brown with a reddish-yellow tint or reddish-brown in
the center and olivaceous toward the margin, glabrous or minutely
tomentose, slightly areolate at times with age, the interstices ap-
pearing yellow, usually dry, but somewhat viscid in wet weather ;
margin even, thin, somewhat obtuse, slightly inflexed on drying,
concolorous ; context firm, fleshy, 3-5 mm. thick, white, unchange-
able, tinged with red under the cuticle, at first mild, then un-
pleasant to the taste, the cuticle decidedly acid; tubes plane or
convex, adnate or nearly free, with a broad shallow depression
about the stipe, 3-5 mm. long, bright golden-yellow, unchanging,
even after years in the herbarium, mouths concolorous, variable
in size, small and circular when young, medium or large and
irregularly polygonal when old, edges thin, entire ; spores oblong-
ellipsoid, curved at one end, lemon-yellow, 8-10 X 4-5 /^; stipe
central, short, slender, curved, tapering upward, nearly glabrous,
pulverulent under a lens, slimy in wet weather, concolorous or
paler, slightly striate above from the decurrent edges of the tubes,
solid, white or discolored-yellowish tinged with red within, 2-4
cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick.
Common in thin, dry woods and on shaded roadsides from New
England to Alabama, and readily distinguished by its beautiful
Murrill; Illustrations of Fungi
3
golden tubes, which remain for years after drying without chang-
ing color.
Rostkovites granulatus (L.) P. Karst.
Granulated Rostkovites
Plate 8o. Figures 3, 4. X 1
Pileus subhemispheric to nearly plane, gregarious, rarely cespi-
tose or solitary, 4-10 cm. broad, 1-1.5 cm. thick; surface very
viscid, with easily separable cuticle, very variable in color, usually
pinkish-gray to reddish-brown fading to yellowish, often obscurely
spotted, especially at the center; margin sterile, projecting, in-
curved and somewhat appendiculate when young; context thick,
compact, elastic, pale-yellow next to the tubes, white above, un-
changing when wounded, taste mild, somewhat mucilaginous;
tubes short, less than 5 mm., adnate, subdecurrent, plane in mass,
pale-yellow to dirty-yellowish, unchanging when wounded, mouths
simple, subcircular, irregular, edges rather thick, flecked with
pinkish-brown glandules; spores fusiform, pale-yellowish-brown,
7-5“9-5 X 2. 5-3. 5 /u.; stipe short, thick, subequal or enlarged below,
white or pale-yellow, dotted with pinkish-brown droplets which
become darker on drying, solid, white within, 2.5-5
1-1.5 cm. thick.
Common in Europe and temperate North America, usually in
open woods near coniferous trees. The figures show the more
usual reddish-brown form, as well as the albino form, of this ex-
cellent edible species.
Rostkovites subaureus (Peck) Murrill
Boletus americanus Peck
Golden Rostkovites. American Boletus
Plate 80. Figure 5. X i
Pileus thin, convex to expanded, sometimes umbonate, 5-10
cm. broad ; surface very viscid, yellow, often dotted or streaked
with bright-red, dingy with age, sometimes spotted from the dry-
ing of the gluten ; margin slightly tomentose or appendiculate
when young; context comparatively thick, fleshy-tough, pale-
yellow, pinkish-gray when wounded, taste mild; tubes adnate,
scarcely decurrent, plane in mass, bright-yellow to dull-ochraceous
flecked with yellowish, exuding drops which blacken with age,
mouths rather large, angular, edges obtuse ; spores oblong-ellip-
4
Mycologia
soid, smooth, ochraceous-ferruginous, 8.5-11 X4-5j«-; stipe slen-
der, tapering upward, yellow, darker toward the base, covered
with numerous brownish or reddish-brown glandular dots which
blacken with age, solid, yellow within, 4-7 cm. long, 4-8 mm.
thick.
This species resembles the preceding and occurs in similar
localities, but is confined to eastern North America. The speci-
mens figured did not show the incarnate dots or streaks which
often appear on the cap, affording a good distinguishing char-
acter. Boletus flavidus Fries, of Europe, is closely related.
Ceriomyces subglabripes (Peck) Murrill
Scurfy-stemmed Ceriomyces
Plate 80. Figure 6. X i
Pileus circular, rather thin, subconic or convex to nearly plane,
occasionally cespitose, 3-10 cm. broad ; surface glabrous, sub-
viscid when moist, rugose at times, usually so when dry, reddish,
pale-chestnut, grayish-brown, golden-brown, or rarely darker-
brown, margin regular, concolorous ; context white or whitish,
unchangeable, of mild flavor; tubes plane or convex, adnate or
depressed, lemon-yellow, becoming greenish-yellow or darker
from the maturing spores, mouths circular to angular, regular,
rather small, edges entire; spores oblong-fusiform, greenish-
brown when fresh, soon changing to ochraceous-brown, 12-15
X 4-5 Ai; stipe central, cylindric, equal or slightly tapering upward,
light-yellow without and within, sometimes tinged with red near
the middle or lower down, striate but not reticulate, ornamented
with small, pallid, scurfy particles, which sometimes partially dis-
appear with age, 5-7 cm. long, 8-15 mm. thick.
On the ground in rather thick deciduous woods from Nova
Scotia to New York. It was impossible to reprdduce in the illus-
tration the small scurfy particles on the stem which suggested the
specific name. The section shows the usual smooth form of the
cap, while the other figure represents the exceptional rugose form.
Ceriomyces bicolor (Peck) Murrill
Two-colored Ceriomyces
Plate 80. Figure 7- X i
Pileuis somewhat irregular, firm, convex, 5-10 cm. broad; sur'
face dry, glabrous or finely tomentose or squamulose, at times
Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi
5
rimose-areolate with age, apple-red or purplish-red, often fading
or becoming stained with yellow when old, margin irregular,
sometimes upturned ; context flavous, changing slowly to blue at
times when wounded, then back to flavous, taste mild ; tubes
short, adnate, nearly plane, flavous when young, becoming ochra-
ceous with age, changing slowly to blue or greenish-blue when
wounded, mouths angular, of medium size, 2-3 to a mm. ; spores
fusiform, smooth, pale-ochraceous-brown, 10-12 X 4~5 5 stipe
nearly equal, firm, solid, yellow or red, sometimes slightly reticu-
late at the top, changing to greenish-blue when bruised, smooth,
nearly glabrous, showing dark dots under a lens, solid, flavous
within, changing slowly to blue, 4-10 cm. long, 0.7-1. 5 cm. thick.
This very beautiful species may be looked for in open deciduous
woods from New England to North Carolina and west to Ohio
and Kentucky. The pileus is red or purple, lacking the bloom
found in C. Peckii, the tubes are yellow, soon changing, and the
stipe is yellow or red, without the distinct reticulations found
both in C. Peckii and C. speciosus. The larger plant figured rep-
resents the stage in which the bright colors found in young speci-
mens have somewhat faded.
New York Botanical Garden
THE GENUS KEITHIA
Elias J. Durand
(With Plate 8i, Containing ii Figures)
Dr. J. J. Davis has been good enough to place in my hands for
study material of a discomycetous fungus parasitic on Thuja,
which was collected by him in Wisconsin. It was first found July
14, 1908, at Mellen, Ashland Co., about twenty-five miles from
Lake Superior, where, at two points along Bad River, Thuja was
found bearing the fungus but not very abundantly. In July, 1909,
the fungus was again met with in Oconto Co., in the Green Bay
district, where it was very abundant on the same host. It seems
probable, therefore, that the parasite is rather widely distributed
in the northern part of Wisconsin.
Examination of the fungus showed its affinities to be with the
genus Keithia Sacc., and it was named provisionally K. thujina
Durand.^ At that time I had not seen specimens of K. tetraspora,
a European form, the typical and only described species of the
genus. More recently, however, authentic material of that and
of another allied species has become available which enables me
to present the following account of this little-known parasitic
group.
The genus Keithia was established by Saccardo^ to include the
single species described as Phacidiiim tetrasporum Phil. & Keith,®
a parasite of Itiniperus, in Scotland. The genus was referred to
the Phacidiaceae, from the other members of which it differed in
its 4-spored asci, and its colored spores divided by a single septum
into two unequal cells. Authentic specimens of Phacidium tetra-
sporum collected at Forres, Scotland, June, 1880, by Rev. J.
Keith, now in the New York State Museum of Natural History,
at Albany, have been examined. A related species parasitic on
Tsuga, in New Hampshire, was described by Dr. Farlow, in 1883,
* Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci. Arts Let. 16; 756. 1909.
“Syll. Fung. 10: 49. 1892.
“Gardeners’ Chronicle, N. S. 14: 308. 1880.
6
Durand: The Genus Keithia
7
under the name Stictis Tsugae.* Examination of authentic ma-
terial has shown it to belong in Keithia rather than in either
Stictis or Propolidiiim, to which it was referred by Saccardo.
The genus Keithia, therefore, is known to possess three species,
all of which are parasitic on the leaves of conifers. One is on
Junipertis, in Europe, the others on Tsiiga and Thuja, respec-
tively, in America.
Phillips and others have referred the parasite of juniper to the
Phacidiaceae on account of its dark color, and its supposed lacin-
iate method of dehiscence. Maire and Saccardo in describing the
genus Didymascella (later regarded by Maire as a synonym of
Keithia) remarked that it certainly belongs nearest to the Pha-
cidiaceae. So long as knowledge of the genus was confined to
the originally described species such a reference seems not at all
remarkable. Eurther study of the group, especially of the two
American representatives, throws a somewhat different light on
its affinities, and seems to indicate that it might better be referred
to the Stictidiaceae. Maire has pointed out, with good reason,
that in the case of K. tetraspora the fungus itself does not split
in a laciniate manner, but that the lobes are really formed of the
epidermis of the host, which is ruptured by the expanding ascoma
beneath.
There seems little room for doubt that the three species here
included in Keithia are congeneric. The habit, all being parasites
of coniferous leaves; the erumpent ascomata bursting the epi-
dermis only; the uniformity of structure of the poorly developed
excipulum ; the small number and peculiar septation and color of
the spores, all indicate that we are dealing with a very compact
group. Comparison of these three species shows that in the case
of K. thujina and K. Tsugae the color is much brighter than in
K. tetraspora, and the covering epidermis is thrown off as a scale
rather than splitting stellately. When completely moist the ascoma
becomes somewhat elevated and cushion-like. The general re-
semblance of these plants to Propolis faginea is so great that it
seems that they must be associated in the same family. Sections
show that in all species of Keithia the excipulum and hypothecium
are very poorly developed, but certainly are not lacking as stated
‘Appalachia 3; 245. 1883.
8
Mycologia
in the description of Didymascella. The substance of the ascoma
is soft and waxy when fresh. On the basis of these characters
I believe that the affinities of Keithia are not with the Phacidia-
ceae, with which European authors have associated it, but with
the Stictidiaceae, to which the parasite on Tsuga was originally
referred by Dr. Farlow. If this disposition is the correct one
we have in Keithia a genus of strictly parasitic fungi in a family
otherwise almost exclusively saprophytic.
The genus may be characterized as follows :
A genus of the Stictidiaceae parasitic on leaves of conifers.
Ascomata erumpent, rupturing the epidermis either laciniately or
in the form of a scale, bright-colored to dark. Spores 2 or 4,
becoming olive-brown, divided into two unequal cells by a septum
near one end.
Synopsis of Species
Spores 4 in each ascus.
Epidermis ruptured laciniately, on Jnniperus.
Epidermis ruptured in the form of a scale, on Tsuga.
Spores 2 in each ascus, epidermis rupturing by a scale,
epispore punctate, on Thuja.
1. K. tetraspora.
3. K. Tsugae.
2. K. thujina.
I. Keithia tetraspora (Ph. & Keith) Sacc. Syll. 10: 49. 1892
Phacidium tetrasporum P. & K. Card. Chron. N. S. 14: 308.
1880.
Didymascella Oxycedri Maire & Sacc. Ann. Myc. i : 418. 1903
(fide Maire, Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 21: 140. 1905).
Hypophyllous, erumpent, ascomata at first buried beneath the
epidermis, then breaking through and rupturing the epidermis by
3-4 laciniae, seated in the midst of a small, circular, yellowish-
brown spot; the pustule elliptical, .75-1 mm. long, .5 mm. wide;
disk brownish-black. Asci clavate, 175 X 16-18 /x, apex rounded,
not blue with iodine. Spores 4, uniseriate, at first hyaline, later
becoming olive-brown, ellipsoid to piriform-ellipsoid, the smaller
end occasionally prolonged to form a short beak-like projection,
divided by a septum close to one end into two very unequal cells,
the smaller being as often distal as proximal, 21-24 X
Paraphyses cylindric, hyaline below, septate, 2-3 /x thick, the apex
clavate, olive-yellow, 8-9 /x thick.
On living leaves of juniper (/. communis, probably), Forres,
Scotland, 1880, Rev. J. Keith.
Durand: The Genus Keithia
9
Phillips described the fungus as occurring on the upper side of
the leaf, but in the twenty-five or more infected leaves examined
it is hypophyllous without exception. I have seen no reference
to other collections of this species before 1903. In that year a
parasite of Juniperus 0 .vycedrus, from Corsica, was described
under the name Didymascella Oxycedri, by Maire and Saccardo.
I have not seen specimens of this fungus, but Maire, following
the suggestion of Patouillard, later came to the conclusion that
it does not differ from Keithia tetraspora.
The erumpent ascomata remind one strongly of the pustules
of some Puccinia. Sometimes as many as three ascomata may
appear on a single leaf of the host. The spores are quite similar
to those of K. thiijina, but there are four in each ascus, the septum
is not quite so close to one end, and the walls are not pitted. The
laciniate rupturing of the epidermis is distinctive, as well as the
dark color of the hymenium.
2. Keithia thujina sp. nov.
Ascomata epiphyllia, erumpentia, orbicularia vel elliptica, pul-
vinata, olivacea vel brunneo-olivacea, 1-1.25 mm. longa, .5 mm.
lata ; epidermis supra integra non laciniatim decidens. Asci cla-
vati, 80-100 X 18-20 /X. Sporae duae, brunneo-olivascentes, ellip-
tico-piriformes, septo ad apicem anteriorem inaequaliter divisae,
punctatae, 22-25 X Paraphyses furcatae, septatae, cla-
vato-incrassatae, olivaceae.
Ascomata epiphyllous, erumpent, at first buried beneath the
epidermis which is lifted up, breaks around the margin, and finally
falls away as an entire flap or scale, exposing the ascoma in the
form of a cushion-like elevation. Ascomata circular to elongate-
elliptic in outline, straight or curved, convex above, having the
form of depressed cushions which are raised slightly above the
surface of the substratum, .5 mm. broad, up to 1.25 mm. long;
disk olive to olive-brown. Asci clavate, stout, 80-100 X 18-20 /x,
opening by a pore, not blue with iodine. Spores 2, placed end to
end, at first hyaline, finally becoming olive-brown, broadly ellip-
soid or piriform-ellipsoid, the smaller end uppermost, at first con-
tinuous, finally divided by a single transverse wall close to the
distal end into two very unequal cells, epispore with minute pits
over its whole surface, 22-25 X 15-16/x. Paraphyses branched
below, septate, strongly clavate-thickened in the distal third, coher-
ing, somewhat longer than the asci, 2-3 /x thick below, 5-8 /x thick
above, olive.
10
Mycologia
On living leaves of Thuja occidentalis, Mellen, Wise., 14 July,
1908 (Durand no. 6259, type) ; Oconto Co., July, 1909 (Durand
no. 6910), Dr. J. J. Davis.
This species differs from K. tetraspora in the 2-spored asci,
pitted spores, olive h}'menium and the method of rupturing the
covering epidermis. The fungus attacks the )’oung, living foliage
so that the scale-like leaves turn brown and die. In old speci-
mens the ascomata fall out, leaving a hole extending nearly
through the leaf. The septum in the spore is not always evident
with low or medium powers of the microscope, but comes out
best under an oil immersion objective. The same is true of
the markings of the epispore, which consist of minute pits ex-
tending about half way through the wall. Such pit-like markings
are quite unique in either the Phacidiaceae or Stictidiaceae.
The parasite does not seem to have any visible effect on the
vigor of the tree, according to Dr. Davis’s observations, since it
destroys only a limited amount of leaf-tissue. Experience with
other fungous diseases, however, leads one to suspect that under
favorable conditions, or in certain seasons, it might become
serious.
3. Keithia Tsugae Farlow
Stictis Tsugae Farlow, Appalachia 3: 245. 1883.
Propolidium Tsugae (Farlow) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 668. 1889.
Hypophyllous, numerous, scattered ; ascomata minute, at first
buried beneath the epidermis which is finally ruptured and turned
to one side as a scale, becoming more or less elevated and cushion-
like, dark brown, orbicular to elliptic, .3-5 mm. in diameter.
Asci oblong-clavate, apex rounded, not blue with iodine, 58-65
X 13-16 ju. Spores 4, uniseriate, at first hyaline, finally becoming
greenish brown, ellipsoid-ovoid, divided by one septum into two
unequal cells of which the proximal is smaller, constricted at the
septum, 13-16X6-8 /A, smooth. Paraphyses cylindric, septate,
hyaline below, the tips clavate, olive-brown, 4-5 fi thick.
On living and dead leaves of Tsuga eanadensis. New Hamp-
shire: Shelburne and Lake Sunapee, July-Sept., Dr. W. G. Far-
low; Wisconsin: Price Co., 13 Sept., 1911, Dr. J. J. Davis.
I have examined a portion of the type of this species kindly
placed at my disposal by Dr. Farlow, as well as other specimens
from his collection in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Mycologia
Plate LXXXI
1 - 5 -
6 - 8 .
9 - 1 1 .
Keithia thujina Durand
Keithia tetraspora (Ph. & Keith) Sacc.
Keithia Tsucae Farlow
Durand: The Genus Keithia
11
Garden. The material from Lake Sunapee is more mature than
the rest, and shows spores conspicuously colored. This charac-
ter, as well as the tetrasporous asci and the spores divided into
two very unequal cells, indicates its close relationship to K. tetra-
spora and K. thujina. The covering epidermis falls as a scale as
in the last named species.
Dr. Davis’s recent collections are also mature and agree in all
respects with those from New Hampshire.
Dr. Farlow informs me that since he first found it, in 1882-3,
he has secured more mature material in several localities, which
has quite modified his original view regarding this species. In
the type the spores are immature and hyaline, and through an
error were described as 8-spored instead of 4-spored. Compari-
son with authentic Keithia tetraspora, in Europe, convinced him
that his Stictis Tsugae is congeneric, and should be called, there-
fore, Keithia Tsugae.
The same writer speaks of the parasitism of this species as fol-
lows : “ The fungus appears only on the under side of the leaves,
which turn brown and quickly fall. It was first noticed in Au-
gust, 1882, on a tree affected with Peridermimn Peckii. In Sep-
tember, 1883, it was found on a large number of trees, and had
nearly destroyed the foliage. It may be considered a disease
which does considerable harm.”
On the basis of observations recently made upon this species in
Wisconsin, Dr. Davis entertains some doubts about its parasitic
nature. He has found no instances in which it appeared on
undoubtedly living leaves, and he is convinced that it is not so
certainly parasitic as is K. thujina.
University of Missouri,
Columbia, Mo.
Explanation of Plate LXXXI
Keithia thujina. Fig. i. Portion of branch of Thuja showing four asco-
mata. X 6. Fig. 2. Single ascoma much enlarged showing the epidermal scale
falling away. Fig. 3. Asci, paraphyses and spores. Figs. 4-5. Asci, paraphyses
and spores drawn with the oil immersion objective.
Keithia tetraspora. Fig. 6. Portion of leaf of Juniperus showing two asco-
mata exposed by the stellate splitting of the epidermis. Fig. 7. Three asci,
paraphyses and spores. Fig. 8. Three spores more highly magnified.
Keithia Tsugae. Fig. 9. Leaf of Tsuga showing nine ascomata, much
enlarged. Fig. 10. Single ascoma greatly enlarged exposed by falling epidermal
scale. Fig. ii. Asci, paraphysis and spores.
TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE^
III. THE GENUS SARCODON
Howard J. Banker
The name Sarcodon was first proposed by Quelet in Cooke and
QueletjClav. Syn. Hym. Eur. 195. 1878, but as no binomials were
formed the name was not established as a genus until later taken
up by Karsten. Whether we follow Quelet or Karsten in our
conception of the genus, the type species is Hydnum imbricatum L.
Sarcodon reticulatus Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12 : 139. 1906
Hydnum fragile Fries, Nya Svamp. in Ofvers. af Kongl. Vetensk.
Ak. Forhandl. 1851: 53. 1852; not H. fragile Persoon, Syn.
Meth. Fung. 561. 1801.
The type of this species is “ Copp 3716” deposited in the New
York Botanical Garden herbarium. The specimen was collected
in Iona, New Jersey, and is a part of the only collection of the
species made in this country. Specimens of the plant sent to
M. C. Cooke were referred by him to Hydnum fragile Fr. The
Friesian name is untenable as it is preoccupied by H. fragile Pers.
applied to a resupinate form. No type of H. fragile Fr. was
found at Upsala, but European plants apparently identical with
the American form are uniformly referred there to H. fragile Fr.
At Kew specimens were found, collected in England, identical in
every respect with the New Jersey plants even to the adherence
of pine needles to the pileus indicating a similar habitat. At
Upsala there was found a specimen collected at Mustiala, Fin-
land, by P. A. Karsten, that had all the characters of our type
except that it had a long somewhat fusiform stem, 2X8 cm.,
raising the pileus well up from the earth. This feature has not
been observed in any other specimens.
^ Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herrman
Research Fund of tb" New York Academy of Science.
12
Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae
13
Sarcodon acre Quelet, Ench. Fung. i88. 1886
Hydnuni acre Quelet, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 24: 324. pi. 6. f. i.
1877-
Hydnum cristatum Bres. Atkinson, Jour. Myc. 8: 119. 1902.
The type of H. acre Quel, has not been seen. A specimen, how-
ever, has been received from G. Bresadola which that eminent
mycologist had compared with Quelet’s type and regards as an
authentic representative of the species. This specimen does not
appear to me to differ in any respect from authentic specimens of
Hydnum cristatum Bres., received from Professor George F.
Atkinson, which are a part of the type collection. The acrid taste
noted in both the European and the American plants confirms the
diagnosis of their identity, as this character is not common in the
Sarcodons. A specimen at Kew contributed by Quelet has all the
characters of our American forms. There seems to be no good
reason to maintain H. cristatum Bres. as a distinct species.
The plant appears to be most abundant in Connecticut and
Long Island.
Sarcodon radicatus sp. nov.
Sarcodon fuligineo-violaceus Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12 ; 142.
1906; not Sarcodon fuligineo-violaceus (Kalch.) Quel. Ench.
Fung. 189. 1886.
Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, small, 3-4
cm. high, brownish; pileus subconvex, uneven, somewhat irregu-
lar, 4-6 cm. wide ; margin thin, sterile, decurved ; surface subpu-
bescent to smooth, sometimes with small innate scales, light-brown
or ochraceous-brown with darker areas ; substance fleshy, some-
what tough, light-brown, lighter than the surface ; stem sub-
flexuose, somewhat inclined, excentric to central, solid, subeven,
abruptly narrowing below to a slender root-like base, 2-2.5 cm.
long, 1-1.5 cm. wide; teeth fine, terete, tapering, decurrent more
or less scatteringly to the base, seal-brown to flesh color at the
tips, when dry a uniform tawny-brown, short teeth scattered about
among the long, 1.5-2 mm. long, 0.1-0.2 mm. wide, 9-12 to a
square mm.; spores subglobose, tuberculate, 4-5.5 /a wide, brown;
hyphae of trama hyaline, smooth, thin-walled, collapsing when
dried, recovering slightly in KOH, forming an intricate tangle,
scarcely separable in KOH, septate, without clamp-connections,
segments irregular, more or less inflated, 9-12 /x wide, 40 /x or more
long ; taste mild ; odor of slippery elm.
14
Mycologia
On earth in mixed woods, late summer and autumn, Schaghti-
coke, N. Y.
The type of the above described species is in the writer’s her-
tinct from Hydnum fuligineo-violaceum Kalch., although Kalch-
brenner’s Hydnum fidigineo-violaceum, though not with entire
confidence. Since then specimens have been received from Abbate
G. Bresadola which that distinguished mycologist collected in
Trient and compared with Kalchbrenner’s type. These plants
are manifestly very different from the American forms described
above. At Upsala two specimens were observed collected in
Hungary and contributed by Kalchbrenner himself. These plants
appeared to have the characters of Bresadola’s specimens, but
were smaller, approaching in size the American plants. They
confirmed the diagnosis that the above described species is dis-
tinct from Hydnum fidigineo-vioJaceum Kalch., although Kalch-
brenner’s figure^ closely resembles the appearance of our plants.
Sarcodon laevigatus (Sw.) P. a. Karsten, Rev. Myc. 3*: 20.
1881
Hydnum laevigatum Sw. Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 1810:
243. 1810.
Hydnum bubalinum Pers. Myc. Eur. 2: 16.1. 1825.
There is probably no type of H. laevigatum Sw. in existence.
At least I have not been able to locate any of Swartz’s specimens.
In the European herbaria very little material was found referred
to this species and none that could be regarded as having much
weight in determining the authentic characters of the species.
The American plants which we have referred to this species con-
form well to the few European plants that we have seen and
appear to have all the characters ascribed to the species.
Hydnum bubalinum Pers. is represented in Persoon’s herbarium
at Leyden by a single specimen sent by Chaillet. The plant ap-
pears to be the same as our specimens of H. laevigatum Swartz.
Sarcodon imbricatus (L.) P. A. Karsten, Rev. Myc. 3^ : 20. 1881
Hydnum imbricatum L. Sp. PI. 2: 1178. I753-
Hydnum cervinum Pers. Obs. Myc. i : 74. I79^-
“ Kalchbrenner, Icon. Hym. Hung. pi . 32 . f . 2 .
Banker; Type Studies in the Hydnaceae
15
There is of course no type of H. imbricatum L. in existence.
At Upsala a number of specimens of European plants, mostly
from Scandinavia and Finland, were found referred to this species
by Fries, Karsten, and others. These were uniform in character
and most closely resembled the large coarse-scaled American
forms as figured by F. E. Clements, Minnesota Mushrooms 104.
/. dp.
No type of H. cerviiiuni Pers. was found at Leyden, but from
the description the species does not appear to be distinct from
H. imbricatum L. and was so regarded by Persoon himself, see
Syn. Meth. Fung. 554.
Sarcodon Murrillii sp. nov.
Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, medium to large size,
reddish-brown ; pileus expanded to infundibuliform, subrotund to
irregular, 5-10 cm. wide, 1-2 mm. thick when dried; surface
roughened with fine floccose scales, coarsest toward center, 1-2
mm. wide, ends upturned, about as long as wide, subzonately
arranged, dark-reddish-brown on scales, lighter between ; margin
thin, fertile, repand, finely lobed or crenate, pallid; substance
fleshy, pale-brown to whitish, drying thin, but somewhat tough
and flexible ; stem subcentral, strongly inclined, tapering gradually
and then abruptly to the base, reddish-brown above, concolorous
with pileus, paler below but becoming blackish at the base, sca-
brous roughened nearly to the base, apparently hollow or stuffed.
4-6 cm. long, 1-2 cm. wide ; teeth small, slender, terete, tapering,
acute, crowded, decurrent nearly to the base, reddish-brown, white
tipped, 1.5 mm. or less long in dried plant, 0.15-0.25 mm. wide,
9-12 to a square mm.; spores subglobose, tuberculate, tubercles
not prominent, pale-brownish, 6-7 /i wide; basidia prominent,
irregular, clavate, 8-10 ju, wide; sterigmata conical, curved, horn-
shaped, 3-4 long; hyphae of trama hyaline, smooth, thin-walled,
collapsing when dried, recovering in KOH, subparallel but partly
separable in KOH, septate, without clamp-connections, segments
short, stout, constricted at the septa, irregular, 10-28 /x wide by
20-70 /X long; hyphae of the teeth very slender, tubular, rarely
septate, 3-4 /x wide.
The type of the species is Murrill and House jp7, Transylvania,
North Carolina, deposited at the New York Botanical Garden.
Many of the specimens distributed in Ellis, N. Am. Fung.,
“ 926 Hydnum imbricatum ” are undoubtedly this species. I
know that some of them are.
16
Mycologia
Sarcodon fumosus sp. nov.
Hymenophore terrestrial, inesopodous, small, 3-5 cm. high,
ash-gray to smoky ; pileus plane to convex, 2-3 cm. wide, 2-3
mm. thick ; surface even, subpubescent, ash-gray to smoky-oliva-
ceous-brown when dried ; margin thin, fertile, minutely serrate ;
substance fleshy-spongy when fresh, somewhat tough, flexible,
compact, subwaxy toward surface, soft fibrous within, olivaceous,
when dried ; stem slender, subcentral, inclined or curved, atten-
uate upward, subpubescent at base to glabrous shining toward the
cap, 2-4 cm. long, 3-10 mm. wide ; teeth short, slender, terete,
tapering, acute, uneven, not decurrent, pale t 5 dirty-white, some-
what crowded, 2-5 mm. long or less, 0.2-0.4 mm. wide, 9-12 to
a square mm. ; spores dark, coarsely and densely tuberculate,
ovoid, 7-9 ju, X 9-1 1 ft- wide ; basidia clavate to oblong, narrowing
abruptly at the base, 7-10 /j, wide by 25-30 long ; sterigmata deli-
cate, conical, incurved, 3-4 ju. long; hyphae of trama colored, dis-
solving out freely in KOH, becoming hyaline, slender, smooth,
thin-walled, collapsing when dried, recovering slightly in KOH,
forming an intricate tangle but slightly separable in KOH, septate
without clamp-connections, segments extremely long, somewhat
irregular, more or less constricted at the septa, 4-6/1 wide; hyphae
of the teeth very slender, parallel, 3-4/1 wide; taste bitterish.
The type of the species is Murrill and House Jp4, North Caro-
lina, deposited at the New York Botanical Garden.
Sarcodon roseolus sp. nov.
Hymenophore terrestrial, inesopodous, gregarious, small to
medium size, 4-6 cm. high, pale-rose-color; pileus plane to con-
vex, 3-4 cm. wide, 0.5 cm. or less thick) surface pubescent and
slightly imbricate, scaly, even, whitish tinged with old-rose ; mar-
gin thin, incurved when dried ; substance fleshy-tough, drying into
two layers, an inner waxy or gummy, subtranslucent layer, and
an outer dry, opaque, subfibrous layer; stem slender, subcentral,
strongly inclined, subeven, slightly radicating, scabrous, 2-3 cm.
long by 7-10 mm. wide ; teeth very short, terete, tapering, acute,
uniform, decurrent and abortive on the stem, not crowded, 0.3-0.7
mm. long by 0.1-0.2 mm. wide, 16-20 to a square mm.; spores
pale-brown, tuberculate, ovoid, 4-5 X 5-6 /a wide; basidia clavate,
four-spored, 5-6 /a wide; sterigmata slender, capillary, 3 /a long;
hyphae of inner portion of pileus clouded, smooth, slender, thin-
walled, collapsing when dried, recovering in water and KOH,
forming a somewhat intricate and compact tangle, scarcely sepa-
Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae
17
rable in KOH, septate, without clamp-connections, segments long,
irregular, subtubular, 4-7 wide, contents granular ; hyphae of
outer portion of pileus more even, tubular, and coiled.
The type of this species is Murrill and House 3Q2, North Caro-
lina, in New York Botanical Garden. No other specimens are
known.
De Pauw University,
Greencastle, Ind.
THE AGARICACEAE OF TROPICAL NORTH
AMERICA— VI
William A. Murrill
The present article concludes the treatment of species with
ochraceous or ferruginous spores begun in Mycologia for March,
1912. A portion of the generic key printed at that time appears
below in a slightly revised form.
Volva and annulus absent.
Pileus centrally stipitate.
Lamellae adnate or decurrent.
Pileus dimidiate or resupinate.
Volva absent, annulus present.
Stipe glabrous or fibrillose.
Stipe squarrose-scaly.
9. Gymnopilus.
10. Crepidotus.
11. Pholiota.
12. Hypodendrum.
9. Gymnopilus Karst. Hattsv. 400. 1879
Flammula (Fries) Quel. 1872. Not Flammula DC. 1818.
A difficult cosmopolitan genus, with fleshy or fibrous stipe,
adnate or decurrent lamellae, and usually abundant bright-fer-
ruginous spores. Most of the species occur on decayed wood.
1. Gymnopilus olivaceus (Pat.)
Flammula olivacea Pat. in Duss, Enum. Champ. Guad. 55. 1903.
Known only from type specimens collected by Duss on dead
wood at Basse-Terre, Martinique.
2. Gymnopilus vinicolor (Pat.)
Flammula vinicolor Pat. Jour, de Bot. 3 : 339. 1889.
Collected by Duss on dead wood at Saint Pierre, Martinique.
Pileus 1-2 cm. broad, deeply umbilicate, glabrous, red tinted with
wine-color ; lamellae close, large, scarcely decurrent ; spores ovoid,
smooth, ochraceous, 6-7 X
18
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 19
3. Gymnopilus lateritius (Pat.)
Flammida lateritia Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 16: 176. 1900.
Described from specimens collected by Duss on dead wood at
Pointe-Noire, Guadeloupe. Also collected twice by Duss on
Psidium at Calebasse, Martinique.
4. Gymnopilus parvulus sp. nov.
Pileus convex to nearly plane, subcespitose, reaching 2-4 cm.
broad ; surface moist but not viscid, flavous-ochraceous when
young, becoming somewhat darker with age, decorated with con-
spicuous, erect, pointed scales or fibrils which are isabelline to
fulvous in color ; margin striate, undulate, incurved on drying ;
context thin, pale-ochraceous, slightly bitter; lamellae narrow,
subcrowded, adnate, sometimes with a decurrent tooth, isabelline
to ferruginous-fulvous; spores ellipsoid, nearly smooth, ferrugi-
nous, 6-7 X 4 ; stipe stout, concolorous or darker, slightly black-
ish toward the base, especially on drying, fibrillose, solid, becoming
hollow, rather fragile, 2-4 cm. long, 3-5 mm. thick ; veil delicate,
consisting of yellow fibrils, evanescent.
Type collected on a dead log at Castleton Gardens, Jamaica,
October 28, 1902, F. S. Earle 222. Also collected near Port An-
tonio, Jamaica, December 17, 1908, W. A. Murrill 182, and in
the Cockpit Country, Jamaica, January 12-14, ^9^9, A. Mur-
rill & W. Harris p’jp, 952.
5. Gymnopilus aureobrunneus (Berk. & Curt.)
Flammula aureobrunnea Berk. & Curt. Tour. Linn. Soc. 10: 280.
1868.
Described from Wright’s collections in Cuba. Spores sub-
globose to broadly ellipsoid, smooth, 5-7 X 3-5-4 m-
Cuba, Wright 64; Candelaria, Cuba, on a royal palm stump,
Earle & Wilson 202.
6. Gymnopilus aureoviridis (Pat.)
Flammula aureoznridis Pat. in Duss, Enum. Champ. Guad. 55.
1903.
Described from specimens collected by Duss on dead wood at
Camp Jacob, Guadeloupe.
20
Mycologia
7. Gymnopilus helvoliceps (Berk. & Curt.)
A. (Flammula) helvoliceps Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10:
290. 1868.
Described from specimens collected by Wright in Cuba on
rotten logs in woods. Said to be distinguished at once from
G. chrysopellus by its much larger spores, which are oblong-
ellipsoid, smooth or slightly punctate, ferruginous, 9-12 X 5
Duss reports the species from Guadeloupe and Martinique. Speci-
mens from South Carolina placed in this category at Kew are
incorrectly determined.
8. Gymnopilus penetrans (Fries) Murrill, M)’cologia 4: 254.
1912
Described from Sweden in 1815, and reported from Cuba and
Australia. The only tropical specimens I have seen that appear
to fit the species are those cited below, which indicates that it has
crossed over from the mainland.
Troy and Tyre, Cockpit Country, Jamaica, Murrill & Harris
875, 1035.
9. Gymnopilus subpenetrans sp. nov.
Pileus broadly convex to expanded, rather thick, 2-4 cm. broad ;
surface moist, not viscid, slightly fibrillose, ferruginous-orange,
margin rather thick, not striate ; context whitish, mild but un-
pleasant to the taste ; lamellae sinuate with a long-decurrent
tooth, soon separating from the stipe ; spores ellipsoid, punctate
or nearly smooth, ferruginous, 8-10 X 4-5 z*; stipe slightly taper-
ing downward, concolorous, not paler below, somewhat fibrillose,
solid with spongy interior, about 3 cm. long and 3 mm. thick.
Type collected on a dead royal palm trunk at INIanagua, Cuba,
May 25, 1906, C. F. Baker {Earle 526). Also collected on dead
wood in the Cockpit Country, Jamaica, January 12-14, 1909.
W. A. Murrill & W. Harris p22.
10. Gymnopilus depressus sp. nov.
Pileus convex to deeply depressed, gregarious or cespitose,
reaching 8-10 cm. broad; surface dry, densely floccose-scaly, be-
coming subglabrous, dull-yellowish, at length dull-rusty-brown.
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 21
margin not striate, strongly inflexed on drying; lamellae short-
decurrent, subdistant, broad, yellow to ferruginous ; spores ellip-
soid, minutely punctate, ferruginous, 7 X 4 ; stipe subcylindric,
slightly enlarged at the apex and base, slightly paler than the
pileus, yellowish above, minutely scaly-fibrillose throughout,
fleshy, yellow within, solid when young, becoming flstulose with
age, 4-8 cm. long, 6-10 mm. thick; veil delicate, consisting of
yellow fibrils, evanescent.
Type collected on a dead log in Hope Gardens, Jamaica, No-
vember 16, 1902, F. S. Earle 4pp.
II. Gymnopilus chrysotrichus (Berk. & Curt.)
A. {Flammula) chrysotrichus Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10:
290. 1868.
Described from specimens collected by Wright in Cuba on dead
logs in fields. The spores are subglobose to broadly ellipsoid,
finely echinulate, melleous under a microscope, 5-7 X 4 yw- Duss
also reports the species from Guadeloupe and Martinique, and his
specimens at Berlin appear to be correctly determined.
Cuba, Wright 26, 54; Guadeloupe, Duss 55; Martinique, Duss
1258.
12. Gymnopilus chrysotrichoides sp. nov.
Pileus thick, fleshy, convex to subexpanded, gregarious, reach-
ing 7 cm. broad ; surface dry or moist, not viscid, glabrous, fer-
ruginous to fulvous, margin entire, concolorous, slightly sulcate
with age, inflexed on drying; lamellae adnate with a decurrent
tooth, broad, close, becoming ferruginous or fulvous ; spores
ellipsoid, punctate-tuberculate, ferruginous, 8-9 X 5-6 ix ; stipe
cylindric, equal, usually somewhat curved, pallid, glabrous, longi-
tudinally furrowed, at least above, 4-6 cm. long, 3-6 mm. thick,
decorated near the apex with the remains of a rather large mem-
branous, yellowish, usually permanent veil.
Type collected on a dead cocoanut log near Managua, Cuba,
October 2, 1904, F. S. Earle 2J0. Similar to G. chrysotrichus in
appearance, but considerably larger, with larger spores, and a
rather large veil which remains as a distinct annulus. The species
might be assigned to Pholiota if its affinities were not so evidently
with Gymnopilus.
22
Mycologia
13 - Gyranopilus Earlei sp. nov.
Pileus rather thick, tough, convex to expanded, cespitose, 3-6
cm. broad; surface dry, fibrillose and floccose-sciuamose, pale-
ferruginous ; margin uneven, somewhat fluted, not striate ; context
mild to the taste, said to be edible when young; lamellae adnate
or subdecurrent, rather broad, subcrowded, ferruginous, darker
than the surface of the pileus ; spores ellipsoid, ferruginous, con-
spicuously punctate, 7-8 X 4-5 IJ - ; stipe cylindric, densely fer-
ruginous-fibrillose, subconcolorous, solid, tough, horny, nearly
black within, 4-6 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick.
Type collected on cocoanut logs near Port Antonio, Jamaica,
October 20, 1902, F. S. Earle p. Reported by Earle to be common
on cocoanut logs and stumps in the vicinity of Port Antonio, and
said to be edible when young.
14. Gymnopilus tenuis sp. nov.
Pileus rather thin, convex to expanded, obtuse, cespitose, 3-10
cm. broad; surface pale-yellow to ferruginous, dry, fibrillose to
floccose-scaly, at length subglabrous, margin thin, not striate, often
uneven and undulate ; lamellae decurrent, crowded, narrow, yellow
to ferruginous ; spores ellipsoid, ferruginous, minutely punctate,
7X4 /a; stipe cylindric, slightly fibrillose, ferruginous-brown,
often whitish at the base, hollow, the rind becoming hard and
horny on drying, 4-6 cm. long, 3-8 mm. thick ; veil of bright-yellow
fibers, soon vanishing.
Type collected on a dead log of Nectandra near Port Antonio,
Jamaica, November 24, 1902, F. S. Earle 612. Also collected on
a cocoanut log near Port Antonio, Jamaica, November 23, 1902,
F. S. Earle ^p4; on dead wood on Cooper’s ranch at the base of
El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, L. M. Underwood
& E. S. Earle 1136; and at Soldier’s Road, New Providence,
Bahamas, September 15, 1904, E. G. Britton 6pp. Broad and
thin, with narrow, crowded lamellae and minutely punctate spores.
15. Gymnopilus bryophilus sp. nov.
Pileus convex, obtuse, gregarious, 2-5 cm. broad ; surface uni-
formly ferruginous, dry, densely appressed-fibrillose, margin not
striate; lamellae sinuate with a decurrent tooth, crowded, plane,
broad, concolorous ; spores subglobose, smooth, pale- ferruginous,
6X5 /a; stipe cylindric, often eccentric, fibrillose, pale-fuscous,
fleshy, solid, yellow within, 2-4 cm. long, 3-4 mm. thick.
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 23
Type collected on a decayed mossy log near Port Antonio,
Jamaica, November 24, 1902, F. S. Earle 6ij. Distinguished by
its densely fibrillose pileus and smooth, subglobose spores.
16. Gymnopilus chrysopellus (Berk. & Curt.)
A. (Flamnmla) chrysopellus Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10:
290. 1868.
Described from Wright’s collections on dead wood in Cuba.
Spores broadly ellipsoid, often nearly subglobose, smooth, mel-
leous under a microscope, 6-7 X 4~5 ij- Specimens bearing this
name at Berlin, collected by Duss at Bains-Jaunes, are too badly
discolored to be compared accurately.
17. Gymnopilus Nashii sp. nov.
Pileus convex, densely cespitose, 2-4 cm. broad ; surface ochra-
ceous, dry, densely floccose-squamose, margin not striate ; lamellae
adnate, subcrowded, broad, fuscous-ferruginous ; spores ellipsoid,
smooth, ferruginous, 7-7.5 X 4~5 h- ; stipe subcylindric, enlarged
at the apex, concolorous, darker below, fibrillose, firm, fleshy, be-
coming fistulose, 4-7 long, 3-6 mm. thick ; veil pale-yellowish,
scanty.
Type collected on an old log near Port Margot, Haiti, August
4, 1903, G. V. Nash 7p. Also collected at Consuelo, Santo Do-
mingo, November 15-17, igog,N. Taylor 777; and at Sierra Nipe,
Oriente, Cuba, January, 1910, /. A. Shafer 3^61.
18. Gymnopilus palmicola sp. nov.
Pileus convex to expanded, at length depressed, cespitose, 2-5
cm. broad; surface dry, floccose-squamose, pale-ferruginous to
ochraceous, margin even, not striate ; lamellae adnate, subcrowded,
broad, at length ventricose, ferruginous at maturity ; spores ellip-
soid, ferruginous, echinulate-punctate, ioX6/x.; stipe cylindric,
slightly fibrillose, subconcolorous but paler, solid, fleshy, yellowish
within, 3-5 cm. long, 3-5 mm. thick ; veil strongly developed,
pale-yellowish, subannulate.
Type collected on dead logs of royal palm on Cooper’s ranch
at the base of El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903,
L. M. Underwood & F. S. Earle 1134. Similar to G. lateritius
in microscopic characters, but the pileus is much lighter in color.
24
Mycologia
19. Gymnopilus hispidellus sp. nov.
Pileus thin, convex, scattered or subcespitose, 2-4 cm. broad;
surface pale-ochraceous, fibrillose, often punctate-squamose with
erect, ferruginous scales, margin not striate ; context slightly bit-
ter; lamellae adnate, subcrowded, not uniform in breadth, yellow
to fuscous-ferruginous ; spores ellipsoid, fuscous-ferruginous,
strongly punctate, 7 X 5 ; stipe cylindric, subfibrillose, concol-
orous with darker base, solid, 2-4 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick ; veil
yellowish, subannulate.
Type collected on old logs on Cooper’s ranch at the base of
El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, L. M. Underwood
& F. S. Earle 42Q.
20. Gymnopilus hispidus (Mass.)
Flammula hispida Mass. Jour. Bot. 30; 161. pi. /. 31-33.
1892.
Described from specimens collected by W. R. Elliott on decayed
trunks at Chateau Belair, St. Vincent, West Indies. The pileus
is ochraceous-fulvous, and conspicuously adorned with erect,
acute squamules ; the lamellae are broad, subdecurrent, and
crowded ; and the spores ellipsoid, smooth, ferruginous, 7 X 5 m-
21. Gymnopilus areolatus sp. nov.
Pileus thick, fleshy, convex, cespitose, 6-7 cm. broad ; surface
dry, imbricate-scaly, dirty-orange-yellow, margin entire; context
yellowish-white, slightly bitter; lamellae adnate, separating from
the stipe, subcrowded, broad, ventricose, often notched, yellowish-
ferruginous ; spores ellipsoid, ferruginous, tuberculate, 9-1 1
X 6-7 jj . ; stipe cylindric, often curved, concolorous or paler, sub-
glabrous, solid, 3-5 cm. long, 4-6 mm. thick.
Type collected on a hardwood stump in a field near Santiago
de las Vegas, Cuba, May 27, 1904, F. S. Earle 36. Also collected
on a palm stump at the same time and place, F. S. Earle 37; and on
the base of a palm post at Herradura, Cuba, September 27, 1907,
F. S. Earle 577.
22. Gymnopilus pholiotoides sp. nov.
Pileus firm, fleshy, convex, scattered, 3 cm. broad ; surface
ochraceous, cracking into scales, margin thin, not striate ; context
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 25
yellowish-white, mild to the taste ; lamellae short-decurrent,
crowded, of medium width, pale-ochraceous to bright-ferrugi-
nous ; spores ellipsoid, conspicuously echinulate, ferruginous,
9X5/*; stipe subcylindric, concolorous or paler, slightly fibrillose,
solid, 3 cm. long, 5 mm. thick; veil thick, membranous, forming
an annulus, at least in young sporophores.
Type collected on a dead royal palm trunk at Managua, Cuba,
May 25, 1906, C. F. Baker (F. S. Earle 5-?7). The young sporo-
phores show a well-developed annulus, as in Pholiota.
23. Gymnopilus carbonarius (Fries) Murrill, Mycologia 4; 256.
1912
A terrestrial species common throughout temperate North
America and Europe. It was found in ashy ground by a burnt
log, growing in groups or clusters. The elevation of Chester Vale
is 3,000 ft., just sufficient to insure a subtemperate climate. The
fondness of this fungus for charcoal is quite remarkable. For a
description and colored figure of the species, see Mycologia for
July, 1912.
Chester Vale, Jamaica, W. A. & Edna L. Murrill 28y.
24. Gymnopilus jalapensis sp. nov.
Pileus expanded, at length depressed at the center, reaching 8
cm. in breadth; surface smooth, moist, glabrous, cremeous at the
margin, ochraceous near the center and ferruginous-isabelline
to fulvous at the center, slightly greenish when bruised ; margin
curved downward and irregular or undulate ; context white, mild,
5 mm. thick behind ; lamellae adnate, close, ventricose behind,
arcuate near the margin, stramineous, about 5 mm. broad ; spores
ellipsoid, smooth, subhyaline but with a distinct ferruginous tint,
6X3-5/i; cystidia abundant, flask-shaped, 60-75 X 15 mostly
empty and hyaline, with short stalks and long, slender, septate
necks filled with yellowish contents ; stipe equal below, slightly en-
larged at the apex, glabrous, stramineous, with a trace of a slight
cortina at the middle, reaching 8 cm. long and i cm. thick.
Type collected on the ground in leaf-mold in a dense virgin
forest near Jalapa, Mexico, December 12-20, 1909, W- A. & Edna
L. Murrill 78 {type), 81. The lamellae and spores are paler than
in other American terrestrial species.
26
Mycologia
25. Gymnopilus hypholomoides sp. nov.
Pileus convex to expanded, 3-6 cm. broad; surface dry, sub-
fibrillose, pale-fuscous, ferruginous at the center, margin thin,
somewhat folded and uneven, not striate ; context thin, yellowish,
of mawkish flavor ; lamellae inserted, crowded, rather narrow,
sinuate, tawny-yellow to pale-fuscous; spores ellipsoid, fuscus,
7 X 4 ; stipe cylindric, curved, concolorous, fibrillose, sol|fl,
tough, 4-6 cm. long, 2-4 m.m. thick.
Type collected on the ground, apparently attached to buried
wood, on Rose Hill, Jamaica, 3,000 ft. elevation, October 24, 1902,
F. S. Earle 53. The surface of the cap resembles that of Hypho-
loma sublateritium.
Doubtful Species
Agaricus (Flarnmula) peregrinus Fries, Elench. Fung, i: 31.
1828. Collected by Benzon on trunks in Santa Cruz, West Indies.
Types not found.
Agaricus {Flarnmula) ricensis Fries, Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal.
III. 1 : 24. 1851. Collected by Oersted on the ground in Costa
Rica. It was not figured, but a number of specimens were pre-
served, none of which could be found either at Upsala or Copen-
hagen. It differs from most tropical species of the genus in
being terrestrial.
Gymnopilus sapineus (Fries) Murrill, Mycologia 4: 254. 1912.
So closely related to G. penetrans that Fries combined the two in
1821, but later separated them again. Wright’s Cuban collections
referred to this species at Kew show considerable variation, but
none seem to fit the temperate, pine-loving G. sapineus, which has
also been reported from Guadeloupe, Venezuela, New Zealand,
Ceylon, and elsewhere in tropical regions, probably without care-
ful comparison with typical specimens.
10. Crepidotus (Fries) QuH. Champ. Jura Vosg. 106. 1872
This genus contains small, fan-shaped, wood-loving plants with
ochraceous or ferruginous spores. The pileus is usually pallid or
yellowish, and may be either glabrous or more or less fibrillose or
squamulose.
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 27
1. Crepidotus cacaophyllus (Berk. & Curt.) Sacc. Syll. Fung.
5 : 883. 1887
A. {Crepidotus) cacaophyllus Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10:
291. 1868.
Described from plants collected by Wright in Cuba. Types
not found at Kew. Pileus 1.3 cm. broad, yellowish, squamose;
lamellae adnexed, distant, chocolate-brown ; stipe very short.
2. Crepidotus musaecola (Berk. & Curt.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5:
883. 1887
A. {Crepidotus) musaecola Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10:
291. 1868.
Described from specimens collected by Wright in Cuba on dead
plantain leaves near the ground. Wright’s Cuban specimens called
C. alveolus by Berkeley apparently belong here.
3. Crepidotus Psychotriae Pat. Bull. Soc. ]\Iyc. Fr. 18; 173.
1902
Described from specimens collected by Duss in Guadeloupe on
dead branches of Psychotria glabrata, and also found in Mar-
tinique. Pileus sessile, convex, orbicular, 0.5-1 cm. broad ; sur-
face pale-ochraceous, glabrous, smooth, margin entire ; lamellae
crowded, broad, brownish; spores ovoid, smooth, 8 X 5 /^-
4. Crepidotus Citri Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 18 : 172. 1902
Described from specimens collected by Duss at Camp Jacob,
Guadeloupe, and later found by him in Martinique. Pileus 2-6
mm. broad, orbicular, thin, soft, glabrous, smooth, brownish-
white ; lamellae narrow, ochraceous ; spores ovoid, smooth, pale-
yellow, 7 X 4 M-
5. Crepidotus parvulus sp. nov.
Pileus thin, soft, fleshy, resupinate, at first orbicular-reniform,
becoming conchiform and convex, gregarious, 1-4 mm. broad;
surface pure-white, dry, densely floccose-pulverulent, margin even ;
lamellae radiating from an eccentric point, rounded behind, dis-
tant, thin, broad, white to yellowish-ochraceous ; spores globose
28
Mycologia
or subangular, smooth, pale-ochraceous, 4-5 fx . ; stipe none, point
of attachment white, strigose.
Type collected on dead orange branches at Hope Gardens, Ja-
maica, October 31, 1902, F. S. Earle S3 4- The dried specimens
much resemble those of C. Dussii, but the pileus is white instead
of yellow and the spores “only half as large as in that species.
6. Crepidotus Dussii Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 18: 173. 1902
Pileus 3-5 mm. broad, orbicular, chrome-yellow, glabrous ;
lamellae broad, distant, yellowish-brown ; spores ovoid, smooth,
8-9 X 6/4. T)-pes examined in the herbarium of Patouillard.
Baines-Jaunes, Guadeloupe, Duss 411; Deux-Choux, Martin-
ique, Duss 1414.
7. Crepidotus bicolor sp. nov.
Pileus thin, rather firm, sessile, dimidiate or flabelli form, usually
narrowed behind, the base not strigose, convex or applanate above,
gregarious, 5-8 mm. broad ; surface dry, glabrous or subglabrous,
testaceous to latericious, margin undulate, somewhat sulcate with
age or on drying ; lamellae radiating from the point of attachment,
broad, distant, ventricose, ochraceous-ferruginous ; spores globose
or subglobose, smooth, ochraceous under a microscope, 6-7 /i.
Type collected on dead wood in British Honduras in 1906,
Morton E. Peck. Very similar in form to specimens of Crepi-
dotus croceosanguineus Mont, collected in Chile by Gay (type)
and in Ecuador by Lagerheim, but in that species the colors are
reversed, the surface being yellow and the lamellae dark-red.
8. Crepidotus pyrrhus (Berk. & Curt.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5:
879. 1887
A. {Crepidotus) pyrrhus Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10; 291.
1868.
Described from Wright’s collections on dead wood in Cuba.
His no. 38 is the type, and this is represented at Kew by two
sporophores with globose or subglobose, echinulate, ochraceous-
fulvous spores 4-5.5 /x. Lower down on the same sheet are three
sporophores of no. 380, which with no. 59 represent Berkeley’s
var. leiospora, having, according to him, smooth spores. Speci-
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 29
mens cited below from Guadeloupe and Jamaica agree with the
type in spore characters, but the color of the spores is ferruginous-
fulvous in fresh material. Patouillard has a specimen reaching
3 cm. or more in breadth.
Cuba, Wright Guadeloupe, Dtiss mo; Cockpit Country,
Jamaica, Murrill & Harris pp'5.
9. Crepidotus laceratus Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 18 : 173. 1902
Described from specimens collected by Duss in Guadeloupe.
Types examined. Pileus 1-1.5 cm. broad, deeply lacerate, ochra-
ceous-red, pulverulent ; lamellae crowded, concolorous ; spores
ovoid, verrucose, ochraceous, 5-6 X 4-5 a<- Apparently not suffi-
ciently distinct from C. pyrrhus.
10. Crepidotus cuneiformis Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 18: 173.
1902
Known only from specimens collected by Duss on dead wood
in Guadeloupe. Pileus about i cm. broad, pale-brown, glabrous,
striatulate ; lamellae broad, soft, brownish ; spores globose, smooth,
brown, 6 fi.
II. Crepidotus subcuneiformis sp. nov.
Pileus thin, rather firm, fragile on drying, broadly wedge-
shaped, approaching orbicular, in outline, plane above, tapering
to a rather broad base which is not strigose, gregarious, reaching
I cm. broad and becoming somewhat longer ; surface glabrous or
pulverulent, moist, dull-isabelline to avellaneous-isabelline, margin
very thin, entire, not striate; lamellae radiating from the sessile
base, subcrowded, plane, dull-yellowish to umbrinous ; spores
ovoid, smooth, melleous under a microscope, uniguttulate, 7-8 X 5 m-
Type collected on a decaying cocoanut husk in Grenada, West
Indies, September, 1905, W. E. Broadway. Resembling C. cunei-
formis in gross characters, but quite different under close obser-
vation.
12. Crepidotus sulcatus sp. nov.
Pileus reniform, dimidiate or resupinate, thin, soft, fleshy, gre-
garious, 1-2 cm. broad ; surface white, becoming ochraceous when
dry, glabrous, strigose at the base, sulcate-striate on the margin ;
30
Mycologia
lamellae radiating from an eccentric or lateral point, crowded or
subcrowded, rather broad, dark-ochraceous or pale-cinnamon ;
spores broadly ellipsoid, smooth, pale-cinnamon, y-8yC6-'^fi; stipe
none, pileus attached by a tuft of strigose hairs.
Type collected on dead fallen branches in Cooper’s ranch at
the base of El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, L. M.
Underwood S' F. S. Earle y6i.
13. Crepidotus cinchonensis sp. nov.
Pileus thin, soft, fleshy, convex to plane above, reniform to
orbicular, gregarious, attached by a lateral or eccentric point, or
by the vertex, sometimes strigose at the base, appearing resupi-
nate when growing on the under side of a trunk, reaching 2 cm.
in diameter ; surface dull-watery-white, pulverulent to nearly gla-
brous, striate, margin very thin, pellucid, darker than the rest of
the surface on drying ; lamellae radiating from a lateral or eccen-
tric point, crowded, thin, fragile, slightly ventricose, dull-watery-
white, becoming subfulvous at maturity ; spores ovoid to ellipsoid,
smooth, pale-melleous under a microscope, i-few-guttulate,
8^ X 4-5
Collected on dead branches of broad-leaved trees at Cinchona,
Jamaica, 5,000 ft. elevation, December 25-January 8, 1908-9, W.
A. & Edna L. Mnrrill 610 {type), 6^4. Also collected during the
same period at Morce’s Gap, Jamaica, W- A. & Edna L. Mnrrill
686. Similar to C. Citri in form and general appearance but very
much larger. Closely related to C. sidcatus, described from Cuba.
14. Crepidotus aquosus sp. nov.
Pileus resupinate, thin, delicate, reniform, expanded at maturity,
1-2.5 cm. broad ; surface moist, glabrous or subglabrous, watery-
brown, deeply sulcate on the margin; context soft and watery;
lamellae subcrowded, rather broad, dark-ochraceous or subful-
vous ; spores globose, smooth, dark-ochraceous, 6-7 p..
Type collected on a decayed log on Rose Hill, Jamaica, 4,000 ft.
elevation, October 30, 1902, F. S. Earle 293.
15. Crepidotus calolepidoides sp. nov.
Pileus rather thick, fleshy, strongly convex above, concave
below, solitary, narrowly attached behind, 2X3X1 cm. ; surface
melleous with an ochraceous tint on the umbo, which is decorated
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 31
with minute, fulvous, conic elevations ; margin striate, dull-
brownish in dried specimens, being very distinct in color from
the remainder of the surface; attachment of pileus white, finely
pubescent or slightly strigose ; lamellae broad, not crowded, slightly
arcuate, cremeous to fulvous ; spores ovoid, smooth, dull-melleous,
8-10 X 5-6^-
Type collected on a small dead branch of a deciduous shrub on
the Latimer trail, Cinchona, Jamaica, 5,000 ft. elevation, Decem-
ber 25-January 8, 1908-9, W. A. & Edna L. Murrill jj6. Re-
sembling C. calolepis, but with minute conic elevations instead of
tomentose-scaly.
16. Crepidotus substipitatus sp. nov.
Pileus soft, fleshy, thin, very fragile when dry, orbicular-reni-
form, expanded, gregarious, about i cm. broad ; surface moist,
subglabrous, dull-ochraceous, not striate at the margin ; lamellae
adnexed, subcrowded, rather broad, ventricose, ochraceous to
dull-cinnamon ; spores ovoid or broadly ellipsoid, opaque, dull-
cinnamon, minutely punctate, 5-6 X 4 stipe eccentric, short,
curved, cylindric, glabrous, shining, dark-reddish-brown, 4-8 mm.
long, i mm. thick.
Type collected on dead twigs on the ground at the base of El
Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, L. M. Underwood &
F. S. Earle 12^6. When growing on the under side of sticks, the
stipe curves so that the pileus appears resupinate.
17. Crepidotus fumosifolius sp. nov.
Pileus sessile, dimidiate or reniform, thin, firm, fleshy, expanded
at maturity, scattered, 2-3 cm. broad; surface glabrous or slightly
pruinose, whitish or with ochraceous tints, margin even; lamellae
crowded narrow, becoming very dark- fuscous or almost purplish,
resembling those of species of Hypholoma; spores ellipsoid or
ovoid, dark-fuscous, 6-7X4j«-
Type collected on a dead log on Rose Hill, Jamaica, 4,000 ft.
elevation, October 30, 1902, F. S. Earle 2p2. An anomalous
species with lamellae much darker than is usual for the genus.
Doubtful Species
Crepidotus alveolus (Lasch) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5: 877. 1887.
Described in 1829 from specimens collected on beech trunks in
32
Mycologia
Germany. Reported from Wright’s collections in Cuba, which
apparently represent C. musaecola, and from Duss’ collections
in Guadeloupe. In assigning the name C. alveolus in 1892 to
specimens from St. Vincent, West Indies, Massee remarks that
they are larger and more crisped and lobed than in the European
form, but that there exists no good specific or even varietal dis-
tinction between the two forms.
Crepidotus mollis (Schaeff.) Quel. Champ. Jura Vosg. 106.
1872. Described from northern Europe, and widely distributed,
but not seen at Kew from the West Indies. Duss’ specimens
from Guadeloupe bearing this name were not examined.
II. Pholiota (Fries) Quel. Champ. Jura Vosg. 91. 1872
This genus is distinguished by its fleshy stipe and well-
developed veil, which forms a conspicuous and persistent annulus.
The lamellae may be adnate or adnexed, and the spores vary in
color from ferruginous to fulvous. The genus is abundantly
represented in temperate regions, while the number of species
reported from the tropics is comparatively small.
1. Pholiota Broadwayi sp. nov.
Pileus thin, fleshy, convex to expanded, solitary, reaching 3 cm.
broad; surface moist or slightly viscid, entirely glabrous, nearly
white to pale-isabelline, slightly darker at the center ; margin thin,
concolorous, entire ; lamellae adnate or adnexed, rather narrow
and crowded, slightly ventricose, pale-fulvous; spores ovoid,
smooth, not apiculate, pale-yellowish-brown under a microscope,
12X7-8/X; stipe cylindric, equal, erect, concolorous, glabrous,
smooth, hollow, 4-7 cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick; annulus superior,
membranous, rather slight and apt to disappear with age.
Type collected on the ground in Grenada, West Indies, April 9,
1905, W. E. Broadway.
2. Pholiota avellanea sp. nov.
Pileus nearly plane, solitary, about 3 cm. broad and 3 mm.
thick; surface smooth, glabrous, dull, pale-avellaneous, slightly
darker at the center, margin thin, slightly decurved; lamellae
adnate, avellaneous when looked at perpendicularly, close, rather
narrow ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, dull, pale-melleous, 9 X 4-4-5 /<■ ;
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 33
stipe enlarged below, crooked, white at the apex, hygrophanous
and longitudinally streaked below, 5 cm. long, 4 mm. thick;
annulus ample, white, superior, persistent.
Type collected on the ground at Morce’s Gap, Jamaica, 5,000
ft. elevation, December 30, 1908, W. A. & Edna L. Murrill 749.
3. Pholiota bryophila sp. nov.
Pileus plane or slightly depressed, scattered, 2 cm. broad ; sur-
face smooth, dry, glabrous, isabelline, margin regular, appearing
rather obtuse because of the broad gills ; lamellae yellowish to
brown, broad, adnate, ventricose; spores ovoid, smooth, deep-
ochraceous, mostly uninucleate, 7-8 X 3-5-4-5 /“• stipe cylindric,
equal, often curved, smooth, glabrous, subconcolorous, slender and
rather tough, 2 cm. long, 2 mm. thick ; annulus white, conspicuous,
persistent, attached slightly above the middle of the stipe.
Type collected among mosses on a moist limestone cliff at
Orizaba, Mexico, 4,000 ft. elevation, January 10-14, iQio. A.
& Edna L. Murrill 806.
4. Pholiota cinchonensis sp. nov.
Pileus thin, becoming plane, scattered, 1.5 cm. broad; surface
ochroleucous to ochraceous, dry, granular-tomentose, striate,
margin straight, even ; lamellae adnate with a decurrent tooth,
isabelline, rather narrow ; spores broadly ovoid or ellipsoid, almost
subglobose at times, obtuse at both ends, smooth, varying in con-
tent from granular to uninucleate, honey-yellow under the micro-
scope, ochraceous in mass, 7 X 4-5 m > stipe paler than the pileus,
cylindric, glabrous or nearly so, attached at the base to a white
mat of mycelium, 1.5 cm. long, i mm. thick; annulus white, nearly
central, sometimes ample, the stipe below being smoqth, at other
times more or less distributed in fibrils along the lower part of the
stipe.
Type collected on a dead stick in woods at Cinchona, Jamaica,
5,000 ft. elevation, December 25, 1908, W. A. & Edna L. Murrill
432.
5. Pholiota unicolor (Vahl) Gill. Champ. Fr. i : 436. 1878
Pileus hemispheric or campanulate, regular, scattered, 3 cm.
broad ; surface smooth, glabrous, dry, polished, ochroleucous,
splitting at the margin, which is deflexed, straight, sharp, thin.
34
Mycologia
coticolorous; lamellae sinuate-adnexed with a decurrent tooth,
broad, close, soon becoming testaceous or latericeous ; spores
ovoid, pointed at both ends, i-2-nucleate, pale-ochraceous,
8.5-11 X 3-5-5 /a; stipe equal, cylindric, fibrous, stuffed, the sur-
face glabrous and lustrous like asbestos, subconcolorous, whitish-
tomentose at the base, marked at the apex with long gill-traces,
3-4 cm. long, 2-3.5 mm. thick ; annulus superior, conspicuous,
white.
Collected on dead wood in the Tepeite Valley, Mexico, 7,000 ft.
elevation, December 28, 1909, IV. A. & Edna L. Murrill 464.
Several temperate species of fungi were found in that locality.
6. PnoLiOTA MARTiNicENSis Pat. in Duss, Enum. Champ-
Guad. 54. 1903
Described from specimens collected by Duss on a dead trunk
in the forest at the base of Mt. Pelee, Martinique. Pileus about
I cm. broad, very regular, reddish-brown, covered with minute
scales ; annulus very distinct, persistent, pallid ; spores ovoid,
smooth, brown, 6 X 4 /-i-
7. Pholiota Musae (Earle)
Pholiotina Musae Earle, Inform. An. Estag. Centr. Agron. Cuba
1 : 241. 1906.
Pileus thin, watery, convex to expanded or depressed, cespitose,
1-4 cm. broad; surface glabrous, bygrophanous, dark-tan, paler
when dry, margin at length striate ; lamellae adnexed, subcrowded,
broad, ventricose, subconcolorous to darker ; spores ellipsoid,
smooth, pale-fuscous, 15-18 X 9-10 /u; stipe subcylindric, glabrous,
shining, pure-white, hollow, 4-6 cm. long, 3-6 mm. thick ; veil
white, appendiculate or forming a slight, evanescent annulus.
Described from specimens collected on dead banana stalks at
Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, F. S. Earle jo, 7/, 82.
8. Pholiota cubensis Earle, Inform. An. Estag. Centr. Agron.
Cuba 1 : 242. 1906
Pileus fleshy, firm, expanded, scattered or gregarious, 6-12 cm.
broad ; surface dry, dark-tan, floccose-scaly on the disk, areolate
but not striate on the margin ; context yellowish, mild but some-
what unpleasant ; lamellae sinuate with adnate tooth, crowded,
broad, dark-cinnamon ; spores ovoid, smooth, melleous under a
Murrill; Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 35
microscope, usually i-2-guttulate, 6-7 X 4~5 h- stipe subcylindric,
slightly enlarged at the base, floccose above, glabrous below, pale-
yellow, solid, firm, about 5X1 cm. ; veil thick, yellowish, leaving
an ample, persistent annulus fixed 2 cm. from the apex of the
stipe.
Described from specimens collected on the ground under a
building at Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, A. Meckleff {Earle 159).
Also collected later in a nearby field, Earle j/7.
9. Pholiota Brittoniae sp. nov.
Pileus large, fleshy, convex to expanded, becoming depressed at
the center, ceSpitose, reaching 10 cm. broad ; surface dry, im-
bricate-fibrillose to subglabrous, fulvous, becoming fuliginous or
blackish with age ; margin entire, concolorous, strongly inflexed
on drying ; lamellae sinuate, with a decurrent tooth reaching as far
as the annulus, seceding with age, broad, irregular in shape, sub-
distant, ferruginous, darker with age ; spores broadly ellipsoid
to subglobose, conspicuously tuberculate, ferruginous, opaque,
7-9 IX . ; stipe enlarged below, concolorous, blackening with age,
longitudinally furrowed, hollow, reaching 10 cm. long and 1-3 cm.
thick; annulus ample, membranous, ferruginous, persistent, fixed
near the apex of the stipe ; cystidia none.
Type collected about the roots of living Eucalyptus trees at
Cinchona, Jamaica, 5,000 ft. elevation, October, 1908, Elizabeth
G. Britton ii 32 . Also collected in the same locality at the base of
a dead standing trunk, December 25, 1908, W. A. & Edna L.
Murrill 447. Closely related to Gymiiopiltis, but having an ample,
membranous, persistent annulus. Its nearest relative is probably
Pholiota ventricosa Earle, described from California, which has
smaller and more elongate spores.
12. Hypodendrum Paulet, Icon. 75. 1793
This genus is distinguished from Pholiota by its densely scaly
stipe. The pileus may be scaly or smooth.
Hypodendrum scobifer (Berk. & Curt.)
A. {Pholiota) scobifer Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 289.
1868.
Described from young specimens collected by Wright about the
roots of trees in Cuba. About 5 cm. high, pileus 1.2 cm. broad.
36
Mycologia
both it and the stipe conspicuously decorated with slender, conic,
erect scales ; spores not examined. Specimens so named in the
herbarium of Patouillard, sent from Guadeloupe by Duss, are
small, fulvous, very scrobiculate with imbricate scales, and have
muricate, flavous spores 8-io X 4~5 /a. It is possible that these
are young stages of a species of Gymnopilus.
Additional Doubtful Species
These were unintentionally omitted in the last article of this
series, when the group had to be divided for lack of space.
Agaricus (Galera) martianus Berk. & Curt. Jour, Linn. Soc.
10 : 291. 1868. Described from Wright’s collections on dead
wood in Cuba and also reported from Guadeloupe. Types not
seen. The description calls for free lamellae, which would take
the species out of this genus.
Agaricus {Galera) macromastes Fries, Nova Acta Soc. Sci.
Upsal. III. i: 226. 1851. Described from plants collected by
Krebs in the island of St. Thomas. Types doubtless destroyed.
The species may belong to Mycena.
Agaricus (Galera) flocculentiisf Fries, Nova Acta Soc. Sci.
Upsal. III. i: 24. 1851. Collected and figured by Oersted in
Costa Rica. There can be little doubt that this is referable to
Conocybe tener. The species referred to in Epicr. Myc. 209 is
Galera frustulentus, now placed in Psathyra.
New Combinations
For the benefit of those using Saccardo’s nomenclature, the following new
species in the above article are recombined, as follows :
Gymnopilus areolatus = Flammula areolata
Gymnopilus bryophilus = Flammula bryophila
Gymnopilus chrysotrichoides = Flammula chrysotrichoides
Gymnopilus depressus = Flammula depressa
Gymnopilus Earlei = Flammula Earlei
Gymnopilus hispidellus = Flammula hispidella
Gymnopilus hypholomoides = Flammula hypholomoides
Gymnopilus jalapensis == Flammula jalapensis
Gymnopilus Nashii = Flammula Nashii
Gymnopilus palmicola = Flammula palmicola
Gymnopilus parvulus = Flammula parvula
Gymnopilus pholiotoides = Flammula pholiotoides
Gymnopilus subpenetrans = Flammula subpenetrans
Gymnopilus tenuis = Flammula tenuis
New York Botanical Garden
NEWS AND NOTES
Dr. Neil E. Stevens has been appointed forest pathologist in
the Kansas Experiment Station.
The Simmons Bill, a national law regulating the importation of
nursery stock, became effective October i, 1912.
Miss A. E. Jenkins has been appointed scientific assistant in
the pathological herbarium of the Bureau of Plant Industry at
Washington.
A series of articles on “ Edible Toadstools ” is being contributed
by Mr. McCubbin, of Guelph, to the Ontario Natural Science
Bulletin.
Several new species of bacteria causing diseases of orchids were
recently described by G. L. Pavarino (Atti R. Accad. Lincei V.
20:233-237. 1911).
A course in city forestry is being offered by the New York
State College of Forestry at Syracuse University, including a
thorough course in forest pathology.
Mr. J. S. Cooley, assistant in plant pathology at the Virginia
Agricultural Experiment Station, has a fellowship at the Missouri
Botanical Garden this year.
Dr. Harry B. Humphrey, for three years professor of plant
pathology in the State College of Washington, has been advanced
to the position of head of the department of botany.
The Japanese chestnut has been found by A. Prunet, at Lindois,
to be highly resistant, if not immune, to the black canker or root
disease so fatal to the European chestnut.
37
38
Mycologia
The classification of the fungi according to their cytological
and biological characters has been attempted by P. Vuillemin in
one of a series of volumes devoted to fungi.
Insects play only a secondary role in the spread of ergot among
forage grasses, according to results obtained by E. Gain (Compt.
Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris] 72: 189-191. 1912).
At the school of botany, University of Texas, Dr. I. M. Lewis
has been promoted from instructor to adjunct professor and Dr.
F. McAllister has been appointed an instructor in botany.
Two important papers on the relationship of the chestnut canker
fungus, one by P. J. Anderson and H. W. Anderson and the other
by C. L. Shear, appeared in Phytopathology for October, 1912.
Professor R. Kent Beattie, formerly head of the department
of botany in the State College of Washington, has resigned to
accept a position in the Division of Plant Pathology, Bureau of
Plant Industry.
A disease of the beech in the Rhine region, which quickly kills
trees seventy or eighty }'ears old, is discussed by Dr. P. Magnus
(Gesell. Naturf. Freunde Berlin 436-439. 1911), and declared
to be due to Armillaria mucida.
In an article on some fungous diseases of the prickly pear (Ann.
Myc. 10: 113-134. 1912), F. A. Wolf discusses Sphacrella
Opiintiae, Perisporium Wrightii, Hcndersonia Opuntiae, and sev-
eral other less destructive species.
The very injurious effects of Armillaria mellea, which attacks
the roots of a great variety of trees, are discussed by W. T. Horne
(Mo. Bull. Com. Hort. Cal. i: 216-225. 1912) and preventive
measures of various kinds are suggested.
Professor R. B. Thaxter, of Harvard University, sailed for
Trinidad October 1 1 to continue his researches on the Laboulbe-
News and Notes
39
niaceae. Professor Lyman, of Dartmouth College, will have
charge of Professor Thaxter’s work during his absence.
Dr. H. W. Anderson has been appointed Rose professor of
botany at Wabash College, and Professor J. S. Caldwell, of the
University of Nashville, has accepted the professorship of botany
in the Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Alabama.
Dr. F. J. Seaver accompanied Dr. N. L. Britton on a visit to
the Bermudas in December and obtained a representative collec-
tion of the fungi of those islands. Comparatively little had been
previously known of this group of plants in the Bermudas.
It is believed by Stockdale, of Barbados, that a number of fungi
attacking Para rubber trees, such as Thyridaria tarda, Hymeno-
chaete noxia, Fames semitostus, and Corticiiwi salmonicolor, may
be introduced through the careless importation of rubber stumps.
The disease known as “ peach yellows ” is regarded by E. W.
Morse and L. W. Fetzer (Science 35: 393. 1912) as a consti-
tutional disease which is inheritable, the well-known symptoms
being due to a disturbance of equilibrium among the enzymes
of the plant.
An excellent descriptive treatment of the species of Plioliota
occurring in the region of the Great Lakes, by Edward T. Harper,
has recently appeared in the Transactions of the Wisconsin Acad-
emy of Sciences. Complete notes and very handsome plates of
about thirty species are included.
Professor J. C. Arthur and Dr. Frank D. Kern spent a month
during the past summer in field work in Colorado in continuation
of their investigations of the Uredinales. The time was chiefly
spent in the southern and southwestern portions of the state in
localities not visited by them on previous trips.
Mr. Guy West Wilson, formerly of the North Carolina Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, was awarded a research scholarship
40
Mycologia
at the Garden for the month of September to aid him in his re-
searches on parasitic fungi. Mr. Wilson is continuing his work
during the year as a graduate student of Columbia University.
C. Maublanc (Agr. Prat. Pays Chauds, 1912) describes a num-
ber of fungous diseases of vanilla, among them anthracnose due
to Calospora Vanillae, brown spotting of the stems caused by
Nectria Vanillae, rust caused by Uredo Scabies, leaf spots caused
by Fusicladium Vanillae, Phyllosticta Vanillae, Amerosporium
Vanillae, and Ocellaria Vanillae, and attacks by Senratia Coffei-
cola, S. Vanillae, and Cephaleuros Henningsii.
A disease alfecting the twigs of several species of elm, recently
described by J. Eriksson (Myc. Centralbl. i: 35-42. 1912),
may be recognized by the small black pustules which dot the sur-
face of the affected shoots. The causative fungus is described
as Exosporium Ulnii. Careful inspection of nursery stock and
the young growing trees and the burning of all dead and infected
twigs are recommended as means of control.
A new paint-destroying fungus, described by Professor George
Massee (Kew Bull. Misc. 325, 326. 1911) as Phoma pigmenti-
vora, was found in England on fresh white paint in hothouses,
appearing as pale rose-colored specks which increased in size and
became darker in color until most of the paint was attacked and
ruined. The presence of 2 per cent, of carbolic acid in the paint
was found sufficient to prevent the development of the fungus.
Professor Thomas H. Macbride, professor and head of the
department of botany. State University of Iowa, has been granted
leave of absence for the year 1912-13, and is spending the time
in botanical exploration in the western states. The latter part of
the summer was spent in a mycological survey of the region near
the snow line of Mt. Ranier with special reference to the Myxo-
mycetes of that locality.
INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL LITERATURE
Anderson, P. J., & Anderson, H. W. The chestnut blight fungus
and a related saprophyte. Phytopathology 2 : 204-210. O
1912.
Discusses the Connellsville fungus for which the name Endothia virginiana
is proposed and concludes that we have in our territory (i) Endothia radicalis
(Schw.) Fr., (2) the true blight, E. parasitica (Murrill), and (3) E. virginiana.
Banker, H. J. Type studies in the Hydnaceae — II. The genus
Steccherinum. Mycologia 4: 309-318. 23 N 1912.
S eccherinum Peckii and 5 '. basi-badium spp. nov. are described.
Brooks, C., & De Meritt, M, Apple leaf spot. Phytopathology 2;
181-190. pi. //. O 1912.
A disease caused by Sphaeropsis malorum.
Coker, W. C. Achlya DeBaryana Humphrey and the prolifera
group. Mycologia 4: 319-324. pi. y8. 23 N 1912.
Coker, W. C. Achyla glomerata sp. nov. Mycologia 4 : 325, 326.
pi. 7p. 23 N 1912.
Detmers, F. An ecological study of Buckeye Lake. Proc. Ohio
Acad. Sci. 5: 5-138. pi. i-i2-\-f. 1-31. My 1912.
The annotated list of plants includes 19 species of fungi.
Detwiler, S. B. Some benefits of the chestnut blight. Forest
Leaves 13 ; 162-165. O 1912.
Fawcett, H. S. Citrus scab, Cladosporium citri Massee. Monthly
Bull. State Comm. Hort. California i : 833-842. f. 233-260.
O 1912.
Fawcett, H. S. Gum diseases in citrus trees. Monthly Bull. State
Comm. Hort. California i : 147-156. /. 49-33. Ap 1912.
Fawcett, H. S. The potato wart disease. Monthly Bull. State
Comm. Hort. California i : 733-736. S 1912.
A fungus disease caused by Chrysophlyctis endobiotica Schilb.
Fred, E. B. A study of the quantitative reduction of methylene
blue by bacteria found in milk and the use of this stain in deter-
mining the keeping quality of milk. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite
Abt. 35: 391-428. 30 O 1912.
Contains considerable information of a botanical nature.
41
42
Mycologia
Hall, J. G. Monochactia Desmazierii. Mycologia 4: 330, 331.
23 N 1912.
A note on the identity of the fungus causing the large leaf-spot of chestnut.
Heald, F. D., & Lewis, I. M. A blight of the mesquite. Trans.
Am. Micros. Soc. 31 : 5-9. pi. i. Ja 1912.
Hesler, L. R. The New York apple tree canker. Proc. Indiana
Acad. Sci. 1911 : 325-339. /. i-/. 1912.
Horne, W. T. Fungous root .rot. Monthly Bull. State Comm.
Hort. California i : 216-225. /. 6’3-pi. My 1912.
Armillaria mellea the cause of root rot.
Hotson, J. W. Culture studies of fungi producing bulbils and
similar propagative bodies. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci.
48: 227-306. pi. 1-12. O 1912.
Includes new species in Cubonia (i), Papulospora (9), and Melanospora (3).
Johnson, A, G. The unattached aecial forms of plant-rusts in
North America. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911 : 375-41 1. 1912.
Johnson, E. C. The smuts of wheat, oats, barley, and corn. U. S
Dept. Agr. Farm. Bull. 507: 3-32. /. i-ii. 8 O 1912.
Lewis, I. M. A bacterial canker of plum twigs. Trans. Am.
Micros. Soc. 31 : 145-149. pi. 14. J1 1912.
A disease caused by Pseudomonas pruni.
Lyon, H. L. Iliau, an endemic cane disease. Kept. Exp. Sta.
Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bull, ii : 5-28. pi. i -\-f. i-io.
S 1912.
Includes Melanconiuin iliau, the imperfect stage of Gnomonia iliau sp. nov.,
and notes on M. sacchari.
Melhus, I. E. Culturing of parasitic fungi on the living host.
Phytopathology 2 : 197-203. pi. 20 -f /. i, 2. O 1912.
Moore, G. T. Microorganisms of the soil. Science II. 36 : 609-
616. 8 N 1912.
Murrill, W. A. The Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast — III.
Mycologia 4: 294-308. pi. 77. 23 N 1912.
New species are described in Agaricus (9), Stropharia (2), Drosophila (s),
and Gomphidius ( i ) .
Murrill, W. A. Collecting fungi in the Adirondacks. Jour. N.
Y. Bot. Card. 13: 174-178. 23 N 1912.
Index to American Mycological Literature
43
Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XII. Mycologia 4 ; 289-
293. pi. 74. 23 N 1912.
The following species of Russula are described and illustrated : R. seri-
ceonitens Kauffman, R. Mariae Peck, R. emetica Fries, R. sulcatipes Murrill sp.
nov., R. obscura Romell, R. uncialis Peck, R. foetens Pers., and R. rubriochracea
Murrill sp. nov.
Murrill, W. A. New combinations for tropical agarics. Myco-
logia 4 : 33L 332. 23 N 1912.
Murrill, W. A. The Polyporaceae of Mexico. Bull. N. Y. Bot.
Card. 8: 137-153. 23 N 1912.
Includes new species in Coriolopsis (4), Coriolus (6), Favolus (1), Grifola
(i), Hexagona (3), Trametes (2), Tyromyces (i), Ganoderma (2), Daedalea
(i), Pyropolyporus (i), Gleophyllum (1) and Lenzites (i).
Murrill, W. A. Species of Hydnaceae appear to be scarce on the
Pacific Coast, as elsewhere. Mycologia 4: 330. 23 N 1912.
Short notes on five species collected by the author.
Orton, C. R. The prevalence and prevention of stinking smut in
Indiana. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911: 343-346. 1912.
Osner, G. A. Diseases of ginseng caused by sclerotinias. Proc.
Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911: 355-364. /. 1-6. 1912.
Owens, C. E. monograph of the common Indiana species of
Hypoxylon. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911: 291-308. /. 1-16.
1912.
Shear, C. L. The chestnut blight fungus. Phytopathology 2 :
211, 212. O 1912.
Concludes that Diaporthe parasitica Murrill is the same as Endothia radi-
calis of European authors.
Smith, E. F. Isolation of pathogenic potato bacteria ; A question
of priority. Phytopathology 2 : 213, 214. O 1912.
South, F. W. Further notes on the fungus parasites of scale
insects. West Ind. Bull. 12 : 403-412. 18 S 1912.
South, F. W. Some root diseases of permanent crops in the West
Indies. West Ind. Bull. 12 : 479-498. 18 S 1912.
Sydow, H. Fungi exotici exsiccati. Ann. Myc. 10: 351, 352.
10 Au 1912.
Includes several American species.
Taubenhaus, J. J. Root gall diseases of roses, their cause and
methods of control. Card. Chron. Am. 15 : 187, 188. /. i-j.
O 1912.
44
Mycologia
Theissen, F. Zur Revision der Gattungen Microthyrium und
Seynesia. Ost. Bot. Zeits. 62 : 275-280. Jl. 1912 ; 327-329. S
1912; 395. 396. O 1912.
Van Hook, J. M. Indiana fungi — II. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci.
1911: 347-354. /. J, 2. 1912.
Vouaux, Abbe. Synopsis des champignons parasites de lichens.
Bull. Soc. Myc. France 28; 177-208. 15 Jl 1912.
Wolf, F. A. A new Gnomonia on hickory leaves. Ann. Myc.
10; 488-491. pi. 75. 31 O 1912.
Gnomonia Caryae sp. nov.
Weir, J. R. A botrytis on conifers in the northwest. Phyto-
pathology 2: 215. O 1912.
Whetzel, H. H. Baldwin spot or stippin. Proc. N. Y. State
Fruit Growers Assoc, ii : 28-34. 1912.
Whetzel, H. H. The fungous diseases of the peach. Proc. N. Y.
State Fruit Growers Assoc, ii : 211-219. 1912.
JOURNAL OK MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS
Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume l3-oo
Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued,
per part 25
Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50
Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each 10
New Genera of Fungi published since 1900; original descrip-
tions with full citation 75
First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50
Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 75
Mycological Glossary 25
North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae,
by A. P. Morgan, each 50
Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25
Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders
and Families) 51
Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN,
175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK
BOTANICAL GARDEN
Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers
No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White.
Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 90. Studies in North American Fcronosporales — 1 . The Genus Albugo,
by Guy West Wilson.
No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophlhoreae and
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson.
No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 1 14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 115. Some North Dakota Hypocrealei, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, bj
G. W. Wilson.
No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Pezlza, by
F. J. Seaver.
No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents).
Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN,
Bronx Park, New York City
PUBLIC ACTIONS
OF
The New York Botanical Garden
Jooraal of the New York Botanical Q-arden, monthly, illustrated, con-
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem-
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; f i.oo a year. (Not offered in ex-
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume.
Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi,
including lichens ; containing teclinical articles and news and notes of general in-
terest. J!3 .00 a year ; single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now
in its fifth volume.
Bulletin of the New Tork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the
Garden ; to others, 53-00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume.
North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America,
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com-
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts.
Subscription price, 51.50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold
for 52.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae.
Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907 ; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae
(pars).
Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Folypwraceae — Agaricaceae (pars).
( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. )
Vol. 16, part r, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars).
\'ol. 17, part I, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars).
Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae
(pars).
Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Bnrseraceae.
Memoirs of the New Tork Botanical Garden. Price to members of the
Garden, 5i oo per volume. To others, 52.00. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. 1. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -(-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900.
Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development,
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -(-320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903.
Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New
York, by Arthur Hollick and Ekiward Charles Jeffrey, viii -f- 138 pp., with 29
plates. 1909.
Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager,
viii 278 pp , with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908.
Contributions from the New 'Vork Botanical Garden. A series of tech
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals
other than the above. Price, 2$ cents each. 55*^ volume. In its seventh volume.
RBCBNT NUMBBR8 25 CENTS BACH.
150. The Individuality of the Chromosomes and their Serial Arrangement in Cat ex
atjuatilis, by A. B. Stout.
151. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVI, by P. A. Rydberg.
152. The genus Struthiopteris and its Representatives in North America, by Jean
Broadhurst.
153. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVII, by P. A. Rydberg.
154. Biochemical Studies of Soils Subjected to Dry I feat, by F. J. Seaver and
E. D. Clark.
New YORK Botanical Garocn
Bronx Rank, Nkw York Oitv
MYCOLOGIA
IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY
Pounded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885
EDITOR
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL
Vol. V— MARCH, 1913— No. 2
JOSEPH C. ARTHUR
HOWARD J. BARKER
OIACOMO BRESADOLA
FREDERICS. CLEHERTS
JOHR DEARRESS
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
PRARKLIR S. EARLE
BRUCE FIRK
ROBERT A. HARPER
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE
PAUL MAORUS
GEORGE MASSES
RARCISSE PATOUILLARD
LARS ROMELL
FRED J. SEAVER
C0RRELIU8 L. SHEAR
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
By THE NEW BRA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.
CONTENTS
PAGl
Studies in North American Hyphomycetes — II
David Ross Sumstine 45
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — IV. The Genus Phel-
lodon - - - - Howard J. Banker 62
New Species of Fungi - - - Chas. H. Peck 67
The Amanitas of Eastern North America
William A. Murrill 72
News and Notes -------- 87
Index to American Mycological Literature - - -91
The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof;
Without Cover —
4 PP-
8 pp.
12 pp.
16 pp.
20 pp.
24 pp.
28 pp.
32 pp.
25-50 Copies —
*»-37
$ 1.87
I2.I2
I2.50
S 3 - SO
S 4-05
S4 82
SS-20
100 “
i-SS
2- IS
2.65
3 - IS
4.05
5.00
6. 10
6.50
200 “
2.00
305
4.00
4 - 30
5.60
6.90
8.30
8.90
Covers — First 50 — $ 1 . 00 . Additional, ic each.
Plates — 40c per 100.
1
Mycologia
Plate LXXXII
OIDIUMlAND ACROSPORIUM
MYCOLOGIA
VoL. V March, 1913 No. 2
STUDIES IN NORTH AMERICAN HYPHO-
MYCETES— II^
LH>K^
NEW Y
eOTAN
QAKI)
The Tribe Oosporeae
David Ross Sumstine
(With Plates 82-84 Containing 28 Figures)
Lindau^ includes in the tribe Oosporeae thirteen genera, as fol-
lows : Sporendonema, Malbranchea, Glycophila, Oospora, M onilia,
Oidium, Paepalopsis, Halobyssus, Fiisidium, Cylindriuni, Poly-
scytalum, Geotrichum^ Helicocephalum.
The plants are small, inconspicuous, and parasitic or sapro-
phytic. The mycelium is generally poorly developed and differs
very little from the sporophores. The sporophores are short,
lax or rigid. The hyaline or bright-colored spores are produced
in chains endogenously or exogenously.
The genus Sporendonenia was first described by Desmazieres®
with one species, 5". Casei. This is generally considered congeneric
with the so-called Oospora Lactis (Fres.) Sacc., and synonymous
with Oospora criistacea (Bull.) Sacc. Chalara mycoderma Bon.
is also cited as a probable synonym of S'. Casei. Oudeman^ de-
scribes a new species. S’, terrestre, and redescribes the genus. He
transfers the type S'. Casei to the genus Torula. One species has
' Studies in North American Hyphomycetes — I. was published in Mycologia
3: 45-56. March, 1911.
“ Pflanzenfamilien i^ ** ; 417. 1900.
’Ann. Sci. Nat. I. 11: 246. 1827.
‘Archives Neerl. 20: 419. 1885.
[Mycologia for January, 1913 (5: 1-44) was issued January 13, 1913]
46
Mycologia
been reported from America, 6'. myophilmn Sacc.® This species
was not available for study.
Glycophila, Paepalopsis and Halobyssus have not been reported
from America. The first one has two species, the other two are
monotypic.
The genus Fusidtum^ is very indefinite and will require more
extended study to determine its limits.
Cylindrium will be discussed under the genus Polyscytalurn.
The genus Helicocephalum is monotypic and does not belong
here. It is more closely related to the MncoraceaeJ
Hill® gives the first description of the genus Monilia. It is
quite interesting and seems worthy of reproduction here :
“Monilia is a genus of Fungi, consisting of a pedicle support-
ing a number of naked seeds, arranged together in series like the
beads of a necklace.
“ The Monilia all produce distinct male and female flowers.
The male flowers are antherae, placed on short stamina, on the
summit of the pedicle, or near the summit, surrounding it in
form of fine powder. The female flowers we are able to distin-
guish nothing of, except the seeds which are arranged together in
series, by means of a glutinous matter, and stand sometimes
close to one another, sometimes more distinct. In some species
these chains of seeds are laid along both sides of the summit of
the stalks ; in others they are wound round in clusters, and form
a kind of tuberous knobs, which terminate it; in others they rise
at distances from the very summit of the pedicle, in forms of
fingers; and finally, in others they rise more numerous in this
form, and near their bases, so as to form a kind of globule, with
the extremities of several of the chains of seeds hanging down
from them. These clusters of the series of seeds Micheli took
for placentae; he also divided this genus into two, under the
names of Botrytis and Aspergillus but the differences, this di-
vision is founded upon, are rather specific than generical; we
have arranged them all together under one genus.”
“Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 41: 80. 1888.
"Link, Berl. Mag. 3: 8. 1809.
’Thaxter, Bot. Gaz. 16; 201. 1891.
“Hist, of Plants 69. 1751.
SuMSTiNE : North American Hyphomycetes
47
Under this genus three species are enumerated: M. capitata,
divaricata, ramosa. It is impossible to tell definitely what species
Hill had before him.
The next general reference to this genus is given by Wiggers.®
Two species are listed: M. crustacea = Mucor crustaceiis Linn,
and M. Aspergillus = Miic or Aspergillus Scop.
Roth^® accepts the genus, cites Wiggers and enumerates M.
Crustacea, cespitosa, aspergillus, nidulans.
Persoon” gives M. aurea, cespitosa aurea = Aspergillus Mich.
2. He also adds the following species: M. rosea, glauca, Candida,
racemosa, simplex. In a later work^® the same species are
enumerated.
From these references it seems clear that the genus Monilia is
congeneric with Aspergillus and Penicillium and should be re-
tained in that group.
The other genera in this tribe will be discussed at more length
in the following pages. No attempt is made to give all the prob-
able synonyms. It was deemed advisable to divide some of the
genera and make new genera in order to bring together the more
closely related species.
Many of the types of this group are not available for study and
in a number of cases are no longer in existence. The study of
the species of this group must necessarily be based on descriptions.
OiDiuM Link, Berl. Mag. 3: 18. 1809
lAlysidium Kunze, Mykol. Hefte i: ii. 1817. Type, Alysidium
fulvum Kunze.
Original description : Thallus e floccis caespitosis, septatis,
ramosis, decumbentibus ; apicibus articulatis; articulis in spo-
ridia secedentibus. Lmica species, colore pulchre aureo.
Mycelium well developed, branched, septate, interwoven ; spo-
rophores erect or suberect, septate, simple or branched, rigid;
spores produced in chains, hyaline or bright-colored.
Type species, Trichoderma aureum Pers.
•Prim. FI. Holsat. iii. 1780.
•• Tent. FI. Ger. 1 : 558. 1788.
•'Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 40. 1797.
’■ Syn. Meth. Fung. 691. 1801.
48
Mycologia
This genus resembles Rhinotrichum in general appearance and
in structure, but differs from that genus in the production of
spores. In Rhinotrichum the spores are produced singly on the
upper divisions of the sporophores, in Oidinm the spores are pro-
duced in chains.
Key to the Species
Spores not over 30 /ix long.
Pulvinate, spores 10—20 long.
Effused, spores ii— 30/x long.
Effused, spores 12-24/4 long.
Spores much larger.
1. O. aureum.
2. O. simile.
3. O. Murrilliae.
4. O. megalosporum.
I. OiDiUM AUREUM (Pers.) Link, /. c.
? Alysidinm fidvuni Kunze, 1 . c.
Torula aurea (Link) Corda, Icon. 2; 8. 1837.
Pulvinate or tufts sometimes confluent, floccose, yellow, tawny ;
mycelium creeping, septate, sending up erect or suberect sporo-
phores ; sporophores erect, simple or branched, septate ; spores
ovoid-ellipsoid, lemon-shaped, colored, 10-12 X 16-20 /x.
On decaying wood.
Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis, N. A. F. 164/;
Pennsylvania, Schweinits.
In all probability Monilia effiisa Peck^^ belongs here.
2. OiDiUM SIMILE Berk. Jour. Bot. 4: 310. 1845
Oospora similis (Berk.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 4: 23. 1886.
Monilia aiireof iilva Cooke & Ellis Grevillea 8: 12. 1886.
Effused, forming a dense mass over the substratum, yellow to
reddish yellow ; mycelium septate, interwoven ; sporophores long,
simple or branched, septate ; spores in chains, globose or subglo-
bose to ovoid, colored, variable in size, 1 1-20 X 18-30 /x.
On decayed wood.
Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Snmstine.
This species resembles Rhinotrichum Curtisii in general ap-
pearance. Monilia aurantiaca Peck & Sacc.^* is in all probability
the same as this species.
Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 42: 128. 1889.
“Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 42: 128. 1889.
Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes
49
3. Oidium Murrilliae sp. nov.
Efifused, rather thick, powdery, yellow, melleoiis to ochraceous,
at first white ; mycelium densely interwoven, branching, septate ;
sporophores erect or suberect, short, septate; spores in short
chains, sometimes branching, colored, irregularly shaped, ellipsoid
to lemon-shaped, 12-14 X 20-24/1,.
On decaying wood.
Specimens examined: Mexico, near Cuernavaca, W. A. and
Edna L. Murrill, 446 (type).
The type is in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Garden.
4. Oidium megalosporum Berk & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. i : 363.
1869
Monilia megalospora (Berk. & Curt.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 4: 33.
1886. Not Oidium megalosporum Speg. Fungi Argentini 4:
122. 1881.
Pulvinate, growing in small tufts, sometimes several tufts con-
fluent, powdery, yellow, pale yellow ; mycelium scanty, branched,
septate ; sporophores very short ; spores in short chains, globose
or subglobose, granular within, very large, 35-45 occasionally
50-70 /i.
On decayed wood.
Specimens examined: Delaware, Cummins; Florida, Calkins;
New Jersey, Cxtrtis; New York, Brozvn, Clinton; Ohio, Morgan;
Pennsylvania, Sumstine; West Virginia, Sumstine.
OosPORA Wallr. FI. Crypt. Ger. 2: 182. 1833
Original description: Sporidia subglobosa s. oriformia intri-
cata pellucida, primum concatenata, hypham articulatam simpli-
cem teneram decumbentem mentientia, articulisque inter se facile
secedentibus fragilia.
Mycelium scanty, more or less distinct from the sporophores,
septate ; sporophores thick, erect or decumbent, simple or branched,
breaking into chains of spores, friable ; spores variously shaped,
concatenate, hyaline or bright-colored.
Type species, Torula fructigena Pers.
oO
Mycologia
There is some doubt as to the identity of Oospora Candida, but
'from the description it is probably a variety or a young stage of
Oospora fructigena {Torula fmctigena Pers.). This latter spe-
cies is given as the second species under the genus, and, in case
the former is not considered sufficiently clear to establish the
genus, there can be 'no doubt as to the second species.
Key to the Species
Pinkish to brown.
Gray to ash-colored.
Pulvinate.
Effused, spores 8 -io X 10-12 /t-
Effused, spores larger.
White or sordid white.
Spores large, 15-23 X 20-30 /li.
Spores small, 5-8 fi.
Spores medium, 10-14 /a.
1. O. fructigena.
2. O. cinerea.
3. O. Cerasi.
4. 0 . Linhartiana.
5. O. fungicola.
6. O. Ar huri.
7. O. Martinii.
I. Oospora fructigena (Pers.) Wallr. /. c.
Torula fructigena Pers. Obs. Mycol. i: 26. 1796.
Monilia fructigena Pers. Syn. Fung. 693. 1801.
Oidium fructigenum Link Sp. PI. 6': 122. 1824.
Pulvinate, sometimes confluent, white at first, then pink to
brown; mycelium fasciculate, thin, septate; sporophores erect
or suberect, simple or branched, dividing into chains of spores ;
spores ovoid, obovoid, or lemon-shaped, hyaline or colored,
10-12 X 16-25 fX.
On various fruits, as apple, peach, plum.
Specimens examined: Canada, Thaxter; New York, Shear;
Ohio; Pennsylvania, Sumstine ; South Carolina, Ravenel.
This fungus is known as the “brown rot” of fruit. It has
been investigated by various students and its life history is fairly
well known. It might more properly be treated under the perfect
stage, Sclerotinia fructigena (Pers.) Schroet.
2. Oospora cinerea (Bon.)
Monilia cinerea Bon. Handb. Mykol. 76. 1851.
Pulvinate or effused, gray or gray-brown ; mycelium branched,
septate ; sporophores short, erect, branched, breaking into spores ;
Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes
51
spores concatenate, ellipsoid, irregular in shape, hyaline or light-
colored, 10-12 X 16-18/X.
On cherries.
Specimens examined : Pennsylvania, Everhart, 484.
This species is closely related to the preceding species. The
spores are smaller and the tufts are not so large.
3. Oospora Cerasi (Tracy & Earle)
Monilia Cerasi Tracy & Earle, Greene PI. Baker, i : 35. 1901.
Eflfused, covering the entire fruit with a white coating, finally
becoming ash-colored ; mycelium developed in the fruit, branched ;
sporophores short, erect, branched, bearing the concatenate spores ;
spores spherical, lemon-shaped, hyaline or slightly colored, 10-12 fi.
On immature fruit of wild cherry.
Specimens examined: Colorado, Tracy and Earle, 108 s (part
of the original collection).
The effused growth and smaller spores distinguish this species
from the two preceding species.
4. Oospora Linhartiana (Sacc.)
Monilia Linhartiana Sacc. Syll. Eung. 4: 34. 1886.
Effused, thin, gray-white, spreading along petioles and veins of
leaves ; mycelium scanty, septate, hyaline ; sporophores short,
simple or branched, with chains of spores ; spores globose, sub-
globose or ellipsoid, 10-12 X 12-18 /x.
On Prtinns sp.
Specimens examined: Canada, Dearness, 468; Maine, Thax-
ter; Wisconsin, Stevens.
The spore measurements given by Saccardo are somewhat
larger than those given above.
5. Oospora fungicola (Ellis & Barth.)
Monilia fungicola Ellis & Barth. Erytljea 5 : 50. 1897.
Effused, thick, forming a felt-like coating, ashen-gray ; my-
celium hyaline, interwoven, branched, septate ; sporophores erect,
simple, short ; spores in short chains, hyaline, ellipsoid, irregular,
15-23 X 20-so fi.
52
Mycologia
On Lycoperdon gigantciim.
Specimens examined: Kansas, Bartholomeiv (type).
6. Oospora Arthuri nom. nov.
Monilia Candida Bon. Handb. Mykol. 76. 1851.
Tufted, confluent, white to yellow-white; mycelium well devel-
oped, branched, septate ; sporophores erect, simple or branched,
bearing the chains of spores ; spores globose to ovoid, 5-8 /x.
On mucor culture.
Specimens ex.\mined: Indiana, Arthur.
The type specimen grew on decayed wood. The specimen
determined as this species agrees well with the original description.
It is regretted that the transfer of this species from one genus
to another necessitates a new name. There is already an Oospora
Candida.
7. Oospora Martinii (Ellis & Sacc.)
Monilia Martinii Ellis & Sacc. Michelia 2: 376. 1880.
Effused or pulvinate, white with slight rosy tinge ; mycelium
creeping, scanty, septate ; sporophores erect, septate, simple or
branched ; spores concatenate, globose or subglobose, irregular,
colored, 10-14 ju.
On decayed rachis of Zea Mays.
Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Martin; Ohio, Fungi
Columb. 1358.
Monilia sitopliila (]\Iont.) Sacc. is said to be different in color
and in the obtuse ends of the spores.
Doubtful Species
Monilia Peckiana Sacc. & Vogl. Syll. Fung. 4: 34. 1886. On
Vacciniuni pennsylvaniciini. This is said to be near Oospora
Linhartiana.
Oosporoidea gen. nov.
Mycelium scarcely differing from the sporophores, interwoven,
crustaceous; the sporiferous hyphae breaking up into spores (?)
or forming erect or suberect sporophores with hyaline or bright-
colored concatenate spores.
Type species, Oidinnt Lactis Fres.
Sumstine; North American Hyphomycetes
53
Oosporoidea Lactis (Fres.)
Oidium Lactis Fres. Beitr. Mykol. 23. 1851.
Oospora Lactis (Fres.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 4: 15. 1886.
Effused, membranaceous, white, forming small patches, some-
times spreading for a considerable distance ; mycelium inter-
woven, septate or simple; sporophores not sharply differentiated
from the mycelium, erect or suberect, dividing into spores ; spores
in chains, irregular in shape and in size, frequently subglobose
to ellipsoid, 5-7 X 12-20 /a.
On cheese.
Specimens examined : Pennsylvania, Sumstine.
Toruloidea gen. nov.
Mycelium scanty, simple or branched ; sporophores erect or
suberect, simple or branched ; spores simple, formed in chains by
the division of the sporophore, hyaline or bright-colored.
Type species, Toruloidea effttsa Sumstine.
This genus is closely allied with Torula. The principal differ-
ence lies in the color of the spores; in Torula the spores are dark-
colored, in Tortdoidea hyaline or bright-colored. The genus is
separated from Oospora by its delicate structure, less developed
mycelium, and much smaller sporophores.
Key
Pale yellow to yellow.
Effused.
Pulvinate.
White to sordid white.
Spores globose or nearly so.
Spores ellipsoid to cylindrical.
Spores ovoid to obovoid.
THE Species
1. T. effusa.
2. T. Unangst ii.
3. T. Nicolianae.
4. T. Tulipi ferae.
5. T. candidula.
I. Toruloidea effusa sp. nov.
Effused, thick, pale yellow to yellow, pulverulent; mycelium
creeping, branched ; sporophores short, erect, simple ; spores in
chains, ellipsoid, hyaline or subhyaline, usually with a short
apiculus, 3-4 X 4-6 /A.
On decayed wood. Bemus Point, N. Y.
Specimens examined: New York, Sumstme (type).-
The type specimen is in the herbarium of the Carnegie Mu-
seum, Pittsburgh.
54
Mycologia
2. Toruloidea Unangstii sp. nov.
Pulvinate, sometimes confluent, but usually in small patches,
yellow ; mycelium creeping, branched, filiform ; sporophores erect,
short, bearing long chains of spores ; spores yellow, ovoid to ellip-
soid, 2-3 X 3-4
On decayed wood. Transfer, Pa.
Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Sumstine and Unangst
(type).
Type specimen is in the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
3. Toruloidea Nicotianae (Pezz. and Sacc.)
Oospora Nicotianae Pezz. and Sacc. Syll. Fung. 14: 1037. 1899.
Pulvinate or effused, in small patches, white ; mycelium fili-
form, creeping, branched, septate ; sporophores short, erect ; spores
in chains, globose to ellipsoid, 2.5-3 /a.
On tobacco leaves.
Specimens examined: Ohio.
The original description says the spores are papillate. The
specimens examined did not show this character.
4. Toruloidea Tulipiferae (Ellis & Mart)
Oospora Tulipiferae Ellis & Mart. Amer. Nat. 16: 1004. 1882.
Thin, effused, white or slightly colored; mycelium subhyaline
or light brown, septate ; sporophores short, erect ; spores hyaline
or subhyaline, ellipsoid to cylindrical, concatenate, chains long,
branched, 3-4 X 7~9
On leaves of Liriodendron.
Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Martin.
The specimen examined is likely a part of the original collec-
tion, but it was not sufficient for a satisfactory examination.
The plants grow on light brown spots on the leaves. A drawing
on the label by Dr. Martin shows the chains of spores several
times branched. The description here given is more or less com-
piled from the original.
Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes
55
5. Toruloidea candidula (Sacc.)
Oospora candidula Sacc. Michelia 2 : 545. 1880.
Pulvinate or effused, white; mycelium creeping, branched;
sporophores erect, simple or branched ; spores in long chains,
hyaline, ovoid or obovoid, 3 X
On various substances.
Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis and Harkness.
The specimen is in the New York Botanical Garden and marked
Oospora hyalinula Sacc.
PoLYSCYTALUM Riess. Bot. Zeitung ii; 138. 1853
Original description : Flocci erecti, subrigidi, ramosi ; sporae
simplices, cylindricae in catenas ramosas, ex floccorum ramorum-
que apicibus natas seriatae.
Mycelium wanting, or at least not differing from the sporo-
phore ; sporophores simple or branching, septate, hyaline or
slightly colored; spores borne in chains at the ends of the sporo-
phores, cylindric, obtuse at each end.
Type species, Polyscytalum fecundissimnm Riess.
The difference between this genus and Cylindrium is based on
the development of the mycelium. In the latter it is not so well
developed. This distinction scarcely constitutes a generic differ-
ence and there seems no good reason for maintaining the two
genera.
Key to the Species
White to subfuligineous. i. P . cylindroides .
White to sordid white. 2. P . sericeum .
I. Polyscytalum cylindroides Sacc. & Ellis Jour. Mycol. 4:
105. 1888
Tufts small, white to subfuliginous ; sporophores a little in-
crassated from the base, subcylindric, subsimple; spores cylindric,
obtusely rounded at each end, spuriously i-septate, 2.5-3 X 15-20 ju,.
On fallen oak leaves.
Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis, N. A. F. 2455.
This species is in all probability the same as the following.
56
Mycologia
2. PoLYSCYTALUM SERicEUM Sacc. Michelia 1 : 86. 1879
Effused or cespitose, white to sordid white ; sporophores short
or somewhat elongated, septate; spores concatenate, cylindric,
ends obtuse, hyaline, 2.5-3 X
On oak leaves.
Specimens examined; Canada, Harkness; New Jersey, Fung.
Columb. /J57; Pennsylvania, Sumstine.
GeoTRicHUM Link, Berl. Mag. 3: 17. 1809
Original description : Thallus e floccis caespitosis septatis,
ramosis, decumbentibus. Sporadia ovalia, utrinque truncata,
inspersa.
Mycelium scanty, floccose, septate, effused or cespitose; sporo-
phores short, simple or branched ; spores borne on the ends of the
sporophores in chains, short cylindric, hyaline or light-colored.
Type species. Geotrichum candidum Link.
Key to the Species
Pulvinate, spores 5-12 /x long. i. G. candidum.
Effused, spores shorter. 2. G, cuboideum.
1. Geotrichum candidum Link, /. c.
Small white tufts; mycelium scanty, creeping; sporophores
erect, simple or branched, septate, hyaline ; spores short cylindric,
hyaline, 3-4 X 5-12 /u,; the length varies but the thickness is rather
constant.
On various substrata.
Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis.
2. Geotrichum cuboideum (Sacc. & Ellis)
Oospora cuboidea Sacc. & Ellis Michelia 2 : 576. 1880.
Effused, forming a thin powdery coat over the substratum,
white; mycelium branching, interwoven ; sporophores erect, short ;
spores in chains, cuboid, irregular, 2^3 X 3~4 f»-
On decaying wood.
Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis. Probably part of
the original collection.
Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes
57
Malbranchea Sacc. Michelia 2 : 638. 1880
Original description : Hyphae repentes, intricatae, continuae,
hyalinae, v. laete coloratae, hinc inde in ramulos arcuatos abeuntes ;
ramuli seriatim plurinucleati, dein ex apice conidia cuboidea v.
teretiuscula, continua, hyalina v. laete colorata exserentes.
Mycelium creeping, interwoven, branched, septate or contin-
uous, hyaline, or bright-colored ; sporophores short, suberect or
arcuate, simple ; spores in chains, formed endogenously within
the extremities of the sporophores.
Type species, Malbranchea pulchella Sacc.
I. Malbranchea pulveracea (Ellis)
Monilia pulveracea Ellis; Craigin, Bull. Washburn Coll, i: 69.
1884.
Rhinotrichum pulveraceiim Ellis Jour. INIycol. i ; 47. 1885.
Effused, thin, pale yellow ; mycelium branched, sparingly sep-
tate ; sporophores short, suberect, simple or branched, with smooth
swollen ends ; spores in chains, formed within the swollen ends,
globose or ellipsoid, 5-9 /a or 5-7 X 5-12 /x.
On dead wood and bark.
Specimens examined: Kansas, Ellis and Craigin.
This species is placed in this genus with some hesitation. In
some respects it agrees better with the genus Glycophila. The
exact formation of spores could not be learned from the her-
barium specimen. The original description says that the spores
appear at first inside the swollen ends and push out through the
investing membrane.
Acrosporium Nees. Sys. Pilze 2 : 14. 1817
Original description : Flocci simplices, aggregati, sursum
moniliformes, articulis secedentibus inspersi.
Parasitic ; mycelium scanty or well developed ; sporophores lax,
erect, simple, septate ; spores produced in chains.
Type species, Acrosporium monilioides Nees = Monilia hya-
lina Fr.
This genus contains the conidial stages of the Erysiphaceae.
58
IMycologia
It seems desirable to retain this form-genus, since some of the
forms have not yet been definitely associated with known species
of the various genera of the Erysiphaceae.
Culture work on species of this genus is in progress, and, there-
fore, a mere enumeration of the species examined is given at
present.
1. Acrosporium hyalina (Fr.).
Monilia hyalina Fr. Ohs. Mycol. i : 210. 1815.
Acrosporium monilioides Nees, 1 . c.
On various grasses. The conidial stage of Erysiphe graminis DC.
2. Acrosporium obductum (Ellis & Lang.).
Oidium obductum Ellis & Lang. Jour. Mycol. 6: 35. 1890.
On living leaves of young Quercus.
3. Acrosporium Tuckeri (Berk. & Br.).
Oidium Tuckeri B. & Br. Grev. 7: 28. 1878.
On vine leaves. Probably the conidial stage of Uncinula neca-
tor (Schw.) Burrill.
4. Acrosporium leucoconium (Desm.).
Oidium leucoconium Desm. Ann. de Sci. 13 : 102. 1829.
The conidial stage of Sphaerotheca pannosa (Wallr.) Lev.
There is a variation in the spelling of the specific name. The
following spellings occur, leuconium and leucogonium.
6. Acrosporium compactum (Cooke & Ellis).
Oidium compactum Cke. & Ell. Grevillea 7: 39. 1878.
On Quercus alba.
7. Acrosporium Euonymi-japonici (Salmon).
Oidium Euonymi-japonici Salmon, Ann. Mycol. 3 : 6. 1905.
No specimen of this species was seen but it is said to be near
A. leucoconium.
8. Acrosporium pirinum (Ellis & Ev.).
Oidium pirinum Ellis & Ev. Jour. Mycol. 5: 68. 1889.
On leaves of Pirns coronaria.
9. Acrosporium sp.
? Microsphaera Platani Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 5: 4. 1874.
SuMSTiNE : North American Hyphomycetes 59
Amphigenous, white, effused, forming a dense stratum on the
leaf ; mycelium branched, interwoven ; sporophores erect, simple,
septate ; spores smooth, ellipsoid, granular within, 25-27 X 40-50 yn.
On leaves of Platanus orientalis L., Pittsburgh, Pa., August,
1912.
It attacks the young leaves usually and causes them to curl up
and die. Unless checked it may become a dangerous shade tree
disease.
10. Acrosporium Gossypii sp. nov.
Hypophyllous, white to sordid white, effused, thin, spreading
over the leaf ; mycelium branched, interwoven ; sporophores erect,
simple, dividing into spores ; spores barrel-shaped, ellipsoid, trun-
cate at the ends, 16-24 X 40-50
On Gossypium sp. (Cotton). Kingston, Jamaica.
The type was collected by T. D. A. Cockerell and sent to me by
Flora W. Patterson, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, Washing-
ton, D. C. It was labeled Oidium erysiphoides.
Oiditim erysiphoides Fr.^® is a composite species. The name
cannot be applied to any particular form of this genus but belongs
to all the forms in general.
Species Reported
The following species have been reported from North America,
but no specimens were examined. They probably belong to the
various genera described in this paper.
1. Oidium albipes Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 30: 57.
1878.
2. Oidium Asteris-punicei Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 150:
35- 1911-
3. Oidium candidum Schw. Trans. Amer. Philo. Soc. II. 4:
285. 1832. The type of this species has been lost and the descrip-
tion is too brief for determination.
4. Monilia Harknessii Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 34:
49. 1881.
5. Monilia Avenae Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 33 : 219. 1906.
Syst. Mycol. 3: 432. 1829.
60
Mycologia
6. Monilia viridi-flava Cooke & Hark. Grevillea 9; 139. 1881.
7. Monilia diffusa Ellis & Ev. Jour. Mycol. i: 44. 1885.
8. Monilia Peckiana Sacc. & Vogl. Syll. Eung. 4: 34. 1886.
This is said to be the same as Monilia Linhartiana Sacc.
9. Monilia globosa Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 286.
1832. Type is lost.
10. Oospora cuciimeris Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 41 :
80. 1888.
11. Oospora heterospora Ellis & Ev. Bull. Torrey Club 24;
470. 1897. Erom the description this seems to belong to the
genus Toridoidea.
12. Torula pallida Berk. & Br. Grev. 3: 14. 1873.
Oospora pallida (Berk. & Br.) Sacc. & Vogl. Syl. Eung. 4: 24.
1886. The type specimen was collected by Ravenel in South
Carolina. It evidently is a Toridoidea.
Excluded Species
1. Monilia rubiginosa Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 30:
58. 1878. This has been transferred to the genus Zygodesmus.
2. Monilia pencillata Ellis & Ev. Jour. Mycol. 4; 54. 1888.
This is now considered the same as Chondroniyces aurantiacum
(Berk. & Curt.) Thaxter.
3. Monilia Candida Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 27: 106.
1875. This name is not tenable. The plant is likely the same as
Monilia mycophila Sacc.
4. Monilia punctans Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 286.
1832. The type is lost but the species should be referred to
Torida.
5. Monilia fiisconigra Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4:
286. 1832. This is a Torula.
6. Monilia urediniformis Ellis & Ev.- -Hroc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. 461. 1893.
7. Oidium inquinans Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 286.
1832. A Torula.
8. Oidium corticale Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 27: 105.
1875. A Tonda.
9. Oidium irregulare Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 33 : 29.
Mycologia
Plate LXXXIII
OOSPORA
Mycologia
Plate LXXXIV
GEOTRICHUM, MALBRANCHEA AND TORULOIDEA
Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes
61
1880. Saccardo has placed this in the genus Oviilaria and made
it synonymous with O. isarioides.
10. Thaxter, Jour. Mycol. 7 : 280. 1893. The
first report of this species was in 1891.^® It very evidently does
not belong to the genus Oospora as defined in this paper. I have
not seen authentic specimens, but from the description it would
seem better to establish a new genus for this species.
Peabody High School,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Explanation of Plate LXXXII
AH the figures on this and the following plates were drawn with the aid
of the camera lucida and are highly magnified. The drawings show the
mycelium, sporophores and spores.
1. Oidium aureum Link.
2. Oidium simile Berk. Reproduced from Jour. Bot. 4: 310. PI. J2,
fig. a, b.
3-4. Oidium simile Berk.
5. Oidium megalosporum Berk. & Curt.
6. Oidium Murrilliae Sumstine.
7—9. Acrosporium sp. 9 shows leaves of Platanus orientalis.
lo-ii. Acrosporium Gossypii Sumstine.
Explanation of Plate LXXXIII
I. Oospora fructigena (Pers.) Wallr.
2-3. Oospora Linhartiana (Sacc.) Sumstine.
4. Oospora cinerea (Bon.) Sumstine.
5-7. Oospora Martinii (Ellis & Sacc.) Sumstine. 7 reproduced from Fungi
Ital. 849.
8. Oospora Arthuri Sumstine
9. Oospora fungicola (Ellis & Barth.) Sumstine.
10. Oospora Cerasi (Tracy & Earle) Sumstine.
Explanation of Plate LXXXIV
1. Tortiloidea effusa Sumstine.
2. Toruloidea Unangstii Sumstine.
3. Toruloidea Tulipiferae (Ellis & Mart.) Sumstine.
4. Toruloidea candidula (Sacc.) Sumstine.
5. Malbranchea pulveracea (Ellis) Sumstine.
6. Geotricimm candidum Link.
7. Geotrichum cuboideum (Sacc. & Ellis) Sumstine.
Ann. Rep. Conn. Agric. Ex. Station 8i. 1891.
TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE— IV.^
THE GENUS PHELLODON
Howarb J. Banker
Phellodon NIGER (Fries) P. Karst. Rev. Myc. 3^: 19. 1881
Hydniim nigrum Fries, Obs. Myc. i: 134. 1815.
No specimen was found at Upsala that could be regarded with
certainty as the type of the species. Specimens under this name
in the herbarium presented considerable diversity of characters.
A specimen from Karsten collected in 1866 may be considered
from its date as having its determination at least approved by
Fries. This specimen appears identical in every respect with
the American forms which we have referred to the Friesian spe-
cies^ and we, therefore, believe that we have rightly interpreted
the species.
Phellodon amicus (Quel.)
Hydnnrn amicum Quel. Grev. 8: 115. 1880.
Hydnum vellereum Peck, Kept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 50:
no. 1897.
The type specimen of H. amicum Quel, could not be located,
but at Paris authentic specimens from Quelet were found which
appeared to be identical in all characters with the American H.
vellereum Pk.
Phellodon pullus (Schaeff.)
Hydmim pullum Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. 4: 98. pi. 2"/ 2. 1774-
Hydnum zonatum Gmelin, L. Syst. Nat. 2 : 1438. 1796-
Hydnum melaleucum Fries, Obs. Myc. i: 141. 1815.
Hydnum leptopus Pers. Myc. Eur. 2: 170. 1825.
Hydnum graveolens Delast. Fries, Epicrisis 509- 1836-38.
There is, of course, no type specimen of Hydnum pullum
Schaeff., and our understanding of the species is based chiefly on
' Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herr-
man Research Fund of the New York Academy of Science.
^ Mem. Torrey Club 12: 166.
62
Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae
63
Schaeffer’s description and figures. These conform in all re-
spects to the American plants which we have placed in this segre-
gation. In Persoon’s herbarium at Leyden are a number of
specimens labelled in Persoon’s handwriting “ Hydnum pullum
Schaeff.” These are typical specimens of our form.
In Fries’s herbarium there is no true type specimen of H. mela-
leucum Fr., but the specimens there placed under this name in-
clude plants collected as early as 1866 in Upsala by Th. Fries and
in Mustiala by P. A. Karsten. These are seemingly identical
with our plants. Fries also regarded H. pullum Schaeff. as a
synonym of his species.'* The lack of odor noted by Fries is a
character on which we think too much stress may be laid. Our
plants yield more or less odor.
There are several specimens in Persoon’s herbarium labelled
“ Hydnum leptopus,” some of these in Persoon’s handwriting.
They are nearly all typical plants of this segregation. Fries
regarded Persoon’s species as a synonym of H. graveolens Delast.
There appears to be no type of H. graveolens Delast, at Upsala.
The only specimens found there referred to Delastre’s species
were in Starbuck’s collection from Sweden and these forms
approached more closely to our conception of Phellodon amicus
(Quel.). At Kew similar forms were commonly referred to H.
graveolens Delast. Fries’s description of H. graveolens Delast,
also points in some respects to the amicus type, particularly his
emphasis upon the word molli in his description of the character
of the pileus. In fact, it might reasonably be claimed that in
Fries’s conception H. graveolens Delast, includes the forms here
treated as Phellodon amicus (Quel.), in which case the name
graveolens should prevail for these plants as being the older name.
By any other interpretation it is difficult to understand how Fries
conceived any difference between H. graveolens Delast, and H.
melaleucum Fr. On the other hand his figure of PI. graveolens
Delast, in his leones Selectae Hymenomycetes pi. 6. f. i is much
more nearly our conception of P. pullus (Schaeff.) than of P.
amicus (Quel.). Moreover, it appears to have been Delastre’s
idea of the species. In Persoon’s herbarium at Leyden is a speci-
® Fries, Syst. Myc. i: 406. 1821.
‘Fries, Epicr. Myc. 510; Hym. Eur. 616.
64
Mycologia
men received from Delastre and marked by the latter “graveo-
lens,” which is identical in character with the plants that we have
regarded as typical of the present segregation. Two other speci-
mens received from Delastre and marked “ hydnum fragrans Dtr ”
are of precisely the same character. In Fries’s herbarium at
Upsala is a specimen undoubtedly received from Delastre, which
is marked “hydnum fragrans. 29Dstre. 1823. hydnum leptopus
var. V. graveolens Pers. Myc. Eur. Sect. 2. p. 171.” This is ap-
parently Delastre’s hand. In one corner of the label is written
in a different hand “ graveolens Hym. Eur. p. 606.” It seems
highly probable that this specimen should be regarded as the type
of H. graveolens Delast, as published by Fries in Epicr. loc. cit.
The specimen has the characters of the forms here considered
except the upper surface of the pileus is more pubescent, in this
respect approaching the character of P. amicus (Quel.).
The two species, P. amicus (Quel.) and P. piillus (Schaeff.),
as we have defined them, are closely connected by intermediate
forms, and it seems altogether probable that Fries based H.
graveolens Delast, on some such intermediate form as the one
cited above from Delastre and now at Upsala. As a consequence,
there has arisen the prevailing confusion concerning the latter
species. It is difficult from the evidence at hand to decide in
which of the two segregations PI . graveolens Delast, ought to be
included. On the basis of Fries’s figure and Delastre’s specimens
we consider the species as synonymous with P. pullus (Schaeff.).
Opposed to this, however, is the fact that H. melaleucum Fr. is
unquestionably a synonym of P. pullus (Schaeff.), and Fries dis-
tinctly asserts that H. graveolens Delast, is distinct from PI. mela-
leucum Fr. The only point of difference that he mentions that
seems to have any weight is the softer substance attributed to
H. graveolens. This is the character that points toward P. amicus
(Quel.).
PiiELLODON TOMENTOSUS (L.) Banker, Mem. Torr. Club 12;
171. 1906
Hydnum tomentosum L. Sp. PI. 2: 1178. 1753 -
Hydnum cyathiforme Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. 4: 93. pi. IS 9 - ^ 7 ^ 3 -
There is no type of either the Linnaean or the Schaefferian
Banker : Type Studies in the Hydnaceae
65
species in existence. Thanks to the excellent figures of Schaefifer
there has never been much confusion as to the forms intended to
be included in his species, and they have been more generally
known by his name. The Linnaean species has been less clearly
understood on account of the ver)' brief diagnosis and the lack
of any figure. Nevertheless there appears to be only the one
known European species to which his description can apply.
Fries treated these forms as H. tomentosnin L. in all of his
earlier work, but in Hymenomycetes Europaei 606 he rejected
the Linnaean name, substituting the name of Schaeffer on the
ground that the Linnaean species had the pileus tomentose, while
in these forms the disk was only slightly villose or altogether
glabrous.® While there is some truth in Fries’s comment, we
believe that he has given it too much weight. It is true that the
dark central disk of these forms is often nearly or quite glabrous
but not always. Moreover, the whitish or light colored border
of the pileus is always quite densely woolly tomentose. In the
herbarium at Upsala a specimen was found labelled as follows:
“ Hydnum tomentosum L. Upsala Sunnerstackog. 1851. E. P.
Fries.” At first we took this specimen from its dark uniform
chestnut or bay color to be a Hydnelhun rather than a Phellodon.
It was only by a careful examination of the teeth and especially
the spore characters that we became convinced that it was a
Phellodon, and a representative of the present segregation in
which the dark character of the central disk had spread quite to
the margin, practically obliterating the usual whitish tomentose
border. It may have been such an extreme form that induced
Fries to abandon the Linnaean name.
Phellodon carnosus sp. nov.
Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, solitary, light colored,
medium size ; pileus expanded, plane to subconvex, slightly de-
pressed, subround to irregular, 3-4 cm. wide, i mm. thick ; sur-
face uneven to nearly even, light grayish brown at center with
subpuberulent whitish or cream colored border about 3-4 mm.
wide, azonate ; margin thin, sterile, incurved in drying ; substance
*“Ad hanc speciem manifeste non pertinet H. tomentosum Linn., sed
pileo tomentoso ad antecedentia (i. e. H. melaleucum). H. cyathiforme disco
leviter modo villosum 1. omnino glabrum.” Fries, Hym. Eur. 606.
66
Mycologia
fleshy, brittle, homogeneous, slightly zonate, pale brown, darker
toward base of stem ; stem stout, subcylindrical, somewhat ab-
ruptly attenuate at base, glabrous or subpuberulent, light to pallid
at top, becoming brownish toward base, 2-3 cm. long by 0.5-1
cm. wide, solid, consubstantiate with pileus ; teeth short, stout,
terete, tapering, acute, shortening toward stem and margin,
almost snow white when fresh, becoming whitish to ash-gray in
drying, 2 mm. or less long by 0.25-0.35 mm. wide, 5-8 in a sq.
mm., somewhat decurrent as papillae ; spores hyaline, subglobose,
minutely echinulate, 3.5-4 X 4~5 h - wide ; hyphae of trama hyaline,
smooth, thin-walled, collapsing when dried, recovering in KOH,
running parallel and interweaving closely, but separating with
some dififlculty in KOH, slender, often irregularly contorted and
uneven, septate without clamp-connections, segments long, irregu-
lar, 4-10 /A wide, branching diffuse, interseptate ; odor faint, pleas-
ant ; taste mild.
On the ground in coniferous woods; late summer.
The type specimens are in the author’s herbarium and were
collected along the side of Bleecker pond near Gloversville, N. Y.
Specimens of the same species have been collected in Vermont by
Burlingham and are in the New York Botanical Garden Herbarium.
This is the most remarkable species in this genus. Its fleshy
substance is a radical departure from the usual characters of the
species included here. At first it seemed to demand the recogni-
tion of a distinct generic type, but the spore characters, the colora-
tion, and even the peculiar odor of the plants pointed so strongly
to affinity with the Phellodons that it seemed best to extend the
boundaries of the genus so as to include this form at least for
the present. Aside from its fleshy substance, it appears to be in
every way a Phellodon.
De Pauw University,
Greencastle, Ind.
t.
NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI ^
Chas. H. Peck
Amanita peckiana Kaufifm., in litt.
Pileus at first ovate, becoming broadly convex or nearly plane,
glabrous at first then fibrillose or somewhat scurfy with minute
adnate pinkish or cream-colored squamules, white, not striate, the
margin at first incurved and bordered by the thickish union of
the universal and partial veil, at length crenate-fringed or lacerate-
appendiculate, flesh firm, thickish, white ; lamellae free, reaching
the stem, moderately broad, much broader in front, subellipsoid,
pure-white, flocculose on the edge ; stem stout, tapering upward,
stuffed or hollow, bulbous, the bulb covered by a thick, firm, loose
volva margined with ovate lobes, the flesh often pinkish or salmon-
colored, especially toward the base, annulus evanescent, but in
the young plant the lamellae are concealed by the very thin inner
veil; spores oblong, elongated or subcylindric, obtuse, 12-16 X 5~7
IX, sometimes slightly narrowed toward one end.
Pileus 5-9 cm. broad ; stem 5-9 cm. long, 1-2 cm. thick.
Sandy soil under white pine trees, Pinus sfrobus L. New Rich-
mond, Michigan. September. C. H. Kauffman.
An interesting and very distinct species, well marked by the
thin, evanescent inner veil and the oblong or subcylindric spores.
Pileus subovatus, obtusus, deinde late convexus vel subplanus,
primum glaber, deinde fibrillosus vel minute furfuraceus, albus,
non striatus, primum margo incurvus et velis universali imper-
fectoque incrassatus, demum crenate-fimbriatus vel lacerate-
appendiculatus, came firmo, subcrasso, albo; lamellae liberae,
attingentes, sublatae, anteriore latiores, subellipsoideae, candidae,
acie flocculosae ; stipes validus, deorsum attenuatus, farctus vel
fistulosus, bulbosus, bulbo volva crassa, firma, laxa tecto, ovatis
lobis marginata, came saepe infra subincarnate, anntilo evanes-
centi, lamellae juveniles velo tenui tectae; sporae oblongae, elon-
gatae vel subcylindraceae, obtusae, 12-16 X 5- 7 m, aliquando levi-
ter infra attenuate.
* Previous articles in this series were published in the Bulletin of the
T orrey Botanical Club. The form there used is retained.
67
68
Mycologia
Collybia subdecumbens
Pilus thin, submembranous, convex or broadly convex, gla-
brous, grayish-brown or blackish-brown; lamellae thin, subclose,
arcuate, adnate, variable in color, whitish-cinereous or tinged with
pink ; stem straight or nearly so, abruptly bent and decumbent at
the base, often compressed and sometimes canaliculate, stuffed
or hollow, white, shining; spores ellipsoid, 10.5 X 4
Pileus 1-3 cm. broad ; stem 4-7 cm. long, 2-5 mm. thick.
Among fallen oak leaves. Stow, Massachusetts. November.
S. Davis.
Pileus tenuis, submembranus, convexus vel late convexus, glaber,
griseo-brunneus vel nigrescente-brunneus ; lamellae tenues, sub-
confertae, arcuatae, adnatae, in colore variabiles, albidae, cinereae
vel subincarnatae ; stipes rectus vel subrectus, basi abrupte decum-
bentus, saepe compressus, aliquando canaliculatus, farctus ca-
vusve, nitidus, albus; sporae ellipsoideae, io.5X4/«-
Collybia truncata
Pileus thin, conic or subcampanulate, prominently umbonate,
with a truncate umbo, subfibrillose, rarely rimosely areolate,
grayish-brown or reddish-brown ; lamellae rather broad, subven-
tricose, subdistant, adnexed, whitish or subcinereous, becoming
reddish where bruised ; stem equal, flexuous, fibrillose, stuffed or
hollow, radicating, colored like the pileus ; spores subglobose or
broadly ellipsoid, 6-8 X 5-6
Pileus 2-3 cm. broad; stem 2.5-4 cm. long, 1.5-2. 5 mm. thick.
Pine woods. Stow, Massachusetts. November. S. Davis.
Remarkable for its radicating stem, truncate umbo and change
of color assumed by the wounds.
Pileus tenuis, conicus vel subcampanulatus, prominente umbo-
natus, umbone truncato, subfibrillosus, rare rimose areolatus,
griseo-brunneus vel rufescente-brunneus ; lamellae sublatae, sub-
ventricosae, subdistantes, adnexae, albidae subcinereaeve, obtusis
rufescentibus ; stipes aequalis, flexuosus, fibrillosus, farctus ca-
vusve, radicatus vel basi decumbens, pileo in colore similis ; sporae
subglobosae vel late ellipsoideae, 6-8 X /“•
Entoloma mirabile
Pileus conic or subcampanulate, with a prominent umbilicate
umbo, thin, submembranous, minutely furfuraceous or subsqua-
mulose, blackish-brown ; lamellae arcuate, adnate, subdistant,
Peck : New Species of Fungi
69
whitish becoming pink ; stem somewhat fiexuous, equal, fibrillose,
hollow, sometimes compressed and canaliculate, brown, a little
paler than the pileus, with white mycelium at the base ; spores
subglobose, angular, 10-12 fx in diameter, commonly uninucleate.
Pileus 2-3 cm. broad ; stem 3-5 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick.
Swamps under maple trees. Stow, Massachusetts. August.
S. Davis.
The species is remarkable for its somber coloring and its prom-
inent umbilicate umbo.
Pileus conicus subcampanulatusve, umbonatus, umbone um-
bilicato, tenuis, submembranus, minute furfuraceus subsquamu-
losusve nigrescente brunneus ; lamellae arcuatae, adnatae, subdis-
tantes, albidae, incarnatescentes ; stipes subflexuosus, aequalis,
fibrillosus, fistulosus, aliquando compressus et canaliculatus, brun-
neus, leviter pileo pallidior, cum mycelio basi albo ; sporae sub-
globosae, angulares, 10-12^ in diameter, vulgo uninucleatae.
Inocybe minima
Pileus conic-convex or nearly plane, membranous, minutely
fibrillose, sometimes umbonate, fragile, inrolled and sometimes
split on the margin, tawny-brown; lamellae subdistant, adnate,
entire on the margin, pale-tawny-brown becoming darker with
^e ; stem slender, equal, solid, pallid ; spores subellipsoid, even,
8-10 X 4-5 cystidia flask shape, 72-80 X 20-25 ix,.
Pileus 8-12 mm. broad; stem 1-1.5 cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. thick.
Gregarious. Gravelly soil by roadside. South Acton, Massa-
chusetts. August. S. Davis.
Remarkable for its small size. It is referable to the section
Lacerae.
Pileus conicus convexus vel subplanus, membranus, minute
fibrillosus, subumbonatus, fragilis, margine involutus et aliquando
rimosus, fulvo-brunneus ; lamellae subdistantes, adnatae, aciei
integrae, pallide fulvo-brunneae, in senectute umbrinae ; stipes
gracilis, aequalis, solidus, pallidus ; sporae subellipsoideae, leves,
8-10 X cystidia laguncularia, 72-80 X 20-25 /a.
Leptonia gracilipes
Pileus thin, membranous, hemispheric-convex or nearly plane,
minutely papillate becoming umbilicate, subscabrous, hygrophan-
ous, striatulate when moist, striate when dry, blackish-brown
when young, becoming paler with age ; lamellae ascending or
70
Mycologia
arcuate, adnexed, white at first, then pale-flesh-color; stem equal
or slightly tapering upward, slender, hollow, glabrous, mouse-
gray, becoming blackish in drying, often with white mycelium at
the base; spores incarnate, angular, uninucleate, apiculate, 8-io
X 6—7 /A.
Pileus 1-2 cm. broad; stem 2-4 cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. thick.
In a wood road. Stow, ^Massachusetts. August. S. Davis.
Pileus tenuis, membranus, hemisphaericus convexus vel sub-
planus, minute papillatus, demum umbilicatus, subscaber, hygro-
phanus, humidus striatulus, siccus striatus, in juventate nigres-
cente-brunneus, in senectute pallidor ; lamellae ascendentes vel
arcuatae, adnexae, primum albae, deinde pallide incarnatae ;
stipes aequalis vel deorsum leviter attenuatus, gracilis, fistulosus,
glaber, murinus, in siccatate nigrescens, saepe basi albido mycelio ;
sporae incarnatae, angulares, uninucleatae, apiculatae, 8-10
X 6—7 /A.
Leptonia validipes
Pileus thin, membranous, convex, slightly depressed in the cen-
ter or subumbilicate, fragile, minutely squamulose, dark-gray or
grayish-brown ; lamellae thin, close, entire on the margin, ad-
nate, white and smooth becoming pink and dusted by the spores ;
stem stout but fragile, pruinose above, flexuous, hollow, some-
times twisted, often bent at the base, pale-violet-gray above, white
below with white mycelium at the base; spores angular, apiculate,
uninucleate, 10-12 X 6-8 yu.
Pileus 2-3 cm. broad ; stem 3-6 cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick.
Gregarious. On humus in swamps. Stow, Massachusetts.
August. S. Davis.
This may possibly prove to be a large stout-stemmed form of
Leptonia gracilipes Pk. but the description of the collector attrib-
utes no striations to the pileus of the fresh plant. This would
afford a ready mark of distinction between the two species.
Pileus tenuis, membranus, convexus, in centro leviter depressus
vel subumbilicatus, fragilis, minute squamulosus, nigrescente
griseus vel griseo-brunneus ; lamellae tenues, confertae, aciei in-
tegrae, adnatae, albae glabraeque, deinde incarnatae ; stipes validus,
fragilis, supra pruinosus, flexuosus, fistulose, aliquando contortus,
saepe basi recurvus, supra pallide griseo-violaceus, infra albus,
basi album mycelium ; sporae angulares, apiculatae, uninucleatae,
10-12 X 6-8 /A.
Peck : New Species of Fungi
71
Puccinia striatospora
Spots none ; sori epiphyllous or somewhat amphigenous, orbicu-
lar, prominent, commonly 1-2 mm. broad, sometimes small, nu-
merous and gregarious, rusty-brown ; spores oblong, obtuse,
usually slightly constricted at the septum, 35-40 X 20-25 ;u, *^he
cells longitudinally striated.
Living leaves of Heuchera cylindrica Dough Bridge Creek
near Chelon Lake, Washington. July. M. E. Jones.
An interesting species, remarkable for and easily distinguished
by the striated spores.
Maculae nullae; sori epiphylli vel subamphigeni, orbiculares,
prominentes, vulgo 1-2 mm. lati, aliquando parvi, numerosi, gre-
garii, fulvi ; sporae oblongae, obtusae, vulgo ad septum leviter
constrictae, 35-40 X 20-25 /x, loculi in longum striati.
Geological Hall,
Albany, New York.
THE AMANITAS OF EASTERN NORTH
AMERICA
William A. Murrill
(With Plates 85 and 86)
So much has been written on this important group of gill-fungi,
both in Europe and America, that it is difficult to review in a brief
paper the various opinions that have been held and the numerous
discussions that have arisen regarding the identity, variability,
distribution, and properties of the species it comprises. My pres-
ent object is rather to list the chief eastern North American
species, with a few of the names under which they have been
known, and to add brief notes that students may appreciate. No
reference is made here to the poisonous or edible properties of
the individual species, as it is the opinion of the writer that the
entire group should be strictly avoided by the mycophagist. After
reading the following paper it may perhaps be more easily under-
stood why this statement is made. Aside from the great varia-
tions in certain species, the accidental loss of a delicate structure
like the veil may entirely remove a specimen from a dangerous
genus and transfer it to one in which all the known species are
harmless.
\"enenarius Earle, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Card. 5 : 450. 1909
The type oi Amanita is A garicus c am pestris, hence this familiar
generic name must be discarded.
Volva free, conspicuous, persistent; stipe not bulbous.
Volva wide; lamellae yellow; pileus red, orange, or
yellow. I. V. Caesareus.
Volva narrow ; lamellae white ; pileus white or brown. 2. V. spretiis.
Volva adnate to the base of the bulbous stipe, limb free,
usually persistent ; pileus white or variously colored,
smooth or with few patches. 3- phalloides.
Volva ocreate, usually marginate; pileus covered with
remnants of the volva.
Pileus 3-7 cm. broad, white or tinged with yellow
or olive.
72
4. V. cothurnatus.
Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 73
Pileus 8-10 cm. broad, umber-brown, sometimes
tinged with yellow. 5.
Volva fragile, adnate to the pileus and stipe as warts,
patches, or scales ; pileus rarely smooth from the
first, often becoming smooth with age.
Flesh at length staining reddish when wounded ; pi-
leus usually dull-reddish. 6.
Flesh not staining reddish when wounded.
Pileus dark-brown, smooth from the first, mar-
gin not striate. 7.
Pileus orange to yellow, 8-20 cm. broad ; stipe
usually rough, with concentric, margined scales
adnate to the bulbous base. 8.
Pileus chrome-yellow to orange-yellow, 3-8 cm.
broad ; stipe slender, smooth, with remnants of
the fragile, yellowish volva at the base. 9.
Pileus flavous with a melleous tint to dark-
brownish-melleous, 6-10 cm. broad; stipe to-
mentose to floccose-scaly, reddish below, espe-
cially when bruised; volva yellow, fragile. 10.
Pileus pale-yellow, 4-5 cm. broad, tuberculate-
striate on the margin ; stipe smooth, glabrous ;
volva fragile, subappressed to the bulbous
base. II.
Pileus whitish or grayish tinged with yellow,
with peculiar white, webby patches ; stipe floc-
cose, mealy above ; volva slight, evanescent. 12.
Pileus white to grayish or murinous, pulveru-
lent, warty, or spiny ; stipe bulbous or radi-
cate ; odor often strong, resembling chlorine. 13.
V. velatipes.
V. rubens.
V. Morrisii.
V. muscarius.
V. Pros ianus.
V. flavorubescens.
V. rtissuloides.
V. crenulatus.
V. solitarius.
I. Venenarius Caesareus (Scop.)
Agaricus Caesareus Scop. FI. Cam. ed. 2, 2 : 419. 1772.
Amanita Caesarea Pers. Syn. Fung. 252. 1801.
Amanita pellucida Banning & Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus.
44: 66. 1892. (Type from Maryland.)
Described from Europe, and found in woods from New Eng-
land to Alabama and west to Ohio.
2. Venenarius spretus (Peck)
Agaricus (Amanita) spretus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus.
32:24. 1879.
Described from Sandlake, New York, and found in open or
bushy places in the eastern United States from Maine to Alabama.
74
Mycologia
American specimens determined as Amanita recutita Fries doubt-
less belong in this category.
3. Venenarius phalloides (Fries) Murrill, Mycologia 4: 240.
1912
Agaricus phalloides Fries, Syst. Myc. i: 13. 1821.
Amanita floccocephala Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi 62. 1900. (Type
from Ithaca, New York.)
Amanita lignophila Atk. Ann. Myc. 7: 366. 1909. (Type from
Ithaca, New York.)
Amanita bisporigera Atk. Bot. Gaz. 41 : 348. f. 1906.
(Type from Ithaca, New York.)
Described from Europe, and found in America in woods from
New Brunswick to Alabama and west to Iowa and California. It
was known under several binomials before a part of Vaillant’s
polynomial was taken up by Fries, but the problem is to find the
earliest correct one. Even if Agaricus bulbosus Bull, were identi-
cal with this species, it is preceded by Agaricus bulbosus Schaeff.,
which is described and figured as having an evanescent volval
limb. A. stramineus Scop, and A. citrinus Schaefif. both seem to
apply to A. Map pa Fries, which is more or less in doubt. Amanita
verna Pers., next in line, is based partly on Lamarck’s A. verna,
which is considered the same as A. virosa Fries, and partly on
Agaricus bulbosus vernus Bull., a later name which coincides with
our conception of Amanita verna. It therefore seems best to
adhere for the present to the name assigned by Fries.
The species represents a strong, prevailing type, which assumes
various forms and colors in different regions of its wide distri-
bution, and to endeavor to keep them distinct would only confuse
students and give them a wrong conception of species.
4. Venenarius cothurnatus (Atk.)
Amanita cothurnata Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi 66. /. 68 -yo. 1900.
Described from North Carolina, and found on the ground in
woods in the eastern United States from New York to Alabama
and west to Pennsylvania and Tennessee. Beardslee considers
this species only a white form of Amanita pantherina.
PLATE I. XXXV
VP:NENARII’S MUSCARUJS (L.) Earle
Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 75
5. Venenarius velatipes (Atk.)
Amanita velatipes Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi 63. /. 64-6/. 1900.
Known only from specimens collected in beech woods near
Ithaca, New York. It resembles A. pantherina, but is larger.
6. Venenarius rubens (Scop.)
Agaricus rubens Scop. FI. Cam. ed. 2, 2: 416. 1772.
Agaricus pustulatus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 39. pi. p/. 1774.
Agaricus niyodes Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 69. pi. 261. 1774.
Agaricus verrucosus Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. ^16. 1786.
Amanita rubescens Pers. Syn. Fung. 254. 1801.
Amanita aspera Pers. Syn. Fung. 256. 1801.
Agaricus rubescens ¥r\ts, Syst. Myc. i : 18. 1821. ¥iot Agaricus
rubescens Schaeff. 1774.
Agaricus asper Fries, Syst. Myc. i : 18. 1821.
Agaricus magnificus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 10. 1838.
Described from Europe, and found in woods and groves from
Maine to Alabama and west to Ohio. This species is said to have
a white variety farther south, which was known to Schweinitz.
7. Venenarius Morrisii (Peck)
Amanita Morrisii Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 139: 42. 1910.
Described from Massachusetts, and occurring among mosses
in swampy places in certain parts of that state.
8. Venenarius muscarius (L.) Earle, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Card. 5:
450. 1909
Amanita muscaria Pers. Syn. Fung. 253. 1801.
Described from Europe, and occurring throughout temperate
regions in woods and thickets. A pale form found on Long
Island is considered by Peck to be closely related to white forms
of A. pantherina, but to differ in volval characters. I have found
small, pale forms under conifers in this vicinity, also a beautiful
lemon-yellow form similar in every way to our usual northern
orange form except in color. These color variations, together
with the tendency of the stipe to be ocreate at times, may be
quite confusing. The flesh of this species is said to be bitter, but
I have not found it so, either in the fresh or dried state.
76
Mycologia
9. Venenarius Frostianus (Peck)
Agaricus muscariiis minor Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. 23:
69. 1872.
Agaricus Frostianus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 33: 44.
1880.
Amanita flavoconia Atk. Jour. Myc. 8: no. 1902. (Type from
Freeville, New York.)
Described from New York, and found in woods from New
Brunswick to Alabama and west to Wisconsin. Among the large
number of specimens I have collected, very few are at all margi-
nate or ocreate; in most of them the volva is friable and breaks
up rather early. In Peck’s first study of the species, he had one
of these exceptional plants with a marginate bulb and laid more
stress on this character in his description than later collections
justified. The species is usually small, but I have found it at
Lake Placid with the cap 7 cm. broad and the stem 13 cm. long.
It often shows a fondness for decayed wood as a substratum. In
collecting one summer at Mountain Lake, Virginia, nearly every
specimen seen was growing in the remains of old logs, after the
manner of Russula emetica.
10. Venenarius flavorubescens (Atk.)
Amanita flavorubescens Atk. Jour. Myc. 8: iii. 1902.
Described from Ithaca, New York, and reported also from Con-
necticut and Pennsylvania. This species appears commonly from
June to September about New York City, under oaks on lawns or
in thin woods, and I have had opportunities to study it closely.
Its various forms have suggested V. muscarius, V. ruhcns, and
V . russuloides. The color of the cap varies from flavous with
a melleous tint to dark-brownish-melleous, and both the partial
and the universal veil are flavous. The remains of the volva
have usually mostly disappeared at maturity, but at times they
are quite persistent. The base of the stipe is often somewhat
enlarged, but is never rounded into a bulb. The characteristic
tomentum on the stipe is rarely absent and may usually be relied
upon in determining dried specimens.
Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 77
11. Venenarius russuloides (Peck)
Agaricus (Amanita) russuloides Peck, Bull. Buf¥alo Soc. Nat.
Sci. 1:41. 1873.
Described from Greenbush, New York, and found in grassy
ground in open woods or groves in New York and Massachusetts.
According to Beardslee, it is not distinct from Amanita junquillea
Quel., which, according to Boudier, is the same as A. vernalis Gill,
and A. Amici Gill. The descriptions of V. russuloides and A.
junquillea appear to be identical, except for the “ tuberculate
margin” of the former. Boudier’s figures come nearer to repre-
senting our plant than do those of Quelet.
12. Venenarius crenulatus (Peck)
Amanita crenulata Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 27: 15. 1900.
Described from eastern Massachusetts, and known to occur in
low shaded places in that part of the state. It resembles V. rus-
suloides and V. cothurnatus in many ways, but the surface has a
peculiar flocculent or webby covering similar to that of V. mus-
cariiis, and the base of the, stipe is not ocreate.
13. Venenarius solitarius (Bull.) Murrill, Mycologia 4: 240.
1912
Agaricus solitarius Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 48. 1780.
Agaricus solitarius Fries, Syst. Myc. i : 17. 1821.
Agaricus strobilif ormisYitt.Fung.Mang. S9- 1835. (Type from
Italy.)
Agaricus echinocephalus Vitt. Fung. Mang. 346. 1835. (Type
from Italy.)
Agaricus polypyramis B. & C. Ann. Nat. Hist. II. 12 : 417. 1853.
(Type from South Carolina.)
Agaricus monticulosus B. & C. Ann. Nat. Hist. II. 12 : 418. 1853.
(Type from South Carolina.)
Agaricus Ravcnelii B. & C. Ann. Nat. Hist. III. 4: 284. 1859.
(Type from South Carolina.)
Agaricus muscarius major Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. 23:
69. 1872.
Agaricus (Amanita) onustus Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 5: 42.
1874. (Type from New York.)
78
Mycologia
Agaricus (Amanita) chlorinosmiis Peck in Austin, Bull. Torrey
Club 6: 278. 1878. (Type from Closter, New York.)
Amanita Candida Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 24: 137. 1897. (Type
from Alabama.)
Ama>nVa /’rafmco/o Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 24 : 138. 1897. (Type
from Kansas.)
Amanita multisquamosa Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 53:
840. 1900. (Type from New York.)
Amanita radicata Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 27 : 609. 1900. (Type
from New Jersey.)
Amanita cinereoconia Atk. Ann. Myc. 7 : 366. 1909. (Type from
Chapel Hill, North Carolina.)
Described from Europe, and known in the United States from
New York to Alabama and west to California, growing either in
open ground or in thin woods. The species is very variable and
has been much discussed under a variety of names, some of them
older than the ones here listed. A number of other synonyms
might be added.
The variations appear in several characters and are conspicu-
ous. The color is usually white, but varies to yellowish, cinereous,
gray, or murinous. The surface may be pulverulent, or adorned
with flat, gemmate, or spiny scales, which sometimes persist and
at other times disappear and leave the surface glabrous. The veil
usually tears into shreds, but may persist as an ample annulus.
The volva is usually fragile like the veil, but cup-shaped or ocreate
forms occur. The base of the stipe may be bulbous, or enlarged
and radicate, or slender and radicate. The spores are ellipsoid,
but vary much in size, some measurements being as low as 7-10
X 5-7 and others reaching 12-14 X 7~9 ji*- Even the peculiar
odor noted in some specimens and described as resembling that of
chlorine, chloride of lime, or nitric acid, is definitely stated by
responsible collectors to be entirely absent in many cases.
We have represented in this species one of those widely dis-
tributed and prevailing types in which variation has run riot, to
the confusion of the student and the amazement of the specialist.
It would be well if some advanced student or investigator could
devote his attention to the morphology of these various forms,
studying them as a group, and endeavor to determine the lines
Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America
79
and limits of variation, as well as some of the causes that have
operated to produce the forms as we now know them.
Doubtful Species
This list includes species that have not been sufficiently studied
by the writer, or species imperfectly known by mycologists
generally.
Amanita abrnpta Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 24: 138. 1897.
Known only from specimens collected by Underwood and Baker
in woods near Auburn, Alabama. It is near Venenariiis solitarius,
but the slender stipe terminated below by a large subglobose bulb
distinguishes it from the forms of that species with which I am
familiar. It is very desirable that fresh specimens be obtained
and color sketches or photographs be made from them for com-
parison with V. solitarius and V . cothurnatus.
Amanita elliptosperrna Atk. Ann. Myc. 7: 336. 1909. De-
scribed from Chapel Hill, North Carolina. Resembling white
forms of V enenarius phalloides, but said to have ellipsoid spores.
The dried specimens are similar to those of Amanita verna.
Amanita elongata Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 131 : 33. 1909.
Described from specimens collected by Sterling in Pennsylvania,
July, 1907, on damp grassy ground in the borders of woods. Re-
sembling Vaginata albocreata, but having a well-developed annu-
lus. From yellow forms of V enenarius phalloides, it differs in
its very long, slender stipe and the absence of a free limb to the
volva. In color and general appearance, except the long stipe, it
greatly resembles V enenarius Frostianus. Further field studies
are highly desirable.
Amanita flavorubens B. & Mont. Syll. Crypt. 96. 1856. De-
scribed from Columbus, Ohio, and reported also from West Vir-
ginia. Very near V enenarius rubens.
Amanita glabriceps Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 131 : 18. pi. U.
1909. Described from Coopers Plains, New York, and known
also from one other locality in the state. Pileus white or yel-
lowish-white, often striate on the margin ; stipe long, glabrous or
floccose-squamulose, bulbous ; volva circumscissile, slightly margi-
nate; spores globose, Sfi. Dr. Peck states that this species is
closely related to V enenarius phalloides.
80
Mycologia
Amanita magnivelaris Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 50:
96. 1897. Described from Port Jefferson, New York, and
said by the author to differ from Amanita vcrna in its large, per-
sistent annulus ; its elongate, downwardly tapering bulb; and espe-
cially in its ellipsoid spores.
Amanita submaciilata Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 27: 609. 1900.
Known only from a single specimen, accompanied by a sketch,
sent to Dr. Peck from North Carolina by Miss Wilson, who, pro-
nouncing it edible, must have collected more than one sporophore.
If it had not been pronounced edible, I should be incline-d to
classify it as a dark-centered form of V enenarins phalloides, in
which most of the volva had been carried up on the surface of the
cap. The type is sterile, and further field study of the plant is
highly desirable.
European Species Reported in America
A number of names are current in America that evidently apply
only to European species. Some of these may turn out to be
European varieties of species common to both countries.
Agaricus excelsus Fries, Syst. Myc. i; 17. 1821
This is not distinct from Amanita anipla Pers., according to
Boudier.
Venenarius junquilleus (Quel.)
Amanita junquillea Quel. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 23; 324. pi. j. /. 10.
1876.
It is the opinion of some mycologists that this is not distinct
from V enenarins rnssuloides.
Agaricus nitidus Fries, Obs. Myc. i : 4. 1815
A mixture of Amanita citrina alba Pers. and Agaricus strobili-
formis Vitt., according to Boudier.
Venenarius pantherinus (DC.)
Agaricus maculatus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 39. pi. go. 1774- Not
Agaricus maculatus Scop. 1772.
Agaricus pantherinus DC. FI. Fr. 6: 52. 1815.
Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 81
Described from France, and found in woods and groves
throughout Europe and parts of Asia. I have been unable to find
any typical specimens from this country. In the case of V. phal-
loides,we have white and dark forms abundantly represented, and
it would seem natural to expect the dark forms of F. pantheriniis
also if the species occurs here. Beardslee has studied F. cothur-
natus in North Carolina and F. pantherinus in Sweden, and he
believes the two to be identical. He found the spores of both
species to be globose in fresh specimens, changing to ellipsoid
after the dried plants were kept for several weeks. Amanita
timbrina Pers. Syn. Fung. 254. 1801 refers to the usual dark
European form of this species. DeCandolle evidently did not
use Persoon’s name in Agaricns because it was preoccupied in
that genus.
Venenarius porphyrius (Fries)
Agaricns porphyrins Fries, Syst. Myc. i : 14. 1821.
Described from Europe, and reported by Beardslee from North
Carolina. It is near F. phalloides, but the annulus becomes sooty-
black with age or on drying.
Venenarius recutitus (Fries)
Agaricns recutitus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 6. 1838.
Specimens of Venenarius spretns have been referred to this
species in America.
Venenarius spissus (Fries)
Agaricns spissus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 9. 1838.
Agaricus virosus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 6. 1838
This species has often been confused with white forms of
Venenarius phalloides, from which it is said to differ in its strong
odor and rough stipe.
Vagixata (Nees) S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. i; 601. 1821
Amanitopsis Roze, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 23; 50. 1876.
This genus is distinguished from Venenarius by the absence of
82
jMycologia
a veil. Because of the usually prominent sheath or volva in
species of both genera, it was formerly customary to regard them
as belonging to the same genus, and to speak of them all as
“ Amanitas.”
Volva membranous, free; stipe not bulbous.
Volva narrow, closely sheathing the stipe.
Volva elongate, persistent; lamellae white; pileus
variously colored. i. V.plumbea
Volva short, rather friable; lamellae lemon-yellow;
pileus orange-red. 2. V. parcivolvata.
Volva wide, not sheathing ; pileus dull-white to yellowish,
rarely reddish-brown, usually floccose or scaly. 3.
Volva membranous, adnate to the base of the bulbous stipe,
limb free.
Stipe less than 3 cm. long; pileus pale-brown. 4.
Stipe much longer; pileus white or yellowish. 5.
Volva fragile, adnate to the pileus and stipe in the form of
squamules or patches.
Pileus mealy or densely floccose ; less than 5 cm. broad. 6. V.farinosa.
Pileus decorated with few or many patches ; usually more
than 5 cm. broad. V. plumbea strangulata.
V. agglutina a.
V. pusilla.
V. albocreata.
I. Vaginata plumbea (Schaeff.)
Agariciis plumbeus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 37. pi. 8§, 86. 1774.
Agariciis ftilvus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 41. pi. 95. 1774.
Agaricus hyalinus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 63. pi. 244. 1774.
Agariciis badius Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4; 63. pi. 24^. 1774.
Agariciis vaginatus Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. p8. 1782.
Amanita livida Pers. Syn. Fung. 247. 1801.
Amanita spadicea Pers. Syn. Fung. 248. 1801.
Vaginata livida S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. i : 601. 1821.
Amanitopsis vaginata P. Karst. Hattsv. i : 6. 1879.
Vaginata vaginata Murrill, Mycologia 3: 80. 1911.
Described from Bavaria, and occurring very commonly in woods
and groves from Greenland to Alabama and west to Oregon and
California; also sparingly in the northern Bahamas and the moun-
tains of Jamaica. A number of names have been assigned to the
various forms and colors of the plant by European mycologists.
That assigned by Schaeffer to the common gray variety appears
to be the earliest.
Mycologia Plate LXXXVI
VAGINATA AGGLUTINATA (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kiintze
Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 83
2. Vaginata parcivolvata (Peck)
Amanitopsis parcivolvata Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 27 : 610. 1900.
Amanita muscaria coccinea Beardslee, Jour. Elisha Mitchell Soc.
1 : 8. 1902.
This beautiful species, known to occur in thin woods from New
Jersey to North Carolina, has a brilliant orange-red cap, lemon-
yellow gills, and a lemon-yellow, pulverulent stem terminated by
a short, friable volva. The writer found it under oaks at Blacks-
burg, Virginia, July, 1910, and compared it carefully with the
white, yellow, gray, and blackish forms of V. plnmbea common in
that region. I have not examined Beardslee’s specimens, but do
not see how they can be distinct.
3. \^AGINATA AGGLUTiNATA (Berk. & Curt) O. Kuiitze, Rev. Gen.
3 : 539- 1893
Agariciis agglutinatus Berk. & Curt. Hook. Jour. Bot. i : 97.
1849. (Type from South Carolina.)
Agariciis volvatus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 24: 59.
1872. (Type from Greenbush, New York.)
Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 5 : 42. 1874. (Type
from Yonkers, New York.)
Amanitopsis agglntinata Sacc. Syll. Eung. 5: 23. 1887.
Amanitopsis volvata Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5: 23. 1887.
Apparently rare in the warmer parts of temperate Europe and
common in the eastern United States, occurring in open woods
and wood borders from New England to Alabama and west to
Ohio. It varies very much in size, and its surface may be en-
tirely glabrous, or adorned with a few large patches from the
volva, or covered with powder much as in V. farinosa. The
usual color is dull-white or yellowish, but forms with the surface
reddish-brown at the center or entirely reddish-brown are found
at times. According to Bresadola, A Barlae Quel, refers
to this species, and some think it should be known as Amanitopsis
baccata (Fries) Sacc.
4. Vaginata pusilla (Peck)
Amanitopsis pusilla Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 50: 96.
1898.
84
Mycologia
Known only from three small sporophores collected by Mrs.
Anthony in grassy ground at Gouverneur, New York, in Septem-
ber. The cap is pale-brown when fresh and the gills become
brownish. The dried specimens are now not easy to compare,
but I cannot definitely connect them with any other known species.
5. Vaginata albocreata (Atk.)
Agaricus nivalis Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 33 : 48. 1883.
Not Agaricus nivalis Grev. 1823.
Amanitopsis albocreata Atk. Jour. Myc. 8: iii. 1902.
This species is represented by a number of specimens in the
Cornell University Herbarium, and at Albany the peculiar volval
differences between it and V. plnmbea alba are well shown. It is
reported from New York to Alabama.
6. Vaginat.\ f.vrinosa (Schw.) Murrill, Mycologia 4: 3. pi. 56.
f. 5. 1912
Amanita farinosa Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig i : 79. 1822.
Amanitopsis farinosa Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi 76. 1900.
Described from North Carolina, and found in open deciduous
woods from New York to Alabama.
Doubtful and European Species
Amanitopsis adnata (W. G. Sm.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5: 24.
1887. Described from England, and reported from this country
by IMorgan, Harkness, and others. I have seen no American
specimens that could be so referred.
Agaricus baccatus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 12. 1838. Eounded on
Micheli’s plate 80, figure 4, accompanied by a brief description.
The warts on the pileus are too evenly distributed, and the volva
is too small and circumscissile to suggest our Vaginata aggluti-
nata. If an annulus were present, the figure might suggest white
forms of V enenarius pantherinus.
Agaricus daucipes B. & Mont. Syll. Crypt. 96. 1856. De-
scribed from Sullivant’s collections at Columbus, Ohio, and placed
by Saccardo in Amanitopsis although the description expressly
Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 85
mentions the presence of a veil. Other parts of the description,
such as the “ radicate stipe ” and the “ warty pileus ” make it
pretty clear that the plant is only a form of V encnarius solitariiis.
Amanitopsis hyperborea P. Karst. Hattsv. i : 7. 1879. Re-
ported from Greenland by Rostrup (Med. Groenl. 3; 528. 1888),
but I have not seen it among American collections.
Agaricus praetorius Fries, Epicr. Myc. ii. 1838. Specimens
of Venenarius Caesareus from America have been referred to this
species.
Amanitopsis pubescens Sacc. SyW. Fung. 5: 25. 1887. Amanita
pubescens Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig i : 79. 1822. Described
from specimens collected in grassy places in North Carolina.
Schweinitz said it was rare, and Morgan, Beardslee, and others
say that it has not been collected since his time. The description
might suggest Vaginata farinosa or Vaginata agglutinata, but
Schweinitz certainly knew the former and the volva of the latter
could not be characterized as “vanishing.” Some forms of
Venenarius solitariiis might be thought of, but none of them are
quite small enough.
Amanitopsis pulverulenta Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 116: 17.
1907. Described from- plants collected by Peck on shaded road-
side banks at Port Jefferson, New York, August, 1906. There
are two boxes of specimens at Albany. One contains a single
specimen having a long, pulverulent stipe, with bulbous base and
no volva, and the pileus covered, except at the center, with a fine
powder as in Lepiota cretacea. The other box contains several
specimens, evidently the types, with short, often radicate, stems
and caps that are sometimes gemmate. These latter plants are
certainly Venenarius solitariiis, and there is little doubt that the
species belongs in that category.
Amanitopsis strangulata (Fries) P. Karst. Hattsv. i: 7. 1879.
Agaricus strangulatus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 6. 1838. Much has
been written about this species. Beardslee has recently studied
it in Sweden and considers it distinct from Vaginata plumbea,
being more robust and with an entirely different kind of volva.
Boudier is of the same opinion. Fries’s description in the Epi-
crisis and Battarra’s plate call for an annulus, while Fries’s later
description and figure refer to the plant as we now know it. If
86
Mycologia
the plant is distinct, it must have another name, selected from
such synonyms as Agaricus Ceciliae B. & Br., or Agaricus inau-
ratiis Seer. In America, it is reported from New England to
Alabama and west to Wisconsin. Variations occur all the way
from the entire sheath of V. plumbea to the extreme form in
which the volva is broken into small particles and distributed on
the surface of the cap. I will admit that this extremely friable
form of the volva is puzzling, but, after all, it is difficult to sepa-
rate it specifically from the livid form of V. plumbea. Lucand
has figured a specimen of V. plumbea in his group of A. strangn-
lata. Did he get the plants mixed, or is this another indication
that they are not distinct species?
New York Botanical Garden.
NEWS AND NOTES
Dr. Adeline Ames has been appointed assistant forest patholo-
gist in the Bureau of Plant Industry at Washington.
Mr. E. L. Morris, of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sci-
ences, was elected editor-in-chief of the publications of the Torrey
Botanical Club at the annual meeting held January 14.
Dr. Neil E. Stevens, formerly pathologist at the Kansas Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, has been appointed forest patholo-
gist in the Bureau of Plant Industry at Washington.
Professor B. M. Duggar, formerly of the College of Agriculture
at Cornell University, has recently been appointed physiologist at
the Missouri Botanical Garden and has charge of the graduate
laboratory.
Dr. Anton R. Rose, formerly of the department of biological
chemistry of Columbia University, has been employed by the New
Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station to carry on investigations
bearing on the relation of tannin to the chestnut blight.
Hiltner has recently treated chlorosis in fruit-trees and vines
( Prakt. Bl. PHanzbau u. Schutz 10: 49-51. 1912) by introducing
iron and other elements in soluble form through holes bored into
the trunks.
A bacterial disease of walnut trees in Tasmania is reported and
described by L. Rodway (Agr. Gaz. Tasmania 20; 85, 86. 1912 )
as appearing on the nuts and leaves in small black spots and so
weakening the tree that death results in a few years.
87
88
Mycologia
Under the title “ Remarks on Some Species of the Genus Poly-
porus” (Sv. Dot. Tidsk. 6: 635-644. 1912), Romell discusses
fourteen Swedish species, two of them, P. albo-sordesccns and P.
rnfopodex, under new names. Several of the species are figured.
Dr. Charles Horton Peck, our distinguished state botanist,
located at Albany, New York, will be eighty years old on March
30. His numerous mycological friends will no doubt extend their
hearty congratulations and wish him many happy returns of the
day. Dr. Peck has been faithfully serving the state since 1867,
almost fifty years.
Professor Ellsworth Bethel has been granted leave of absence
for five weeks from his position in the East Denver High School
and will spend the time collecting in Costa Rica, Guatemala, and
other parts of Central America. He sailed from New Orleans
on Eebruary 26 for Panama.
Gnomonia Caryae, the perfect stage of Gloeosporium Caryae
Ellis & Dearness, was described by Erederick A. Wolf in the
October number of Annales Mycologici. This is thought to be
the first attempt to connect Gloeosporium Caryae with its perfect
stage and the species is described as new, although close to Gno-
monia setacea macrospora, which also occurs on fallen leaves of
hickory.
At the recent Cleveland meeting, the following officers were
elected by the American Phytopathological Society for the current
year: J'. C. Stewart, president; Haven INletcalf, vice-president;
C. L. Shear, secretary-treasurer ; W. J. Morse, councilor. The
next meeting will be held in Atlanta.
An illustrated paper by H. O. Juel on Taphrina and E.voba-
sidinm (Sv. Bot. Tidsk. 6: 353-372. 1912) deals particularly
with species of Taphrina occurring on birch in the neighborhood
Nf.vvs and Notes
89
of Abisko, and with the Scandinavian species of Exobasidium
growing on the Ericaceae. Taphrinalapponica, on Betula odorata,
is described as new.
C. Wehmer has experimented for some time with dry rot caused
by Mcrulius lacrymans (IMyc. Centralbl. i: 138-148, 166-174.
1912) and he has found that the growth of this fungus in cultures
may he hindered or stopped by the addition of 0.5 to 5 per cent,
tannic acid, and that pine wood may be protected by a i to 2 per
cent, solution.
The October number of Annales Mycologici contains an article
on the fungi of the soil by Elizabeth Dale, of Girton College, Cam-
bridge. More than thirty species distributed among twenty genera
were obtained from two samples of soil taken from plots on the
Royal Agricultural Society’s farm at Woburn. The results of
similar studies made in this country show a striking similarity to
those made in England.
According to the investigations of A. W. Drost, the Panama
disease of the Jamaica banana is caused by the fungus Lepto-
spora Miisac and the disease was present in Surinam before this
banana was introduced. The fungus lives in the ground for. a
long time and has been found to attack different varieties of
banana, so that soil once infected with the fungus becomes unfit
for banana culture.
Mr. C. R. Orton, for the last year and a half assistant in botany
at the Indiana Experiment Station, resigned on January i to
become plant pathologist and assistant professor of botany in the
Pennsylvania State College. Mr. Orton was engaged in the inves-
tigation of plant rusts while at the Indiana Station. His place
will be temporarily filled by IVIr. J. P>. Demaree, who recently
resigned his position as assistant in botany at the Ohio Experi-
ment .Station.
90
MYrOLOGTA
A number of papers on the identity and relationships of the
fungus causing the chestnut canker have recently appeared in
Phytopathology and Science under the authorship of P. J. Ander-
son and H. W. Anderson, Clinton, Farlow, Shear, and others. It
is not necessary to give abstracts of these papers here, as they
are readily available in the original. A brief foreign paper by
Pantanelli, however, which has just appeared (Rend. Accad.
Lincei 21 : 869-875. 1912), is important and interesting as hear-
ing on the supposed European origin of the chestnut canker.
After a careful comparison of the Italian and American species
in question as to their morphological characters, cultural charac-
ters, habitat, and parasitism, the author concludes that Diaporthe
parasitica Murrill [Endothia parasitica (Alurr.) Anderson] is dis-
tinct from Endothia radicalis (Schw.) Fries, and, moreover, can-
not possibly he of European origin.
Efforts to eradicate or check the chestnut canker are still in
progress, and it is hoped that careful scientific experimentation
with this disease will aid greatly in the control of less virulent
fungous diseases of trees in the future. Air. Roy R. Pierce, of
the Pennsylvania Chestnut Tree Blight Commission, has recently
outlined a treatment for ornamental or cultivated chestnut trees
that are only slightly affected. This consi.sts in carefully remov-
ing the cankers to the depth of six annual rings of wood and
painting the wounds with coal-tar containing creosote; then, in
order to prevent further infection, spraying the entire tree very
thoroughly with strong hordeaux mixture (4:5: 50). The merit
of this treatment is that it is theoretically and scientifically “ cor-
rect ” and that it comes as near to control as anything yet sug-
gested. Speaking practically, however, trees covered continuously
with copper sulfate and lime do not fit very well into a gorgeous
landscape scheme, especially if they are liable to drop a limb or
two every few months or to drop out entirely some time while the
owner is asleep; and owners of chestnut orchards, who are pre-
sumably commercially inclined, are not apt to continue very long
a losing fight against a dreaded disease when other equally invit-
ing and far safer fields are open to them.
INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL
LITERATURE
Banker, H. J. Type studies in the Hydnaceae — III. The genus
Sarcodon. Mycologia 5 : 12-17. I 9 i 3 -
Includes Sarcodon radicatus, S, Murrillii, S. fumosus, and S. roseoius,
spp. nov.
Brain, C. K. A list of fungi of Cedar Point. Ohio Nat. 13:
25-36. D 1912.
Darbishire, 0. V. The lichens of the Swedish Antarctic Expedi-
tion. 1-73. />/. 7-j Stockholm. 1912.
Wiss. Ergeb. Schwed. Siidpolar-Exp. 4".
Durand, E. J. The genus Keithia. ^lycologia 5: 6-1 1. pi. 81.
Ja 1913-
Includes Keithia thiijina sp. nov.
Gainey, P. L. The effect of toluol and CS2 upon the micro-flora
and fauna of the soil. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Card. 23:
147-169. 1912.
Hasse, H. E. Additions to the lichen flora of southern California.
8. Bryologist 16: i, 2. Ja 1913.
Includes Dermatocarpon Zahlbruckneri sp. nov.
Howe, R. H., Jr. A monograph of the North American Usnca-
ceae. Ann. Rep. ^lissouri Bot. Card. 23 : 133-146. pi. 7. 1912.
Kunkel, L. 0. A study of the problem of water absorption. Ann.
Rep. Missouri Bot. Card. 23: 26-40. 1912.
Includes experiments with Monilia sitophila (Mont.) Sacc.
Learn, C. D. Studies on Pleurotiis ostreatns Jacqu. and Pleurotus
nlmarius Bull. Ann. Myc. 10; 542-556. pi. 16-18. 31 D 1912.
Lindau, G. Fungi. Lichenes. [In Perkins, J., Beitriige sur Flora
von Bolivia.] Bot. Jahrb. 49: 173. 27 An 1912.
Lipman, C, B. Antagonism between anions as affecting ammoni-
fication in soils. Centralbl. Bakt. Zweit. Abt. 36: 382-394. f.
1-3. II Ja 1913.
Lloyd, C. G. The polyporoid types of Leveille at Leiden. Letter
No. 36. Mededeel. Rijks Herb. Leiden 9; 1-5. 15 N 1912.
91
92
ATYroLor.iA
Lloyd, C. G. The polyporoid types of Junglmhn preserved at
l^eiden. T^etter No. 37. Mcdedeel. Rijks ITerb. Leiden 10:
1-5. 15 N 1912.
Lodge, C. A., & Smith, R. G. Influence of soil decoctions from
sterilized and unsterilized soils upon bacterial growth. Ann.
Rep. Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta. 24: 126-134. Ja 1912.
Murrill, W. A. The Agaricaccae of tropical North America — VI.
Alycologia 5: 18-36. Ja 13, 1913.
Includes new species in Gymnopilus (15), Crepidotus (9), and Pholiota
(5). Several new combinations are made.
Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XIII. Alycologia 5 : 1-5.
pi. 80. Ja 13, 1913.
Includes Gyroporus castaneus (Bull.) Quel., Ceriomyces auriporus (Peck)
Murrill, Rostkovites granulatus (L.) P. Karst., R. snbaureus (Peck) Murrill,
C. subglabripes (Peck) Murrill, and C. bicolor (Peck) Murrill.
Norton, J. B. Alethods used in breeding asparagus for rust re-
sistance. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 263 : 5-60. pi. 1-18
+ f.i-4. 13 Ja 1913.
Norton, J. B. S., & White, T. H. Rose mildew. Ann. Rep.
Alaryland Agr. Exp. Sta. 25 : 73-80. /. 1-6. 1912.
Peltier, G. L. A consideration of the physiology and life history
of a parasitic botrytis on pepper and lettuce. Ann. Rep. Alis-
souri Bot. Card. 23 ; 41-74. pi. 1-5. 1912.
Rehm, H. Ascomycctcs exs. fasc. 51. Ann. Myc. 10; 535-541.
31 D 1912.
Includes Valsa saccharina Rehm sp. nov. from Canada. Specimens dis-
tributed as Urnula Craterium Fr. and Venturia Cassandrae Peck were obtained
from Canada.
Smith, C. 0 . Eurther proof of the cause and infectiousness of
crown gall. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 235: 531-557. /. 1-28.
D 1912.
Stone, G. E. Report of the botanist. Ann. Rep. Alassachusetts
Agr. Exp. Sta. 24: [3-107]. Ja. 1912. [Illust.]
Includes: Diseases more or less common during the year; rust on Vinca;
bronzing of maple leaves; a notable elm tree; frost cracks; some observations
on the growth of elm trees; the effects of positive and negative electrical charges
on seeds and seedlings. Reprinted with separate pagination.
Stone, R. E. The life history of Ascochyta on some leguminous
iflants. Ann. Alyc. 10; 564-592. pi. ig, 20. 31 D 1912.
JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS
Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume l3-oo
Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued,
per part 25
Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50
Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each lo
New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 ; original descrip-
tions with full citation 75
First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50
Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 75
Mycological Glossary 25
North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae,
by A. P. Morgan, each 50
Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25
Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders
and Families) 51
Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN,
175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK
BOTANICAL GARDEN
Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers
No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White.
Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae
of North America, I-XIII, by W’. A. Murrill.
No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo,
by Guy West Wilson.
No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson.
No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 1 14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by WL A. Murrill.
No. 115. Some North Dakota Hypocrealet, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by
G. W. Wilson.
No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Periza, by
F. J. Seaver.
No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents).
Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN,
Bronx Park, New York Cijy
PUBLIC ATIOIVS
OF
The New York Botanical Garden
Jotiraal of th« New 'York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con-
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem-
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; J^i.oo a year. (Not offered in ex-
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume.
Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi,
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in-
terest. 53-00 a year; single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now
in its fifth volume.
BalletJn of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the
Garden ; to others, 53-00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume.
North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America)
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com-
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts-
Subscription price, 5 l -50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold
for 52.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Neelriaceae — Fimetariaceae.
Vol. 7, part 1, 1906; part 2, 1907 ; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae
(pars).
Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars).
(Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately.)
Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars).
Vol. 17, part I, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars).
Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae
(pars).
Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 19H. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae.
Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the
Garden, 5 i-Oo per volume. To others, 52.00. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Vellowstone
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -|- 492 pp., with detailed map. 1900.
Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development,
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903.
Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New
York, by Arthur Hollick and Eldward Charles Jeffrey, viii-f-138 pp., with 29
plates. 1909.
Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager,
viii -(- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908.
ContrlbutioDa from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech-
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. 5S-00 per volume. In its seventh volume.
RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH
152. The genus Struthiopteris and its Representatives in North America, by Jean
Broadhurst.
153. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVII, by P. A. Rydberg.
154. Biochemical Studies in Soils Subjected to Dry Heat, by F. J. Seaver and
E. D. Clark.
155. Polycodium, C. B. Robinson.
NEW York botanical Garden
Bronx park. Raw York Oitv
MYCOLOGIA
IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY
Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellie,and B. M. Everhart in 1885
EDITOR
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL
Vol. V— MAY, 1913— No. 3
JOSEPH C. ARTHUR
HOWARD J. BARKER
GIACOMO BRESADOLA
PREDERICE. CLEBIEHTS
JOHR DEARRESS
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
FRARKLIR S. EARLE
BRUCE PIRK
ROBERT A. HARPER
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE
PAUL MAGRUS
GEORGE MASSEE
RARCISSE PATOUILLARD
LARS ROMELL
FRED J. SEAVER
CORRBLIUS L. SHEAR
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
By THE NBW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Illustrations of Fungi — XIV - William A. Murrill 93
The Nature and Classification of Lichens — II. The
Lichen and Its Algal Host - - Bruce Fink 97
The Probable Identity of Stropharia epimyces (Peck)
Atk. with Pilosace algeriensis Fries
Edward T. Harper 167
News, Notes, and Reviews 170
Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 182
The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof :
Without Cover —
4 PP-
8 pp.
12 pp.
16 pp.
20 pp.
24 pp.
28 pp.
32 pp.
25-50 Copies —
fi -37
I1.87
I2.12
$2.50
13-50
#4.05
#4.82
$5.20
100 “
>55
2.15
2.65
315
4.05
5.00
6.10
6.50
200 “
2.00
3 - 05
4.00
4 - 30
5.60
6.90
8.30
8.90
Covers — First 50 — ^i.oo.
, ij..- . ..
■ ‘^Plates — 40c per 100.
Additional, ic each.
Mycoi.ooia
Pl.A-iK LXXXVII
V
Ei.VoWcy-'r
ILl.USTRATIOXS OF FUNOI
MAY 1 0 1913
MYCOLOGIA
VoL. V May, 1913 No.
ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XIV
William A. Murrill
The accompanying plate represents the two most poisonous
species of fungi in this region, commonly known as Amanita
phalloides and Amanita muscaria. Certain related species are
also represented.
For a discussion of the principal species of this genus occur-
ring in eastern North America, see Mycologia for IMarch, 1913.
The poisonous species of this group are discussed in INIycologia
for November, 1910.
Venenarius phalloides (Fries) Murrill
Amanita phalloides Fries
Deadly Amanita. Destroying Angel
Plate 87. Figure i. Xi
Pileus convex or campanulate to expanded, 3-15 cm. broad;
surface smooth, slightly viscid when moist, glabrous or decorated
with scattered patches of the volva, varying in color from pure-
white to yellow, yellowish-green, green, gray, brown, or blackish,
margin rarely striate ; context extremely poisonous, white, not
objectionable to the taste but having at times a somewhat dis-
agreeable odor; lamellae white, unchanging, broad, ventricose,
rounded at the base and free or adnexed ; spores globose, smooth,
hyaline, 7-10 /t; stipe subequal, bulbous, long, smooth or floccose-
scaly, usually white, stuffed or hollow, 6-15 cm. long, 0.5-1. 5 cm.
thick; annulus superior, membranous, thin, ample, persistent or
at times becoming torn away, usually white; volva white, adnate
[Mycologia for March, 1913 (5; 45-92), was issued March 10, 1913]
93
NEW YO»
#otank;>
94
Mycologia
to the base of the large, rounded bulb, the limb usually free, con-
spicuous, lobed, thick and fleshy, persistent, but at times breaking
partly or wholly into irregular patches that are either carried up
on the surface of the pileus or remain at the base of the stipe.
This most deadly species of all the fleshy fungi has been often
described at length. The reader is referred to Mycologia for
November, 1909, for a discussion of its poisonous properties.
The variety of colors assumed by this species — white, yellow,
green, gray, brown, blackish — and the fact that the annulus and
the limb of the volva may sometimes be lost make it necessary
to use great caution in selecting any white-gilled species with
bulbous stipe for food, whether an annulus is present or not. All
species of Venenariiis and Vaginata, and several species of
Lepiota must be examined with great care.
Vaginata agglutinata (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze
Amanitopsis volvata (Peck) Sacc.
Large-sheathed \"aginata
Plate 87. Figure 2 . X i
Pileus hemispheric to plane, sometimes slightly depressed, very
variable in size, 2-8 cm. broad ; surface dull-white or yellowish,
rarely reddish-brown at the center or entirely reddish-brown, pul-
verulent, floccose-squamose, or with large volval patches ; lamellae
free, rounded behind, broad, crowded, white; spores ellipsoid,
smooth, hyaline, 10-12 X 6-7 /.i ; stipe very variable in size, 1-7
cm. long, 3-8 mm. thick, equal or tapering upward, enlarged at
the base, whitish, minutely floccose-squamose, stuffed or solid ;
volva unusually large, firm, membranous, persistent, more or less
lobed.
Venenarius muscarius (L.) Earle
Amanita muscaria (L.) Pers.
Fly Amanita. Fly Agaric. Fly Poison
Plate 87. Figure 3. X i
Pileus globose to convex, at length nearly plane, 8-20 cm.
broad ; surface slightly viscid when fresh, red or orange to yel-
low, rarely paler, adorned with numerous whitish or yellowish
warts, margin slightly striate; context white, yellow under the
pellicle, extremely poisonous ; lamellae white, rarely pale-yellow-
Murrill; Illustrations of Fungi
95
ish, rather broad ; reaching the stipe and forming slight decurrent
lines upon it ; spores subglobose to ellipsoid, 9-10 X 7-8 yu. ; stipe
subequal, white or pale-yellowish, stuffed or hollow, usually rough
with concentric, margined scales adnate to the bulbous base, 8-25
cm. long, 2-3 cm. thick; annulus superior, large, membranous,
persistent, white; volva white or yellowish, usually entirely fragile,
rarely slightly margining the bulb.
This widely distributed and very dangerous species has several
color forms, and it has often been confused with edible species.
Its poisonous properties and the use of atropine as an antidote
have been considered in previous papers.
Venenarius flavorubescens (Atk.) iMurrill
Amanita flavorubescens Atk.
Velvet-stemmed Amanita
Plate 87. Figures 4 and 7. X i
Pileus convex to expanded, scattered or gregarious, sometimes
subcespitose, 6-10 cm. broad ; surface flavous with a melleous tint
to dark-brownish-melleous, usually darker at the center, adorned
with yellow or brownish-yellow, floccose patches which may per-
sist or partly disappear with age, margin faintly striate, usually
paler ; context thin, yellowish ; lamellae free to adnexed, not
crowded, oblong-elliptic in outline, white, much resembling those
of V. rubens when dry ; spores globose to ellipsoid, smooth, hya-
line, 8-10X5-8/4.; stipe subequal or tapering upward, usually
somewhat enlarged below, but scarcely bulbous, fibrillose or floc-
cose-mealy, at times conspicuously roughened, characteristically
tomentose when dry, concolorous or paler above, reddish below,
turning slowly to red at the base when bruised, 5-12 cm. long,
5-12 mm. thick; annulus ample, membranous, persistent, flavous;
volva flavous or nearly so, friable, the fragments remaining on
the surface of the pileus and at the base of the stipe or disap-
pearing according to weather conditions.
The two figures show striking differences in color and form,
but the species is a variable one. Figure 4 represents the dark
form; figure 7 the normal yellow form with an unusually rough
stipe.
96
Mycologia
Venenarius Frostianus (Peck) Murrill
Amanita Frostiana Peck
Frost’s Amanita
P late 87. Figure 5. X i
Pileus thin, convex to expanded, plane or slightly umbonate,
3-8 cm. broad ; surface viscid, adorned with floccose, yellow frag-
ments of the volva, often becoming entirely glabrous, chrome-
yellow to orange-yellow, slightly darker in the center, margin
smooth or slightly striate; lamellae free, rounded at both ends,
subdistant, white or yellowish ; spores globose or ovoid, smooth,
hyaline, 6-10 long; stipe slightly tapering upward from the
bulbous base, white or yellowish, smooth, flocculose, stuffed, 6-13
cm. long, 0.4-1. 5 cm. thick; annulus membranous, delicate, easily
torn away, pale-yellow to chrome-yellow ; volva yellowish, usually
entirely friable, rarely slightly margining the bulb.
A beautiful species resembling V. mnscarius, but smaller and
more slender and not poisonous.
Venenarius cothurnatus (Atk.) Murrill
Amanita cothurnata Atk.
Booted Amanita
Plate 87. Figure 6. X i
Pileus globose to convex, at length expanded, 3-7 cm. broad ;
surface quite viscid when moist, decorated with small, scattered,
soft, floccose warts, white or tinged with lemon-yellow, or with
the center tawny-olive, even or finely striate on the margin ; con-
text white, without odor ; lamellae rounded behind, crowded, plane,
white; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 7-9 ytt; stipe cylindric,
bulbous, flocculose or floccose-scaly, white, hollow or rarely
stuffed, 5-12 cm. long, 0.4-1 cm. thick; annulus white, thick, per-
sistent, volva white, adnate to the large, ovoid bulb, circumscissile,
breaking uniformly and leaving an abrupt ring at the top of
the bulb.
The annulus was very low in the specimen figured and the boot
very short. The pileus was also less viscid and somewhat dif-
ferent in color from plants found commonly farther south.
New York Botanical Garden.
THE NATURE AND CLASSIFICATION OF
LICHENS— II. THE LICHEN AND ITS
ALGAL HOST'
Bruce Fink
The writer had no thought, in addressing the questionnaire to
botanists three years ago, of attempting to settle thus the classifi-
cation of lichens. It was thought rather that the views of leading
botanists would be valuable, and also that the problems involved
could be treated more intelligently after current opinion and the
arguments back of it were known. As stated in the first paper of
this series, the writer has reserved his own ideas for this paper
and another to follow in the series. Since his viezvs regarding
lichens are not those held by most persons zvho have zvorked on
these plants, the phraseology used, even in the discussions of
researches, must be somezvhat different from that found in the
papers cited. If the facts appear, to those zuhose zvritings are
considered, to be distorted, careful analysis zvill probably shozo
that there is no other distortion than that necessarily involved in
treatment under a different conception of the nature of the lichen.
The Presence of Algae in Lichens Established
For centuries lichens and the algae which grow with them were
thought to be genetically related. Walroth (137), in the first
account of the green cells in lichens, noted their resemblance to
certain algae. Elias Fries (60), Kiitzing (78), Koerber (73, 74),
Nageli (93), Thwaites (129), Thuret (128), Tulasne (136) and
Itzigsohn (68) renewed the observations of Wallroth. Some of
these and others as Sachs (108), Hicks (67), Nylander (95, 96),
Krempelhuber (76), Muller (91) and Arcangeli (2) thought that
the algae were the primordia of certain lichens or other stages in
their development. Several observers as Bayrhoffer (18), Mul-
ler (90, 92), Th. M. Fries (61), Archer (3), Arcangeli (2),
’ Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Miami University — X.
97
98
Mycologia
Crombie (41) and Minks (85) committed themselves to the view
that the algae arose from the ends of the lichen hyphae.
De Bary (15), and Schwendener (118) more confidently, de-
clared that lichens and certain algae grow together in such inti-
mate relationship as to be long considered parts of the same plant.
In spite of the researches of Bonnier (27, 28, 29, 30, 31), Bara-
netsky (14), Bornet (32, 33), de Bary (15), Famintzin (53, 54),
Moller (87, 88), Reess (102), Schwendener (116, 118, 119, 120,
121), Treub (135) and Woronine (144), the European lichenists
of that day, as Crombie (40, 41, 42), Th. M. Fries (61), Krem-
pelhuber (76, 77), Minks (85), Muller (92), Koefber (75),
Lindsay (83) and Nylander (96, 97) failed to believe that the
green cells in lichens are really algae.
With the passing of these men and the coming of a generation
of lichenists who agree with other botanists regarding the pres-
ence of algae in lichen thalli, it might be supposed that there
could not be at present any question regarding the nature and
the proper treatment of lichens. However, the only matter
thoroughly settled is that the green or the blue-green cells in
lichens are algae.
Considerations of Recent Views and Arguments of
Botanists
We have been slower to reach an agreement regarding the
nature and the proper treatment of lichens than were earlier
botanists to find the truth concerning the algae that grow with
these plants. True, some botanists have settled the questions
involved to their own satisfaction, and others hold a tentative
opinion. Advocates of certain ideas regarding lichens have
stated, at different times, that their views on the subject were
those generally held by the botanical world ; but these views have
proved, as a result of the statistical study given in the first paper of
this series (55), not to be held by a majority of botanists. More-
over, majorities, even of scientific men, are not always right; and
we may inquire whether the consensus recently expressed regard-
ing lichens is final. In order to reach a safe conclusion, it has
been necessary to review a large portion of the literature of
lichenology to ascertain what is valuable for our purpose.
Fink; Classification of Lichens
99
Many botanists were asked, two years ago, to express them-
selves regarding the classification of lichens, and the results of
the correspondence have appeared in Mycologia (55) for Sep-
tember, 1911. It was supposed that those who replied would
deem it necessary, in sustaining their views regarding classifica-
tion, to state clearly their ideas concerning the more fundamental
problem of the nature of lichens. Of the 42 replies quoted, 10
contain no words from which any inference can be drawn con-
cerning the nature of these plants. The other 32 replies touch
the matter, for most part, in an obscure manner, often by infer-
ence rather than word. This must be taken to mean that those
who wrote, with few exceptions, regard the question of the nature
of the lichen settled. We may well inquire, then, what these modern
botanists said concerning this matter, by word or by reasonably
safe inference. Ten of them said nothing. Fourteen stated in
more or less certain fashion that lichens are fungi, and 18 appear
to believe that lichens are colonies of algae and fungi, or dual
organisms. This re.sult, surprising as it is, demonstrates that
some form of the dual hypothesis is still much alive, at least in
the phraseology used by botanists in writing about lichens, and
that the much discussed and vexing problem of the nature of
lichens is by no means settled.
In the present condition of affairs, it is difficult for most
botanists to write a full page about lichens without contradicting
any position taken, unless it be one not far removed from the
traditions regarding these plants. As a whole, the replies quoted
in Mycologia are as consistent as anything that has appeared on
the subject; yet it would be rash for one who has examined the
statements carefully to assume that he is certain that all of these
botanists said what they intended. Indeed, some of the replies
say that lichens are dual organisms, but should be distributed
among fungi. Those who replied thus either believe that lichens
are fungi, or that the fungi of the dual organisms should be dis-
tributed. But they said neither of these things. One botanist
who believes that the lichen is a fungus said positively in his
reply that it is a dual organism. A few committed the too com-
mon inconsistency of stating that lichens are both dual organisms
100
Mycologia .
and fungi. Of course, these errors of statement result largely
from clinging to the traditional phraseolog)^
Text-Book Treatments of Lichens
Writers of text-books on plant morphology have, with a few
notable exceptions, signally failed to be consistent in their treat-
ment of lichens. The 1908 edition of the Strasburger (126)
text says on page 348 : “ Lichens are symbiotic organisms ; they
consist of filamentous fungi, usually Ascomycetes, rarely Basi-
diomycetes, which live in intimate relationship with unicellular or
filamentous algae, Cyanophyceae or Chlorophyceae, and together
with these, form a compound thallus or consortium.” (“Die
Flechten sind symbiotische Organismen, sie bestehen aus Faden-
pilzen und zwar aus Asconiyceten, nur in ganz vereinzelten Fallen
aus Basidiomyceten, welche mit einzelligen oder fadigen Algen,
Cyanophyceen oder Chlorophyceen, gemeinsam vegetieren und so
einen zusammengesetzen Thallus, ein Konsortium bilden.”) This
expresses clearly the peculiar idea that the lichen is a fungus and
that the consortium is the lichen plus the alga with which it is
associated. But the next sentence reads thus : “ The lichen-fungi
and the lichen-algae should, in a natural system, be classified with
the nearest related fungi and algae.” (Die Flechtenpilze und
Flechtenalgen sind im natiirlichen System in die gruppen der
nachstvenvandten Pilze und Algen einzureihen.) This contra-
dicts the first statement and indicates that the intention was to
regard the lichen as a consortium. Fortunately, Lang has cor-
rected the inconsistent statement in the English edition, but the
German student still meets this incoherent treatment in his lead-
ing text-book.
The Warming-Potter (139) text of 1895 says: “The lichens
are fungi . . . which have entered into a peculiar symbiotic rela-
tionship with algae.” This is coherent and easily understood.
But a little below the authors say, “ The fungus forms the largest
portion of the lichen”; and one wonders how it is, if the lichen
is a fungus, as stated in the first quotation, that it does not, as
stated in the second, form all of itself. The Curtis (45) text of
1907 has this statement : “ The lichen is one of the most remark-
Fink : Classification of Lichens
101
able plants in the vegetable kingdom, since it is the union of two
separate plants, a fungus and an alga” (see also 44). This
doubtful and confusing statement is left with little explanation,
and the author of the book reaches the remarkable conclusion that
since “the fungus forms the bulk of the lichen,” lichens should
be regarded as fungi. The inconsistency of this statement needs
only to be pointed out, and yet similar treatment is often found in
text-books and elsewhere. The Bergen and Davis text (21) has
it thus of lichens : “ They are not single plants, but composite
organisms made up of algae which are contained in an enveloping
mesh of fungal filaments.” This plainly makes the lichen a group
of algae, though the authors had no intention of saying so remark-
able a thing. The Bessey (22) text of 1906 is coherently correct,
and the Bergen and Caldwell (20) text of 1911 is quite as coher-
ently incorrect regarding the nature of lichens. These are fair
samples of treatment of lichens in texts of general botany.
Writers of texts on plant physiology have held nearer to the
traditions concerning lichens and, consequently, have usually
made more coherent statements, which have been almost uni-
formly incorrect.
On the whole, we can not regard the fundamentals of the lichen
question settled so long as such confusing, incoherent and erro-
neous utterances continue to emanate from leading botanists.
Recent Expressions Regarding the Nature of Lichens
We are still concerned primarily with the problem of the nature
of the lichen and its relation to the algal host. The classification
of lichens must be treated last of all, and can not be reached in
this paper. Bessey (23,24,25,26) and Clements (35,37) have ex-
pressed themselves to the effect that lichens are fungi and should
be distributed to the exclusion of the group Lichenes. Reinke
(105, 106) and Schneider (109, no, in, 112, 113), at the same
time, have been stating at greater length that lichens are distinct
from all other plants. When we have finally decided which side
of the controversy is in accord with the facts established by re-
search and are able to follow the conclusions reached in a logical
manner, we may regard the problem of the nature and the proper
treatment of lichens settled.
102
Mycologia
Reinke, Schneider, and other advocates of consortism, as is
well known, regard the relation of the lichen to the alga with
which it grows so intimate and mutualistic that the plants growing
together must be considered collectively as an individual. It is
not deemed essential to the hypothesis that both symbionts should
be equally benefited by the association; nor is it regarded neces-
sary that the relation should be beneficial to both symbionts in all
respects. It is said by its adherents to be important for the
hypothesis that each member should be aided more than injured
by the symbiosis, so that the final outcome is advantage to both.
Added to this is the intimate union of the two symbionts into
what appeared, until de Bary and Schwendener proved otherwise,
to be a veritable morphological unit. According to the hypoth-
esis, only one of the symbionts need be wholly dependent upon the
other, in order that a new individual may be formed with morpho-
logical and physiological characters quite distinct. The other
symbiont may be able to live outside the association. The fact
established by Frank (58) that certain lower lichens can and do
usually exist during a large part of their life outside the relation-
ship with algae is overlooked, and we are given also the contrary
statement that the fungus does not and never has existed as such
free in nature. It is claimed that the algae found in lichens are
more difficult to cultivate than free algae; and this is said to
indicate that the algae of these symbiotic associations will in time
become as dependent upon the symbiotic relationship as are the
fungi now, except perhaps in the lowest lichens. So it is sup-
posed that the relation is becoming closer and closer, and that
finally it will be so intimate that neither symbiont will be able to
live independently. Then will the individualism be perfect ac-
cording to the hypothesis. This erroneous hypothesis is refuted
by certain considerations to follow in this paper.
The term “ consortium ” was proposed for the peculiar relation
of lichens to algae by Reinke (65, 104, 105), at the suggestion of
Grisebach, and was adopted by de Bary (16), who advocated
mutualism and individualism, though he seems to have repu-
diated both later. Recent views expressed by Artari (5, 6),
Schneider (109, no, in, 112, 114), Peirce (98, 99), Elenkin
Fink: Classification of Lichens
103
(49, 50), Treboux (122), Famintzin (52) and Danilov (46),
with the recent enlargement of Reinke (105, 106) upon his
original statement, place before us several interesting hypotheses
regarding the relation of the lichen to the alga which lives with it.
We shall revert to some of these researches toward the close of
this paper. Suffice it to state here that Elenkin’s hypothesis of
endosaprophytism and Danilov’s and Peirce’s views of parasitism
of the lichen upon the alga are quite opposed to the hypotheses of
Reinke and Schneider or the more extreme views of Famintzin.
In short, the evidence furnished by recent investigation is, as a
whole, against all hypotheses of individualism or mutualism.
However, granting for the moment, that the relationship is
thoroughly mutualistic; that the statement that neither symbiont
can live alone, disproved as it is by the cultures of Bonnier (31),
Bornet (32), Moller (87, 88) and others, is true; and that the
hinted suggestion of Famintzin (52) that the chlorophyll gran-
ules of higher plants resemble certain algae and may be such is
also proved, some of us would not even then believe the indi-
vidualism hypothesis to be tenable.
Should such an improbable thing as proving the chlorophyll
granules to be veritable algae which could not exist outside the
tissue of higher plants come to pass, the writer at least would be
disposed to regard these structures, which would not then be
genetically related to the plants in which they occur, not parts of
the plants, but foreign to them. In short, neither the present
relation of the lichen to its symbiotic alga nor any mutualistic
relation that may possibly come to pass in the future seems to
constitute individualism in any true sense.
It seems remarkable that Danilov (46), Elenkin (49, 50) and
Peirce (98, 99, 100) could favor parasitism or saprophytism of
lichens upon the algae, and still believe in the dual-nature hypoth-
esis. It will be pointed out below that de Bary did the same in
his text-book, and this unreasonable position can be due to noth-
ing else than blindly adhering to the traditions regarding the
nature of lichens.
Those who believe that lichens are fungi have not made long
arguments for their view. Their efforts have necessarily been
104
IMycologia
directed mainly toward refutations of mutualism, consortism and
individualism; and it is true that lichens resemble other fungi
so strongly that there can be no reasonable doubt, once the dual
hypothesis is disproved. The best presentation is that of Clem-
ents (35)- This writer has avoided the inconsistencies so com-
monly committed by those who treat lichens as fungi, and has
given a strong refutation of the consortism hypothesis of Reinke.
He also incidentally makes plain, in the paper cited, his views
regarding the nature of lichens and their classification. Besides
Clements’ paper, some of the last 14 quotations in Mycologia
(55) are strong arguments. These are directed mainly toward
the less fundamental matter of the distribution of lichens, a con-
sideration barely touched in Clements’ paper.
One reads sometimes of the arguments of de Bary and
Schwendener for the fungal-nature view, but these men never
believed that lichens are fungi. On looking through the 1884
edition of his text-book, one finds that de Bary (17) took the
remarkable position that the fungus is parasitic on the alga, but
that both are none the less parts of the lichen. His earlier views
noted above, in which he recognized consortism, though incorrect,
are more tenable. Probably Schwendener’s paper of 1873 (121),
more than any of his other articles, has caused some botanists to
suppose that he regarded lichens as fungi. Indeed, the title
would render any other position untenable for him; but, while he
maintains that the chlorophyllous cells are algae, wherever he
commits himself in the paper, he makes these algae parts of the
lichen.
Re.vsons for Regarding Lichens as Fungi
The main arguments of those who believe that lichens are
fungi, so far as they relate to the nature of the lichen rather
than to classification, are as follows. The luxuriant growth
and the rapid multiplication of algal cells within a lichen are
not due to mutualistic relation with the lichen, but rather to
some condition of parasitism, perhaps hypernutrition caused by
irritation. It is pointed out that the vegetative structure and the
fruits of lichens are similar to those of other Ascomycetes. It is
said further that phylogenetic and morphological continuity is
Fink: Classification of Lichens
105
apparent enough between Thelophora and Cora-like lichens,
where we have the process of the evolution of new lichen- phyla
going on before our eyes, and also in the relationship of Graphis
to Hysterium, Calicium to Mycocalicium, Bilimbia to Mycobilim-
bia, Basidia to Mycobacidia, Lecidea to Patinella, etc. It may
be added here that the recent papers by Acton ( i), Lagerheim (79),
Schneider (114), de Seynes (122, 123), Zukal (151) and others
add to the evidence through the discovery of many lichens in the
making. These researches are considered at length below.
The arguments of those who believe that lichens are fungi seem
perfectly tenable, but close analysis is necessary. For the writer
at least, it matters not whether the relation of the lichen to the
alga is parasitism, saprophytism, or mutualism, even of the type
that is believed by some botanists to be the acme of individualism,
for it seems reasonable to him to regard the lichen a fungus if
the relation is the most mutual possible as well as if it is an-
tagonistic. But the problem arises whether it is consistent to
regard the lichen a fungus, since in so doing we are ignoring
part of that which was originally considered a portion of the
lichen, viz., the symbiotic alga. The zoologists do not regard
zodchlorellae a part of Hydra viridis, fresh water sponges, or
other animals in which they occur. Though the symbiotic rela-
tion of the lichen to the alga is different from that of the hydra
or the sponge to the alga found within it, and though the alga
may sometimes form a larger portion of the symbiotic colony
than does the lichen, congruity demands excluding the alga from
our conception of the lichen.
It has been suggested that the term lichen should be given over
to plant physiologists and ecologists, to signify a colony of special
interest to them. There are at least two difficulties with this
proposition. The first is that most botanists will continue to use
the term lichen for purposes of taxonomy and morphology, in
spite of any suggestions that might be made, and the second is
that relegating the term to workers in certain fields of botanical
work would not be the best solution, were it feasible. After
studying the literature of lichen physiology and ecology carefully,
it does not appear best for physiologists and ecologists to depart
from the usual method and consider colonies rather than individ-
106
Mycologia
uals. Ecological and physiological studies of the lichen and the
alga with which it lives are just as interesting and more compre-
hensible when these plants are considered in their proper rela-
tion as independent but intimately associated organisms. Fur-
thermore, this method in plant physiology and ecology would aid
in bringing botanists into general accord as to method of treating
these plants, and would thereby help do away with the incon-
sistency and confusion which make it so difficult for botanists to
express themselves in a coherent manner regarding lichens. The
physiologists and the ecologists have been less inclined than tax-
onomists to depart from the traditions concerning lichens ; but
they may well ponder carefully the latest views of leading
Hellenists (55), who are as much disposed to think that lichens
are fungi as are other morphologists and taxonomists. The one
argument in recent years for not considering the lichen a fungus
pure and simple has been the supposed mutualistic relation of the
lichen to the alga, and this has been made to appear untenable
by the recent researches of Danilov, Elenkin, Peirce and others
cited above. In view of these investigations, it would seem that
plant physiologists and ecologists, especially, should abandon the
dual hypothesis, which is not tenable in any form or under any
condition of mutualism and is wholly unreasonable if it is ad-
mitted that the relation of the lichen to the alga is antagonistic.
The researches bearing on this problem are considered at length
toward the close of this paper.
Difficulties to Be ]\Iet in Tre.\ting Lichens as Fungi
Plainly, the only consistent view is that the lichen is a fungus.
But having reached this position, there is difficulty enough for
mycologists, especially those that study Ascomycetes, to which the
lichens very largely belong. Botanists seem, as a rule, to think
that the relationships of lichens to other Ascomycetes should be
ascertained by Hellenists, while students of non-algicolous Asco-
mycetes, trained as badly in this matter as are the Hellenists, con-
tinue to avoid the study of algicolous Ascomycetes. This position
seems wholly unreasonable. If we are ever to know the relation-
ships of algicolous to non-algicolous Ascomycetes, lines of cleav-
age in study must cease to be determined by the food habits of
Fink : Classification of Lichens
• 107
these plants. Forms that appear to be closely related must be
studied together, whether all are algicolous, all non-algicolous,
or part of them one and part the other. Nor is it necessary that
one worker should attempt to study all Ascomycetes, except in a
very general way.
Another difficulty is that lichen descriptions have usually been
based upon the assumption that the alga forms part of the lichen.
Lichenists, even those who believe that lichens are fungi, still
for most part continue to give, in their descriptions, details regard-
ing the size and the form of the algae enclosed within lichen
thalli. Statements regarding the algae should not be given as a
part of descriptions of species, genera, or larger groups of lichens,
but should follow or precede the descriptions. The changes
needed are greatest in those lichens which grow throughout the
algal colonies. The well known Collema pulposum (Bernh.)
Ach. will serve as an illustration. The thallus has been described
hitherto as orbicular or irregular, middle-sized, very gelatinous
when wet, frequently showing a rosulate arrangement of the lobes,
rather thick especially toward the center, leek-green, olivaceous or
blackening, the lobes repand-crenate, etc. This is mainly a de-
scription of the algal colony in which the lichen is imbedded.
The lichen thallus should be described somewhat as follows : thal-
lus a loose network of hyaline, septate, branching hyphae, which
are 2.5 to 4 mic. in diameter, with cells 15 to 30 mic. long; simple
rhizoids hyaline to light brown, with cells 4 to 5.5 mic. in diam-
eter and 20 to 25 mic. long. Then may follow a description of
the sexual reproductive organs and of the apothecium and its
parts. Following this the algal colony in which the lichen grows
may be described in a separate paragraph. The description of the
Collemaceae as a whole and all the genera and species will need
to be modified in similar fashion. What are specific and what are
generic characters will appear in the revision. What species will
have to be abandoned because of excluding from the descriptions
the characters which belong to the algal hosts can only be ascer-
tained by critical #tudy.
The changes required in the descriptions of those lichens which
contain the symbiotic algae in a stratum within their thalli will not
be so great, and fortunately these lichens are far more numerous
108
Mycologia
than those in which the lichen ramifies throughout the algal
colony. More difficulty will probably appear in the crustose than
in the foliose and the fruticose species. In the descriptions of
many genera and species of lichens, the only changes needed are
to remove whatever is said of the algae from the descriptions and
to modify in some manner the statements regarding the so-called
algal layer and the soredia. In thalli which contain the algae in
a definite stratum, the algal layer may well be called the haustor-
ial layer. This has the advantage of excluding from the state-
ment an organism which does not belong to the lichen. The sor-
edium should be regarded as a tangled mass of lichen hyphae and
haustoria.
Perhaps few botanists had thought that so great changes in the
treatment of lichens and consequent difficulties in using the liter-
ature of lichenology were involved, unless these plants were dis-
tributed to the exclusion of the group Lichenes. The trouble
really appears when we consider lichens properly as fungi,
whether we distribute them or not ; though the less fundamental
matter of distribution does offer even more intricate problems.
Treating together as colonies the lichens and the algae which
occur with them and continuing to describe and classify these
colonies is the only way to avoid the enormous amount of labor
involved in revision. This is, of course, wholly illogical, and the
only consistent course is to break with past methods and treat
lichens rightly, regardless of the difficulties which present them-
selves.
The Biological Relations of Certain Lower Lichens
By considering carefully some lower lichens and some plants
that may not be lichens, we will be able to gain information re-
garding the relation of lichens to their algal hosts and to other
fungi. Those who hold to some form of dual hypothesis insist
that these lower and doubtful lichens are atypical and should not
be considered; but the largest groups of lichens are among the
lowest forms. Hence, the lowest lichens are interesting and in-
structive in consideration of problems relating to the nature and
the disposition of these plants in general. Their study throws
light upon phases of the problem which can scarcely be under-
Fink: Classification of Lichens
109
stood so long as we confine attention to the higher foliose or fruti-
cose lichins or even to higher crustose forms.
De Seynes (122, 123) found specimens of Sclerotinia tuberosa
(Hedw.) Fuck., the hymenial surface of which showed produced
ends of paraphyses closely applied to unicellular algae. The re-
sults were fully published in 1886, and the figures show that in
some instances branching, haustorial elongations of three or more
paraphyses are closely attached to a single algal cell. The alga
is said to be Chlorococcum hiimicola, which occurs with lichens so
commonly. The swollen and turgid haustoria are cut off by a
septum and are like those of typical lichens which live with the
same alga. But few of the paraphyses are attached to the algal
cells. This observation has not been repeated, and the relation
of this fungus to the alga is rare and accidental ; yet it illustrates
the manner in which lichens arose from non-algicolous fungi.
Our view of lichens can be construed to make the rare Sclerotinia
individual which lives with the alga a lichen ; but this may better
be left to personal judgment. The point regarding the origin of
lichens and their relationship to other fungi is as well shown
whether we regard these individuals lichens or not.
Archer (3) described and figured lichen apothecia on Scy-
tonema myochrous, Sirosiphon alpinus, S. pnlvinatus and Stig-
onema mamillosum. The spores are much alike in all of these
and strongly resemble those of our Ephebe pubescens (L.), Fr.,
though not the same. He thought perhaps that the lichen was the
same on all of these algae, but his spore measurements would
indicate otherwise. He found neither hyphae nor sexual organs ;
but it is very probable that he observed one or more primitive,
facultative lichens.
Frank (58) found that Arthonia radiata (Pers.) Ach. grows
within the periderm of trees, often for years, wholly outside the
relation with the symbiotic alga, Trentepohlia umbrina, and that
some individuals never parasitize the algal host at all. After a
time, according to Frank, some of the algae bore into the peri-
derm and are attacked by the lichen, which now grows more luxur-
iantly, penetrates deeper into the periderm, becomes also partly
superficial and produces apothecia. Those individuals that fail
to enter into the partnership with the alga do not produce apothe-
110
Mycologia
cia. Thus it appears that these fungi can live without the algae,
but are benefited by the association with them. Trentepohlia is
known to live commonly in the periderm. Therefore, it seems
certain that this alga is often there and enters into the hostal
relation with the lichen soon after the lichen spore germinates
and penetrates the periderm, though Frank seems to have sup-
posed that these lichens were always independent of the alga
during a good portion of their course. More of Frank’s results
are given toward the close of this paper.
Lindau (8i) accepted, in the main, the conclusions of Frank
and passed on to a profitable consideration of the same or similar
lichens and the algae which grow with them. He found Trente-
pohlia filaments on the surface of the bark entwined by hyphae
of Arthopyrenia punctiformis (Pers.) Mass.; but the portion of
the fungus within the periderm was wholly free from the algal
filaments. He concludes that this Arthopyrenia lives without
other than an accidental relation with the alga.
These researches are interesting and instructive in many ways.
Frank decided that typical lichens are Ascomycetes which live in
symbiotic relationship with algae ; but he regarded all of these
plants which belong to the same genus lichens, whether all or
only part of them live with the algae. Lindau, on the other hand
thinks that those that live outside the symbiotic relation are not
lichens. These studies also indicate that the lichen is benefited
by the association with the alga quite as plainly as do the cultural
experiments with higher lichens ; and this makes sure the position
that those fungi which live during all or part of their life in para-
sitic relation with algal hosts are lichens, provided that they sus-
tain, at the same time, the usual relation with an external sub-
stratum. Lindau thinks the Arthopyrenia considered above is not
a lichen, since the alga does not grow more luxuriantly because
of association with it. We can not accept this view, but believe
that the fungus is a lichen if it is benefited by the association with
the alga instead of using it merely as a support about which to
twine. We agree with Lindau that those species which do not
enter into parasitic relation with algae are not lichens, even though
they belong to the same genus with others that enter into relations
beneficial to themselves and are lichens. Whether a fungus
Fink: Classification of Lichens
111
species, some of whose individuals run part of their course in
the parasitic relation with an alga, while others pass their whole
life outside this relation, is*a lichen is a rather fine distinction that
is doubtful at best and scarcely worth considering. But it seems
more reasonable to say that all species that are better developed
when they live with algae than when they do not are lichens.
Zukal (151) published an account of the frequent occurrence
of one of the Hypocreaceae with an alga which he thought to be
Palmella botryoides. He named the fungus Epigloea bactrospora
Zuk. The perithecia are semi-immersed in the algal colony,
through which the hyphae ramify and are attached here and there
to the algal cells. We have here a pyreno-lichen, belonging to a
well known group of Pyrenomycetes. Hence its phylogeny seems
certain enough, and it furnishes another point of approach of
lichens to other well known fungi. The lichen is so little modi-
fied that Zukal placed it near the genus, Barya, of the Hypocrea-
ceae; but Zahlbruckner, in Engler and Prantl (145), has removed
it from its natural position and has erected for it a lichen family,
the Epigloeaceae. The alga is sometimes found free on mosses,
and is in other instances attacked by the lichen. However, the
occurrence of free algae growing with those of the same species
attacked by lichens is known to be frequent, as will be proved
later in this paper.
Zukal (152) also published some interesting results in his
paper entitled “ Halbflechten.” Some of these concern his mono-
typic genus Pariiphrddria and the species Pariiphrddria heimerlii
Zuk., found on the leaves of J linger mannias. The lichen gains
entrance to these hepatics through the rhizoids, which it entwines
and penetrates. It extends into the outer tissues of the stems and
penetrates the leaves, some of which are finally killed. The
apothecia usually occur on the leaves and most commonly at
points where algal colonies of Gloeocapsa or of Palmella happen
to be present. Here the lichen hyphae grow through the algal
colonies in all directions, but do not penetrate into the algal cells.
Microscopic squamules or granules are formed. Zukal consid-
ered each of these a lichen thallus. Only a portion of the lichen
penetrates into the algal colony ; but some parts of lichens are
commonly external to the algal mass with which they grow, and
112
Mycologia
a lichen is a lichen whether this external portion be much or little.
We must consider the whole structure, the parts that grow on
the hepatic as well as those that grow in the algal mass, a very
primitive lichen. The undetermined point of special biological
interest regarding the fruiting is whether the apothecia are ever
produced before the relation with the alga is established. It mat-
ters not that the apothecia are sometimes formed at some distance
from the algal colonies, for the nourishment could be carried by
the hyphae. In Engler and Prantl, Lindau (82) gets this plant
instead of Zahlbruckner, and places it near Bulgaria. Rehm
(103) agrees with Lindau regarding the position; but Rehm
believes that lichens might well be distributed among other fungi
and frequently treats lower lichens with other Ascomycetes. So
his stand is not proof that he does not regard this plant a lichen.
Gloeopesisa rehmii Zuk., another of Zukal’s half-lichens (152),
produces its apothecia at a distance from the Gloeocystis or the
Palmella masses, into which certain hyphae penetrate and very
probably convey nourishment to the points where the apothecia
are developing. Zukal says that this lichen passes its early stages
as an epiphyte, but not as a parasite, on the leaves of Junger-
mannia triophylla; and it would be especially instructive to know
certainly whether the apothecia ever develop before the algal
colonies are attacked. Rehm (103) places this lichen with the
Bulgariaceae, but Lindau (82) considers it one of the Pezizaceae.
Very different are the conditions in Nectria phycophila Zuk.,
another of Zukal’s half-lichens (152), which grows in Hypheo-
thrix zenkeri, of the Oscillatoriaceae. The mycelium of the lichen
is found in the trichomes of older dead portions of the algal
colony; but, in younger portions of the colony, the hyphae occur
in the sheaths only. No haustoria were noted; but this fungus,
recognized as a Nectria by Lindau (82), is as good a lichen as
are Ephebes or Collemas and other lichens in which the relation
of the lichen to the alga is not very intimate. One who believes
that the lichen consists of the fungus and the alga which grow
together can not consistently place this or any lichen with fungi ;
so this plant can not properly be regarded a Nectria by them.
Yet, this inconsistency did not occur to Zukal, who regarded the
lichen a dual organism; nor does it seem to have troubled many
Fink: Classification of Lichens
113
other mycologists, who treat lichens in general quite as inconsis-
tently. On the other hand, those who believe that lichens are a
distinct taxonomic group should, to be consistent, claim this plant,
but they have not. The main difficulty disappears when we
regard the lichen a fungus. The last difficulty fades for those
who maintain that these fungi should not constitute a taxonomic
group, but should be distributed in the best manner possible.
Endomyces scytonematum Zuk., the last of Zukal’s half-lichens
(152), is supposed to be Ephebe hegetschweileri Itz. The spores
occur in naked clusters of asci, characteristic of the Gymnoasca-
ceae. The lichen hyphae grow for a time in the sheaths of Scy-
tonema filaments ; but as the asci develop, the hyphae penetrate
into the trichomes of the alga, which are soon destroyed. Then
follows, of course, the death of the lichen soon after the fruit is
produced. Zukal took the position that we have not a lichen in
this instance, since the relation is antagonistic and the fungus
short lived. But mutualistic symbiosis is surely no sine qua non
of the lichen and, indeed, seems not to exist at all in those plants.
IMuch less is long life necessary. The early death of the algal
host is good proof that the fungus derives benefit from the asso-
ciation with the alga ; and the best and, apparently, the only bio-
logical criterion for the lichen is that it should live in parasitic
relation with an alga and at the same time maintain a relation
with some organic or inorganic substratum. According to this
standard, we have here a lichen which plainly belongs to the Gym-
noascaceae. Of course, it should be left in this group, instead
of artificially placing it elsewhere ; but in order to do so, it is not
necessary to deny its being a lichen.
Tobler (132) investigated a few of the several hundred par-
asites on lichens. Among these Karschia destructans Tobler is
described from the thallus of Chaenofheca chrysocephala (Turn.)
Th. Fr. The Karschia penetrates into and through the crustose
thallus of the Chaenotheca, into the bark on which the latter lichen
grows. In passing through the lichen thallus, the Karschia
hyphae attack and kill the Chaenotheca hyphae and the alga
which grows in symbiotic relation with them. This gives the
Karschia a parasitic relationship with the Chaenotheca, and with
the alga, and a saprophytic relation with the bark and perhaps
114
Mycologia
with the algal cells after these have been killed. The fruit is pro-
duced after the saprophytic relation is established. The rela-
tions of the Karschia to living and dead sources of food supply
are certainly complex enough ; but we must conclude that the fun-
gus is as good a lichen as are many other fungi which live in re-
lation with algae during part of their life period only.
Similar are the results of Zopf (146), who studied Rhynibo-
carpiis pmictiformis Zopf on Rhisocarpon geographictim (L.)
Lam. and Conida punctatella (Nyl.) Zopf and C. rubescens Arn.
on Rhisocarpon alboatrum (Hof¥m.)Th. Fr. The Rhymbocarpns
and both Conidas enter into parasitic relationship with the algal
hosts within the Rhisocarpons, and therefore Zopf very properly
regarded them low forms of lichens. He concluded that many
other parasites on lichens are likewise primitive lichens.
Elizabeth Acton (i) investigated Botrydina vulgaris Breb.,
growing on mosses and hepatics. The minute colonies, barely
visible to the eye, cover the stems and leaves, often so thickly as
to conceal them. The sheaths of the globular or irregular col-
onies are traversed by fungal hyphae. On close examination,
these sheaths appear to be cellular. In some cultures. Miss Acton
obtained a rich development of fungal hyphae and in others small
unicellular algae, the results depending upon the kind of medium
used or the conditions under which the cultures grew. The
sheaths are very resistant to chemicals and are probably composed
of fungus-cellulose. In early stages of development, she found
fungal hyphae in contact with the sheaths and concluded that
the sheaths develop from the hyphae. Sections showed plainly
the plectenchymatous nature of the sheaths and the distorted
forms of the algal cells. In one specimen, the fungus was intact,
but no algal cells could be detected. The alga was also found
free. The fungus is doubtless a lichen, living in parasitic rela-
tion with a unicellular alga. The alga is Coccomyxa snbellip-
soidea, of the Palmellaceae ; and the lichen, on account of the
occurrence of ring-like structures similar to the conidia of the
Mucidineae, division Helicosporeae, is supposed to belong to that
group. Of course this makes what has been known as Botrydina
vulgaris Breb. not an alga at all, but a lichen parasitic on an alga.
The lichen must be renamed as soon as its nature can be ascer-
tained.
Fink: Classification of Lichens
115
Thus far we have been considering ascomycetous lichens. We
may now give attention to a few Basidiomycetes, some of which
are lichens while the others may be. Moller (89) found a Cora-
like thelephore growing abundantly with Cora. The two plants
are alike in structure as well as in macroscopic appearance. He
pulverized portions of Cora in water and poured the broth over
the thelephores. In three months, Cora lobes, bearing the alga
characteristic of this lichen, appeared along the margins of the
thelephore pilei. Microscopic examination proved that the hy-
phae of the young Cora lobes were continuous with those of the
thelephores on which they grew. Thus, by field cultures, Moller
transformed part of a thelephore into the lichen, Cora. The con-
clusion is that Cora is a primitive lichen, growing beside its non-
lichen progenitor, the thelephore. The experiments were ex-
tended to Dictyonema and Landatea as, is explained below in the
statement under culture experiments.
Lagerheim (79) published a new subspecies of Stichococcus
bacillaris, which he found growing on Polyporus lucidus, Tra-
metes pini and Daedalca quercina. He states that his subspecies
fungicola is similar to Stichococcus bacillaris, found growing with
some of the Caliciaceae. He makes no suggestion that the fungi
on which his alga grows may be lichens in the making. But there
is a possibility that such is the case, and that we have here and
in other hymenomycetes upon which algae are frequently seen,
very primitive lichens, or at least accidental and indifferent asso-
ciations of algae with fungi which may become lichens in time.
Morgan (86) noted the constant occurrence of Clavaria mucida
with Chlorococcum humicola. Coker (38) observed the same
relation of the alga to the fungus. On examination, he found
that the hyphae ramify through the algal masses. There are
no haustoria, and he regards the relation of the fungus to the alga
about the same as that of Collema to the Nostoc colonies in which
it grows. The relation is almost certainly advantageous to the
fungus, and Coker’s conclusion that Clavaria mucida is probably
becoming a basidiomycetous lichen seems reasonable.
We may now pass to some unknown fungi which may be
lichens. Schneider (114) investigated the relationship of Tren-
tepohlia aiirea to some unknown fungus. He found the fungal
116
Mycologia
hyphae closely applied to all of the Trent epohlia filaments exam-
ined, forming a delicate, reticulated, spirally wound network of
hyphal tissue, entwining the filaments from the base to the apex
and extending a short distance beyond. This fungus is probably
a primitive and imperfect lichen, the fruit of which is unknown.
Of course, it is possible that the fungus bears no nutritional rela-
tion to the alga, but merely uses it as a support, on which to climb.
If so, the fungus is not a lichen ; but this supposition is improbable.
One sometimes finds Sirosiphon filaments attacked by other
fungal hyphae than those of Ephebe. These hyphae are usually
external, while those of Ephebe ramify through tlie algal fila-
ments. These superficial hyphae bear somewhat the same rela-
tion to Sirosiphon as do those found by Schneider to Trente-
pohlia aurea, and they may represent some unknown lichen or
lichens. The findings of Archer, given above, may well be re-
called here.
Many botanists have not known that the transitional forms
connecting lichens with other fungi are numerous ; but among
the Graphidaceae, the Arthoniaceae, other families of lower
lichens and the fungi parasitic on lichens are hundreds and
probably thousands of species whose biological position can only
be known by careful research. Besides these, there are doubtless
many more accidental associations of fungi and algae yet to be
discovered. In view of these facts, the bridges connecting lichens
with other fungi seem to be very numerous.
Whether a given fungus is a lichen is of little, if any, biological
importance, and is certainly of no taxonomic importance for those
who believe that lichens should be distributed to the exclusion of
the group Lichenes. But the biological relationship between fungus
and alga is an important one, and the fungi which are partners in
it will continue to be known as lichens. Hence, from a biolog-
ical point of view, it is important to reach some conclusion touch-
ing what constitutes a lichen. However, the main object of this
discussion is to bring to light some of the very close but little
known relationships of plants on the border line between lichens
and other fungi. One may regard these as lichens or not. The
relationship remains the same in either case, and research must
discover many more such relationships before our knowledge of
Fink: Classification of Lichens
117
the species which form the connections between lichens and other
fungi will be at all satisfactory.
The lichen may be defined thus : A lichen is a fungus which
lives during all or part of its life in parasitic relation with an algal
host and also sustains a relation with an organic or an inorganic
substratum. It need scarcely be pointed out that this definition
is a biological rather than a morphological one, and that we are
treating lichens from a biological rather than a morphological
or a taxonomic point of view. Our definition denies the mutual-
ism hypotheses, to one of which some of us have adhered for
many years ; nor does it meet very well the requirements of
those who hold that the group Lichenes should be retained.
Of course, the lichen is usually parasitic on many individuals
of some species of alga, instead of living on a single in-
dividual. One may speak of the alga or the algal host, meaning
the species on which the lichen is parasitic, or one may, with
equal propriety, speak of the algae or the algal hosts on which
the lichen is parasitic, meaning thereby the individuals. The defi-
nition above follows the first method. Likewise, as pointed out
by Bonnier (31), Friederich (59), Stahlecker (125) and Zukal
(149), what is called a lichen individual is often compound, being
composed of a number of simple individuals united. Our defini-
tion defines the simple individual. Again, the lichen is probably
partly saprophytic on the alga. It does not seem necessary to
recognize this point in a definition of the lichen, for the present
at least. One or two of Zukal’s half-lichens are not known to
sustain the relationship with the external substratum and if they
do not, may be excluded from lichens on this account.
The Algal Hosts of Lichens
For some of us, it would not be necessary to consider the nature
of lichens further ; but for those who still cling to the dual hypo-
thesis, the last word will not be said until the relation of the
lichen to its algal host has been thoroughly reviewed. A con-
siderable number of algae have been enumerated as lichen hosts,
but most of these rarely or never function as hosts for lichens.
Fiinfstuck (64) gives ten algae known as lichen hosts. These are
Chlorococcum (Cystococcus) humicola, Palmella botryoides,
il8
Mycologia
Trentepohlia (Chroolepus) umbrina, Pleurococcus vulgaris, Dac-
tylococcus infusionum, Nostoc lichenoides (?) , Rivularia nitida,
Polycoccus punctiformis, Gloeocapsa polyderrnatica ^nd Sirosiphon
pulvinatus. Of these the larger number are blue-green algae, yet
the two species of green algae, Chlorococcum humic ola and Tren-
tepohlia umbrina, form the hosts of many more lichens than all
the others combined. So far as the writer knows, Palmella
botryoides is the host of only one little-known lichen, viz., Epi-
gloea bactrospora Zuk. ; and there is better reason for including
among lichen hosts one or more Scytonemas which are algal hosts
of the better known Dictyonemas, also of one of Zukal’s half-
lichens, and may sometimes be the host of Stereocaulons as well.
Only a few lichens are known to live facultatively on different
algae, most lichens being obligative parasites. Lecanora grana-
tina Sommerf., Solorina crocea (L.) Ach., the Cypheliums, Pan-
naria tryptophylla (Ach.) Mass, and probably a few others are
facultative. The facultative species are either those which have
never settled ujx)n a definite host, or those which are changing from
one host to another. But such change is probably rare and so
slow a process as scarcely to come within the range of observation.
Lichens usually parasitize terrestrial algae which grow in habi-
tats comrrionly invaded by lichens. This accounts for the small
number of algal hosts of lichens. It is well known, as will be
brought out below, that lichens frequently attack free algae and
that parasitizing algal individuals or colonies, of species which
have long formed lichen hosts, is going on constantly. On ac-
count of the modification of the algal hosts, due to parasitism,
there is still some uncertainty regarding certain species of algae
that serve as lichen hosts ; and it would not be strange if the num-
ber of closely related species that function as such hosts is larger
than we now suppose. Lichens are known to parasitize approx-
imately one per cent, of known species of blue-green algae and a
very much smaller proportion of the numerous green algae.
Finding the Algal Hosts Growing Near Lichens
Schneider (m) thinks that the spores of lichens are degen-
erate and do not often function for reproduction. We often find
algae which, under the microscope, show plainly the presence of
Fink: Classification of Lichens
119
attached fungal hyphae, but Schneider thinks that these are not
the primordia of any well-known higher lichens. Hicks (67)
found that if a piece of bark supporting Chlorococcum is kept
under glass in a moist place, the groups of algal cells seem to
become transformed into a felted mass. We now know that the
same thing is often observed in nature, lighter felted masses often
appearing where Chlorococcum has been growing. Microscopic
examination shows that the color change is due to the develop-
ment of lichen hyphae. These hyphae appear more commonly
when the alga grows near some lichen, and it may take years for
the felted, mycelial masses to develop into mature lichen thalli.
We have observed, in our laboratory with our students, minute
Nostoc colonies, germinating Collema spores, other Nostoc col-
onies penetrated by one or more germ tubes of spores, and various
stages of development of Collemas, all growing together. When
first parasitized by the lichen, the Nostoc colonies are of normal
form ; but as the lichen develops within, the algal colonies become
greatly modified in form. The Nostoc colonies are usually para-
sitized when only 50 to 200 mic. in diameter.
Likewise, Schwendener (119) records finding free Nostoc
colonies, others penetrated by several C ollema-Wkt. hyphae, young
but undoubted Collemas on scarcely modified Nostoc colonies,
and older Collemas on much modified Nostoc colonies, all grow-
ing together in the field. He also found similar relations between
Leptogium subtile (Schrad.) Koerb. and Nostoc colonies, between
a species of Placynthium (Racoblenna) and Rivularia, between
Ephebe pubescens (L.) Fr. and Sirosiplion, and between Spilo-
nema paradoxum Bor. and the same alga. Kny (72) recorded
finding Lichina pygmaea Ag. and its algal host, Rivularia nitida,
growing in proximity in the same clusters, in some portions of
which the Riznilaria individuals were all free, in others all para-
sitized by the lichen, and in still other portions, partly free and
partly parasitized.
Bornet (33) found Trentepohlia umbrina forming the algal
host of Opegrapha varia Pers. and also growing on the branches
of trees about the lichen, but separate from it, both on the outer
surface and within the periderm. Toward the margin of the
120
Mycologia
thallus of this Opegrapha, he noticed loosely felted hyphae within
the periderm and upon the surface, the hyphae becoming scarce
at the margin. Where these hyphae encounter free Trentepohlia
filaments, they become attached to the algal cells. He found the
same relationship between Trentepohlia and Pyrenula nitida
(Weig.) Ach. and also recorded finding the Trentepohlia fila-
ments from within the lichen thallus extending into external fila-
ments, which produced zoospores while still attached to the lichen.
He also found that the same alga produces zoospores within the
thallus of Opegrapha varia Pers., and that the lichen hyphae are
often attached to zodsporangia of the algal host. The same
worker found the algal host of Pannaria nigra (Huds.) Nyl.
extending into external filaments, which sometimes become free
from the lichen. Like de Bary, he found Nostoc parasitized by
Collema, but showing minute tubercles, often nearly cut off from
the lichen. Some of these tubercles become free and form
minute, non-parasitized Nostoc colonies, at first not over a half
millimeter in diameter. Zukal found Palmella botryoides, both
free and parasitized by the lichen, Epigloea bactrospora Zuk.
Cunninghan (43) and Ward (138) both studied the relation-
ship of Strigula to its algal host and to the leaves on which the
lichen and its algal host grow together. Cunningham found that
the lichen produces fruit only after parasitizing the alga, and that
the alga forms zoospores, oogones and antherids only when free
from the lichen. Ward found the leaves of Michelia fuscata,
especially during the rainy season, to contain networks of branch-
ing mycelia of Strigula complanata (Fee) Nyl. These mycelia
are composed of brown, septate, branching hyphae, spread over
the leaf-surface without haustorial attachment. They rise from
oval, brown, two-celled ascospores, and often produce clusters of
brown conidia. A Trentepohlia-V\ke alga also grows here and
there on the leaves, and the algal groups are often overgrown by
these mycelia, which produce the conidia where they come in
contact with the algae. The hyphae gradually penetrate into the
algal masses, destroy them, and in the meantime produce sperma-
gones and later perithecia. The lichen sometimes parasitizes the
alga while the latter is very young, and the algal host is soon
Fink: Classification of Lichens
121
killed, the lichen producing conidia but neither spermagonia nor
ascospores. But when the attack comes later, it takes longer to
kill the alga, and the lichen produces spermatia and ascospores.
Finally, some of the algae run their whole life history without
being attacked by the lichen.
Nylander (97) held that he found lichens most abundant where
algae are absent; but he doubtless based his statement on an
erroneous impression and not on careful observation. Peirce
(98) finds commonly on old fences free algal cells, others in-
vested by hyphae and so on up to mature lichens of various species
common in his region. Williams (141) observed that lichens
appear first in damp places, where algae are most numerous, and
spread gradually from these to other locations. He found that
they grow first on the shady and moist parts of trees and fences
and rarely if ever appear first on dry, wind-exposed portions.
These observations of Peirce and Williams agree in general with
what the writer has noted many times, though there is no doubt
that lichens will grow in very dry places.
We have many times found the algal clusters which proved to
be parasitized by fungal hyphae, growing both in the vicinity of
lichens and in other moist places, but have not been disposed to
agree with Schneider that these are necessarily the primordia of
very primitive lichens. It has seemed more reasonable to sup-
pose that they may be young conditions of higher as well as of
lower lichens which are present in mature form near by. Years
of observation of the development of these primordia should give
valuable results, whether growing in the vicinity of lichens or
elsewhere. *
Nylander (94) mentioned algae occurring in the hymenia of
pyrenomycetous lichens. Fuisting (62) found that in Stigma-
t omnia cataleptum (Ach.) Koerb. the hymenial algae are certain
algal host cells, which become imprisoned in primordia of
apothecia and multiply as the apothecium develops. Winter ( 143)
agreed in general with Nylander and Fuisting, all three finding
that the hymenial algae are smaller than other algal host cells;
but Winter noted in addition the paler color of the former.
These hymenial algae occur in early stages of development, or in
122
Mycologia
old apothecia of many lichens; but they seem to be especially
characteristic of pyrenomycetous lichens, particularly those that
have muriform spores. Stahl (124) found them in Endocarpon
piisillum Hedw. and in Polyblastia rugulosa Mass, and proved
that, in these lichens, they are ejected with the spores, which soon
germinate and attack the algae. Little is really known about the
frequency of occurrence of hymenial algae at the time that spores
are ejected; but it is probable that this is not uncommon in those
pyrenomycetous lichens which are not able to live a considerable
length of time outside the parasitic relationship with an algal host.
Hymenial algae perform somewhat the same role as the algae in
the soredia of higher lichens ; and since they occur in lower
lichens, while the soredia are more common in higher lichens, each
of these provisions for reproduction supplements the other.
Even in lichens that have neither soredia nor hymenial algae,
there is no difficulty about reproduction through lichen hyphae
coming in contact with algal host cells. Since spores blow long
distances, this could happen whether lichens grow near the algal
hosts or not.
These various observations regarding lichens growing in prox-
imity with their algal hosts prove that lichens may frequently
originate from spores which germinate and attack free algae; and
it must be borne in mind that the spores may remain dormant for
a considerable length of time until conditions favorable for
germination are at hand. Such observations also show that both
the algae and the lichens may grow separate from each other, the
former throughout their whole life and the latter sometimes
during a considerable time, very probably years in some instances.
Such results make the consortium hypothesis wholly invalid, and
seem to have been overlooked, underestimated or misinterpreted
by those who hold to that hypothesis.
Cultures of Lichens With or Without the Algal Hosts
Alfred Moller (87) cultivated Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach.,
Thclotrema lepadinum Ach., Pertusaria communis Lam. and DC.,
Graphis scripta (L.) Ach., Buellia punctiformis (Nyl.) Hoffm.,
Lecidea enteroleuca Ach., Opegrapha subsiderella Nyl., Arthonia
Fink: Classification of Lichens
123
vulgaris Schaer., Calicium parietinum Ach., Calicium trachelinum
Ach., Calicium curtum Borr. and Turn, and V crrncaria muralis
Ach. from spores, from spermatia, or from both spores and
spermatia, without the algal hosts. The following five, Buellia
punctiformis (Nyl.) Hoffm., Opegrapha subsiderella Nyl., Cali-
cium parietinum Ach., Calicium trachelinum Ach. and Calicium
curtum Borr. and Turn, were cultivated from both spores and
spermatia. With Graphis scripta (L.) Ach., he obtained hyphal
tangles which he regarded primordia of apothecia, or of sperma-
gonia; but the purpose of his work was not to determine whether
apothecia can be produced when the lichen is grown without the
algal host, and some of these crustose lichens might have fruited,
had the cultures run more than a few months. Again, he might
probably have obtained apothecia, had he worked on Endocarpon
pusillum Hedw. or P olyblastia rugulosa Mass., which are known
to mature and to produce apothecia from the spores in two or
three months. He tells very convincingly of obtaining sperma-
gones in cultures of Calicium parietinum Ach. in five or six weeks,
from spores and from spermatia. Beginning with spermatia pro-
duced in pure cultures, he obtained several successive generations
of thalli by the germination of these bodies, and thus proved that
the ascopores and the spermatia belong to the same plant. He
also obtained spermatia in nearly all of the cultures and got them
to germinate and produce new thalli of the same kind as those on
which they were produced. His results indicate that these struc-
tures are either asexual conidia or male cells which have the
power of reproducing parthenogenetically. In further studies
Mdller (88) obtained branched germ tubes from the spermatia of
Collema microphylluni Ach.
Mdller is not the only one who has caused spermatia of lichens
to germinate, but we must now pass to some observations by
Hedlund (66). He found spermatia of Catillaria denigraia (Fr.)
Hedl. and C. prasina (Fr.) Th. Fr. which had germinated on the
natural substratum among mature and variously developed states
of these lichens and the free algal hosts. The mycelium produced
by the spermatia was growing alone in some instances, while in
others it had parasitized some of the algae. The latter lichen
124
Mycologia
showed many intermediate conditions between the young mycelia
produced from the germinating spermatia and the mature plants
with spermagonia and apothecia. The spermatia germinating on
the substratum were compared with those found in the sperma-
gonia and were like these and also like those germinating on the
thalli about the spermagonia. These results confirm those of
Moller and are also interesting because they give further evidence
of lichens growing with the algal hosts and reproducing by germi-
nating upon them.
Bornet’s classic results (32) are well known. He grew lichens
from spores and found that they readily attack their algal hosts,
while those that do not come in contact with the algae soon die.
Of course he did not use proper media, or his lichens might have
grown longer without the hosts; but this failure matters not for
our purpose. He grew species of Collcma, Arnoldia and Physma
chalasanum (Ach.) Arn. with Nostoc colonies, Synalissa and
Omphalaria with Gloeocapsa, Ephebe with Sirosiphon, Opegrapha
varia Pers., Roccella phycopsis Ach. and Pyrenida nitida (Weig.)
Ach. with Trcntepohlia, Opegrapha filicina Mont, with the Coleo-
chaete-\\\/. 3. 1891.
153. Zukal, Hugo. Morphologische und biologische Untersuchungen
iiber die Flechten. I. Sitzungsber. Kais. Akad. Math.-Naturw.
Wien 104 : 529-574. pi. 1-3. II. 1303-.^ 393. 1895. III. 105 : 197-
264. 1896.
Miami University,
Oxford, Ohio.
THE PROBABLE IDENTITY OF STRO-
PHARIA EPIMYCES (PECK) ATK.
WITH PILOSACE ALGERI-
ENSIS FRIES
Edward T. Harper
While making notes on the species of Stropharia reported from
this country to accompany some photographs soon to appear in the
Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, my atten-
tion was called by my brother, Prof. R. A. Harper, to the fact
that Lanzi’s figures of Pilosace algeriensis Quel. (Fungi Mang.
/)/. ( 5 /. /. j) closely resemble epimyces Pk. or Stropharia
coprinophila Atk. The drawings by Miss Helen Sherman (Jour.
Myc. II : pi. 8o) and the photographs by Prof. Atkinson (Plant
World, June, 1907) show a striking resemblance to Lanzi’s
figures and a comparison of the published descriptions confirms
the evidence of close relationship between the European and
American plants. The size and shape of both plants is the same,
pileus 1-2 inches broad, stem 1-2 inches long, up to Yi inch
thick. The stem of the European plant is solid or stuffed, that
of the American plant is the same, becoming hollow when old.
The pileus and stem in both plants are whitish and silky. Both
have purplish-brown or blackish spores. Peck gives the meas-
urements 5-6 X 7-5-9 /-<•• Miss Sherman says the spores are
slightly larger, up to 7 X 10 |U.. Atkinson gives the measurements
3.5~4.5 X 7-8 ju ; Lanzi 5.5 X 6.5-7 /a, and describes them as in-
equilateral or slightly reniform. Quelet reported the spores as
subsphaeroid, 8 ju in diameter. The greatest difference appears
to be in the reports as to the attachment of the gills. Lanzi says
the gills are distant from the stem and free. Peck described them
as rounded-adnexed. Atkinson says the gills are adnate to
adnexed, slightly sinuate or rounded, and he places the plant in
the genus Stropharia, but reports the stem as separating easily
from the pileus, which is a character of plants with free gills.
The comparison proves the very close relationship of the two
167
168
Mvcologia
plants. The dift'erences are no greater than might be expected
in plants from such widely separated localities. In some char-
acters, such as spore measurements, Peck and Lanzi agree better
than Peck and Atkinson. Lanzi does not describe his plant as
a parasite nor recognize the “ tuberous mass ” at the base of the
stipe as an abortive host. His figures, however, leave no ques-
tion as to the identity of the parts in the two forms. His interpre-
tation of the cleft which appears in the vertical section of the
basal bulb is erroneous. Such a cleft could not possibly have
anything to do with the formation of a ring and it has been
recognized by the American students of the material with entire
unanimity as representing the gill cavity of the host. In the
IMadison material, rudimentary gills and ripe spores of the Copri-
niis are found in this cleft. Lanzi also misinterprets his figure
c, which must have been based on a mature stage of the plant
with a very short stipe. Lanzi regards the fungus as rare and
apparently neither he nor Quelet ever collected it personally.
The American plant was first described as Panaeolus epimyces
Peck (Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 35: 133-134). Dr. Peck left the
host plant undetermined. Atkinson described the same plant in-
dependently, naming it Stropharia coprinophila, and determined
the host plant as Coprinus atramcntarins October,
1902). Mr. F. E. McKenna and iMiss Helen Sherman studied
the plant at Madison, Wisconsin, and determined the host plants
as Coprinus atramentarius and Coprinus comatus ( 1 . c. ioj-i6q.
1905). Prof. Atkinson has written a second paper on the plant in
which he admits the identity of his plant with Panaeolus epimyces
of Peck, but holds that it is a Stropharia and names it Stropharia
epimyces (Peck) Atk.
The European and American forms certainly belong to a single
group, including Pilosace algeriensis (Eries) Quel. (El. Jura
^Msg. 351), Panaeolus epimyces Peck, and Stropharia coprino-
phila Atk. The common method followed by Atkinson when he
made the combination Stropharia epimyces (Peck) Atk. results in
the burying of much information about it. Atkinson wrote a new
description of the plant and when this is compiled in the Sylloge
or a manual the student cannot know that other spore measure-
ments than 3. 5-4. 5 X 7-8 /j. have been observed; that the gills
Harper: Identity of Stropharia epimyces (Peck) Atk. 169
have been found ^simply adnexed instead of adnate to adnexed,
etc. The collector of plants like those found by Peck or Miss
Sherman, who attempts to use Atkinson’s description, will find
Himself in a predicament understood by everyone who has at-
tempted to identify agarics from descriptions.
An interesting result of Lanzi’s work in making Pilosace algeri-
ensis known in Europe is that Cooke’s illustration of that species
in his plate 6i8 is shown to rest on an incorrect determination.
The figure has been copied far and wide as an illustration of the
genus. Lanzi suggests that it may be based on an exannclate
form of Agaricus campestris such as that figured in Cooke’s plate
528.
Geneseo, Illinois.
NEWS, NOTES, AND REVIEWS
Dr. B. T. Galloway, chief of the Bureau of Plant Industry
since 1900, has been appointed Assistant Secretary of Agricul-
ture by President Wilson, and Dr. W. A. Taylor succeeds him
as chief of the Bureau.
Mr. Stewart H. Burnham, for some years assistant to the state
botanist at Albany, resigned on April i on account of ill health.
His address is now Hudson Falls, New York.
Dr. E. A. Burt, professor of natural history in iMiddlebury
College, Middlebury, Vt., has been appointed librarian and mycol-
ogist of the Missouri Botanical Garden. The appointment will
date from next September.
Professor L. H. Pennington, of Syracuse University, and Dr.
Gertrude S. Burlingham spent the Easter holidays at the Garden
consulting the mycological herbarium and library in preparation of
manuscript for a forthcoming part of North American Flora.
The first number of Phytopathology for the current year con-
tains, in addition to several important contributions, a full account
of the Cleveland meeting of the American Phytopathological So-
ciety with abstracts of the papers presented. The editors are to
be congratulated upon the decided improvement in the general
appearance of this periodical.
A valuable collection, containing several hundred specimens of
fleshy and woody fungi, has been recently obtained for the Garden
herbarium from Femsjo, South Sweden, by Mr. Lars Romell,
probably the best Swedish authority on these groups of plants.
Specimens from this locality are especially interesting on account
170
News, Notes, and Reviews
171
of the studies made there by Elias Fries in the early years of his
life.
Shear’s Studies of Parasitic Species of Glomerella
“ Studies of the fungous Parasites belonging to the genus Glom-
erella’’ by Dr. C. L. Shear, appears as Bulletin 252 of the Bureau
of Plant Industry of the United States Department of Agricul-
ture. The name Glomerella is the generic name applied to the
ascogenous stage of Gloeosporiiim or Colletotrichum, which
attacks various kinds of plants giving rise to a variety of diseases.
The object of the paper as set forth by its author is to deter-
mine the life histories, habits and identity or relationship of the
forms of Gloeosporiiim or Colletotrichum found on the same or
different hosts. The paper covers the investigations of members
of this group of organisms obtained from 45 host plants. Of
the 473 species of Gloeosporium and Colletotrichum given by
Saccardo not including members of the genus included by Sac-
cardo under other generic names, it is estimated by Shear that
about 50 per cent, of these so-called species cannot be deter-
mined except on the basis of host relations or the part of the
host attacked.
The life history of forms from 36 different hosts plants have
been determined and recorded in this paper, 17 having been pro-
duced in pure culture and 19 on the host either in moist chamber
or under natural conditions. All of the material from the 36
hosts is referred to three species, G. cingulata, G. Gossypii, and
G. lindemuthianum, the first occurring on 34 hosts and the remain-
ing two on one host each.
None of the morphological or physiological characters in the
genus seem to be well fixed, the conidia, chlamydospores, peri-
thecia, ascospores, and paraphyses showing a wide range of vari-
ation. Most forms do not seem to be restricted to any particular
host.
The question is raised as to why the life cycle of Glomerella
and other pyrenomycetes is sometimes completed in pure culture
while at other times only conidia or pycnospores or no fructi-
fication of any kind is found. Various views on this subject have
been summarized but the question is still an open one for Glom-
172
IMycologia
erclla although some of the supposed factors have been tested
sufficiently to eliminate them.
F. J. Se.wer.
Ridgway’s New Color Guide'
A new color guide by Dr. Robert Ridgway, the well-known
ornithologist, is practically an entirely revised and much en-
larged edition of his earlier nomenclature of colors (1886) with
17 plates and 186 colors as against 53 plates and 1,115 colors in
the present work. The color work was done by A. Hoen & Co.,
of Baltimore, and is much more uniform in different copies than
in the earlier edition, which was hand stenciled from several mix-
ings of the same color ; while in the present work each color for
the whole edition of 5,000 copies was prepared from one lot of
color and uniformly coated at one time. While the present work
does not contain quite as many colors as are included in the more
bulky French work by Rene Oberthur, the gradation between
colors is more uniform, and the colors are on dull instead of
glossy-surfaced paper as in that work, which gives a slightly dif-
ferent, but more natural color effect, and no metallic color effects
are included. The proportion of darker broken colors is greater,
which will appeal especially to the ornithologist and mammologist,
although the work is designed to be equally useful to botanists,
florists, artists, dyers, merchants, and chemists who require a
standard color scheme. The colors have evidently been standard-
ized to a degree of accuracy not hitherto attained in any color
chart. The colors are one-half by one inch, arranged on a heavy
gray paper in three vertical columns of 7 colors each. The plates
are divided into 6 series. In plates I-XII the middle row of hori-
zontal colors represents the 36 colors and hues most readily dis-
tinguished in the spectrum, although it is said to be possible to
distinguish 1,000. Above these colors each succeeding horizontal
row of colors is the spectrum color mixed with 9.5 ; 22.5 ; and 45
per cent, of white. Below they are mixed with 45 ; 70.5 and 87.5
per cent, of black. Plates XIII-XX^^I represent the colors in
' Color Standards and Color Nomenclature. By Robert Ridgway [3447
Oakwood Terrace, N.W.], Washington. Published by the author 1912. Pp.
1-44 ; pis. I-LIII. $8.00.
News, Notes, and Reviews
173
plates I-XII dulled by 32 per cent, of neutral gray; plates XXXII-
XXXVIII are dulled by 58 per cent, of neutral gray; plates
XXXIX-XLIV are dulled by 77 per cent, of neutral gray ; plates
XLV-L are dulled by 90 per cent, of neutral gray; and plates
LI-LIII are dulled by 95.5 per cent, of neutral gray. If the
color to be matched is darker than in the first series of plates,
turn to the same position in the succeeding 5 series of plates until
one is found that is dark enough to match. This is readily done
by referring to the numbers at the head of the vertical columns
and to the letters at the left of the horizontal rows. In number-
ing and lettering the rows of colors, every other number and
letter has been omitted so that colors that do not exactly match
any in the present work, but are intermediate, can be designated
by a symbol. For example, in plate I the vertical columns are
I, 3, and 5; the tints b, d, and f; and the shades i, k, and m.
All the colors are named as well as symbolized, but if a given
color comes between Hermosa Pink (if) and Eosine Pink (id)
it could be designated i e. In this manner about 2385 additional
colors or a total of 3500 can be designated. Undoubtedly excep-
tion will be taken to some of the names, but in this the personal
equation plays such a large part that decisions must be rather
arbitrarily rendered. The primary colors have been standard-
ized by Dr. P. G. Nutting, of the U. S. Bureau of Standards.
It was originally expected that six months would suffice for
the preparation of the colors, but unforeseen difficulties in repro-
duction have extended this period to about three years.
A list of color synonyms as shown by the immense list of trade
samples that must have accumulated would have formed an ex-
ceedingly interesting and valuable addition to the work.
A table of percentages of color, together with an explanation
of the amount of white, black, or neutral gray used as above, will
give an approximately ready clue to the reproduction of any color
in the guide, the only uncertain factor being the possible lack of
standardized primary colors with which to begin.
Definitions of the principal color terms, such as color, shade,
tint, hue, tone, etc., which are used almost interchangeably by
many people, will repay careful study by those not familiar with
their exact use.
174
Mycologia
A slight error on page 12, due to a misunderstanding, should
be corrected. Mr. F. A. Walpole had no connection with the
color project of the American Mycological Society, the prepara-
tion of which was delegated to the late Dr. L. M. Underwood,
Dr. W. A. Murrill, and the writer. Mr. Walpole died before the
committee was appointed, and the project was abandoned after
two years’ work by the committee in favor of Dr. Ridgway’s
work, which had not previously come to their notice.
P. L. Ricker.
Faull’s Cytology of the Laboulbeniales
FaulP has recently published an account of his cytological
studies upon two species of the Laboulbeniaceae found on the
elytra and on the free tip of the abdomen of the common whirli-
gig beetle. The species, Laboulbenia chaetophora and L. Gyrini-
darum, are closely related forms and are not easily distinguished
in the young stages. Both species are apogamous, nothing resem-
bling antheridia being found, although a much-branched multi-
cellular trichogyne is present in each species. Thaxter’s account
of the general morphology of species of the genus are confirmed
in a number of points.
The methods in ordinary use for fixing and imbedding fungi
were employed. The septa between the daughters of the same
mother cell are single pitted, and a continuous protoplasmic tract
extends through the receptacle to the tips of the appendages. No
broad protoplasmic bridges, however, are to be found between the
cells of the receptacle. The protoplasm which dips into the oppo-
site lying pits is in reality separated by the thin middle lamella
which is perforated by one or more minute pores. Only very
fine strands, plasmodesmen, connect the cells. The septa in the
appendages are apparently coarsely perforated, so that the cyto-
plasmic fibrils extend out from the pits in the cells of the recep-
tacle, and occasionally similar strands are seen leading out from
the nuclei. Their function has not been determined except that
“Cytology of the Laboulbeniales, Ann. Bot. 25: 649-654. Jl. 1911: The
cytology of Laboulbenia chaetophora and L. Gyrinidarum. Ann. Bot. 26:
325-355-
News, Notes, and Reviews
175
in disintegrating cells they are very persistent elements of the
cytoplasm.
The nucleus of the carpogenic cell is succeeded by two nuclei,
after which the nucleus of the trichophoric cell migrates down
close to the carpogonium and undergoes a homoeotypic division.
About the same time the septum between the two cells disappears,
leaving a long four-nucleated cell. A restored trichophoric cell
is then cut off carrying one of the trichophoric daughter nuclei;
an inferior supporting cell with one of the two nuclei which suc-
ceeded the carpogenic nucleus is cut off below. Four nuclei now
appear in place of the two remaining centrally-placed nuclei, and
a superior binucleate supporting cell is formed above, leaving a
binucleated ascogonium below. The ascogonium may become an
ascogenic cell directly, or a second inferior supporting cell may be
cut off from it, and a second ascogenic cell may be formed, each
cell being binucleate. At this important point the exact line of
descent of the nuclei to be found in this series of binucleate cells
was not determined. Whether the nuclei in the ascogenic cells
are sister nuclei, a few divisions removed from the nucleus of
the carpogonium, or whether they are non-sister nuclei, the great-
granddaughters of the trichophoric and carpogenic cells respec-
tively, is not stated. The author would seem to infer that the
latter is the case by the statement that the nucleus of the tricho-
phoric cell “ joins forces with that of the carpogonium.” The
nuclei in the ascogenic cell divide conjugately, non-sister nuclei
passing up into the ascus which buds off directly from the asco-
genic cell. Their fusion follows. Four chromosomes appear at
the conjugate divisions in the ascogenic cells and the same number
is to be found at each division in the ascus ; reduction occurs in
synapsis of the first division. A well-marked centrosome is found
upon the nuclear membrane. The behavior of the centrosome in
nuclear division, and its connection with the chromatin threads
seems to be very similar to what Harper describes for the Erysi-
phaceae. Faull still maintains, however, that the astral rays take
no part as such in the delimitation of the spores, but agrees that
the centrosome is the center of activity to the extent that the
spores’ are delimited by the differentiation of a limiting layer
176
]\Iycologia
of protoplasm that begins adjacent to the centrosome and con-
tinues progressively.
Faull has procured additional cytological evidence for placing
the Laboulbeniales among the true Ascomycetes. It should be
noted, however, that the method of ascogonous formation here
described is entirely unlike anything known among the asco-
\
mycetes. Although he has heretofore been inclined to view the
ascus as having been evolved from the zoosporangium of the
Oomycetes, he now admits that there may be some grounds for
relating the Ascomycetes to the Florideae. “ Such features as a ,
uninucleate antheridium, the possibility of proliferation of sper-
matia from the same antheridium, and the exogenous types of
spermatium organization suggest similar phenomena in the rusts,
many Ascomycetes, and in the Florideae.”
B. O. Dodge.
Maire’s Remarks on Some Hypocreaceae
Under the title “ Remarques sur quelques Hypocreacees R.
Maire discusses a number of species belonging to the genera Pyx-
idiophora, Peckiella, Hypomyces, and Nectriopsis, the last being
a new genus. In this paper a number of data are given which
add to our knowledge of the North American Hypocreales.
In the “ Hypocreales of North America the writer made
Hypomyces boletinns Peck a synonym of Hypomyces chryso-
spermus (Bull.) Tul. with a note that the spores in the North
American specimens examined were smaller than usually indi-
cated for European specimens. On this difference Maire retains
the American form as a variety of the European. At the time
this note was made it was the opinion of the writer that the dif-
ference in size of the spores was due to immaturity of the plants
examined. It still seems likely that this apparent difference
would fade out if a careful comparison could be made of a suffi-
cient number of plants from both America and Europe. The
species is common on Boletus but the conidial phase is more
common than the perfect and is identical in the European and
’Ann. Myc. 9: 315-326. 1911.
* Mycologia 2 : 76. 1910.
News, Notes, and Reviews
177
American plants. The perithecia develop quite readily in the
laboratory.
After a study of cotype material of Hypomyces hyalinus
(Schw.) Till, in the herbarium at Paris, Maire agrees with the
writer in regard to the spore characters, the species being char-
acterized by the unequally septate, verrucose spores. Hypomyces
inaequalis Peck is used as a synonym as has been previously done
by the writer (1. c.). Maire calls attention to the fact that the
species has also been recorded from Europe, a fact which was
overlooked in our own monograph.®
Hypomyces macrosporiis Seaver is made a synonym of Hypo-
myces armeniacus Tul. When this species was described a note
was appended stating that the plant was first thought to be Hypo-
myces ochraceus (Pers.) Tul. The absence of material illustrat-
ing this species in Persoon’s herbarium, together with several
apparent differences, led me to describe the species as new. Maire
points out that it is identical with Hypomyces armeniacus Tul. in
the Paris herbarium and adds Hypomyces ochraceus (Pers.) Tul.
as a doubtful synonym. These observations are important as
they clear up the identity of our North American species. The
species is characterized by the very large verrucose spores.
Specimens of Hypomyces tegillmn Berk. & Curt, in the her-
barium at Kew show perithecia, but no mature asci were seen.
iMaire reports that cotype material in the Paris herbarium have
asci in good condition, and completes the description of the spe-
cies. Hypomyces papyraceus (Ellis & Holw.) Seaver differs in
the much smaller spores.
Nectriopsis -is proposed as a new genus, differing from Bysso-
nectria in its 2 -celled spores. Hypomyces violaceus Tul., which
was placed in the genus Byssonectria by the writer, is included
in the new genus. Hypomyces aureo-nitens Tul. is also included
in the new genus. The American material described under this
name in North American Elora is said to differ in its much
smaller spores and the absence of the Penicillium-type. of conidia.
The paper is illustrated with one plate containing careful draw-
ings of the spores of the species discussed, and is a valuable addi-
tion to our knowledge of the North American Hypocreales.
E. J. Seaver.
‘Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 383. 1849.
178
Mycologia
Wollenweber’s Studies on the Fusarium Problem
A paper entitled “Studies on the Fusarium Problem,” by Dr.
H. W. Wollenweber, appears in Phytopathology (3: 24-50.
1913). As an introduction to this paper he first discusses “un-
reliability of the stroma as a taxonomic character” in the asco-
mycetes. He says in referring to the stroma, “ Doubts, however,
as to the value of the basis of Fries’ system have been frequently
expressed.” “ These doubts have recently been confirmed by
careful comparative studies of exsiccati and by pure culture study
of ascomycetes and fungi imperfecti.” He also says, “ This sys-
tem somewhat modified is still in use.” Also, that it will be
difficult or almost impossible to follow the proposition to divide
the Hypocreales into groups according to the presence or absence
of stroma as has been done in North American Flora.
He might have discussed “Unreliability of Any Taxonomic
Character ” and all of the arguments which have been advanced
in support of his ground would apply with equal validity to many
if not all of these characters. That the stroma, in certain cases,
is variable, has long been recognized by taxonomists, but to argue
that divisions should not be made on this character because it is
variable in certain cases is about as logical as to argue that the
animal and plant kingdoms should not be separated because there
are certain groups on the border line which at different stages in
their life cycle partake of the character of both animal and plant.
If he had said that it is impossible to separate Hypocreales
on the presence or absence of stroma, his statement would be
more nearly in accord with fact, but to say that the order as a
whole cannot be separated on this character is misleading. Before
one undertakes to judge as to the value of a character from a
taxonomic point of view, he should first take the trouble to look
up some of the facts involved. That Dr. Wollenweber did not do
this is evident from his own writing, for in referring to the stroma
he says, “ It may, however, be of taxonomic value in extreme
cases when it entirely encloses the perithecia . . . {Claviceps,
Cordyceps, Xylaria).” If he had had the facts clearly in mind,
he would have known that in certain species of both Xylaria and
Cordyceps the perithecia are not immersed but entirely super-
ficial. Again he writes, “ Intermediate groups such as the Hypo-
News, Notes, and Reviews
179
creaceae having free perithecia, or with the latter partly cov-
ered by the stroma. In many of the Hypocreaceae,
contrary to his statement, including the genus Hypocrea itself
and related genera, the perithecia are entirely immersed, in fact
are scarcely more than cavities hollowed out of the stroma. In
no genus in the whole order is any character more constant and
reliable than the stroma in Hypocrea, Chromocrea, Chromocre-
opsis, Podostroma and other related genera. Even in such cases
as Cordyceps, in which it might appear extreme to one whose
knowledge of the genus is limited to one or two species, the
stroma is sometimes quite variable. In at least one case, Cordy-
ceps Cockerellii, the stroma becomes so changeable and unreliable
that it is on the border line between Cordyceps and 0 phionectria.
But, as a whole, the genus Cordyceps is well defined. If there
were no intermediate forms, classification would be no problem.
Again, referring to Maire’s work on Nectriopsis, he writes,
“ In pure culture [Hyponiyces],h.o\\it\tr, I find apiculi or sharply
pointed ends only on young ascospores, with more or less obtuse
ends in maturity.” The species on which this observation was
made is not named. The genus Hypomyces was founded by
Tulasne (not Plowright) on Sphaeria Lactifluorum. This species
has been studied by the writer from living material both in the
laboratory and field over long stretches of time, involving literally
bushels of material and in no case have my observations on the
ascospores borne out those of Wollenweber, which leads me to
suspect that the peculiar condition observed in his work was due
to abnormal conditions or possibly that he did not have a Hypo-
myces at all.
On this latter observation, which is so lacking in detail that it
is not conclusive, he rules that the morphology of the ascbspore
is not a reliable character on which to separate Hypomyces and
Nectria. On even more limited observation he adopts a new
character, “ true chlamydospores,” in which, to use his own
words, “ we have an excellent differential character between both
genera.” What reason he has to assume that chlamydospores
occur throughout the genus Hypomyces and not throughout the
genus Nectria, since they have been reported in some species of
both genera, he does not make clear. If they should later be
180
Mycologia
found to occur throughout both genera, we cannot understand
how their presence or absence could be used as a differential
character between the two. If later they should be found to be
common to many of the pyrenomycetes, having been already
reported in several, we fail to understand how their presence
could be of any value as a generic character at all. Then, with
our present incomplete knowledge of the nature of, or the con-
ditions under which chlamydospores are formed, what reason
have we to believe that they are constant in their occurrence in
any given species? Is it not possible that their presence or ab-
sence may be even more unreliable than -the stroma itself?
On the above outlined uncertain evidence, he adopts the pres-
ence or absence of chlamydospores as a differential character
between Nectria and Hypomyces and proposes in order to make
the character fit the few species investigated to transpose all the
species of Nectria in which chlamydospores have been reported
to the genus Hypomyces, and publishes the new combination for
Nectria Ipomoeae Halsted.
While no line of work is of more value to the taxonomist than
life history study of the various species of fungi, yet to attempt
to draw general conclusions as to the value of taxonomic charac-
ters by an investigation of a few isolated species is not improv-
ing classification but only adding chaos to confusion. After thus
so easily disposing of most of the difficulties in the classification
of the Hypocreales, he then proceeds to record the results of his
work on Fusarium, in which field he has contributed much valu-
able knowledge to the cause of science.
The genus Fusarium is divided into sections on the basis of the
forms of the conidia, as follows ; Elegans, Martiella, Discolor,
Gibbosum, Roseum, and Ventricosum. The types of conida on
which these sections are based are given in an accompanying plate.
V erticillium is briefly considered, although showing no morpho-
logical relationship with Fusarium. Ramularia, which differs
from Fusarium in its cylindrical conidia, is also considered.
It is assumed as a general rule that the presence of chlamydo-
spores in certain sections of Fusarium indicates the absence of
ascogenous stages. There are, however, exceptions in Hypomyces
and Nectria.
News, Notes, and Reviews
181
The wilt disease is fully discussed. The view which has been
previously advanced that Neocosmospora is an obligate sapro-
phyte and not connected with Fusarium vasinfectum Atk., as has
been supposed, is sustained. The question then arises as to the
validity of the name Neocosmospora vasinfecta Smith, the species
having been founded on Atkinson’s name given to the Fusarium.
This illustrates the difficulty, at the present stage of our knowl-
edge, of relying on conidial characters in the classification of the
Ascomycetes.
Considerable space is devoted to “Tuber rot and ring dis-
coloration of the potato.” According to his investigations, six
species of Fusarium have been confused with Fusarium Solani;
also Hypomyces Solani and Nectria Solani, which have been
thought to represent its ascogenous stage and are now regarded
as harmless saprophytes. It is claimed that all of these species
of Fusarium can be distinguished on morphological characters.
This paper contains many valuable suggestions, but, from the
standpoint of a taxonomist, it would seem to me that if more
space had been used in recording exact details of pure culture
experiments on which these conclusions are based and a little
less in generalizing on their probable application, its value would
have been greatly enhanced, at least so far as our knowledge of
the ascomycetes is concerned.
F. J. Seaver.
INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL
LITERATURE
Bachmann, F. M. The migration of Bacillus amylovorus in the
host tissues. Phytopathology 3 : 3-14. pi. 3 + /. i, 2. F 1913.
Banker, H. J, Type studies in the Hydnaceae — IV. The genus
Phellodon. Mycologia 5: 62-66. 10 Mr 1913.
Includes Phellodon carnosus sp. nov.
Barss, H. P. Cherry gummosis. Biennial Crop, Pest and Horti-
cultural Rep. Oregon Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911-1912: 199-217. /.
10-19. 10 Ja 1913.
Caused by Pseudomonas cerasus.
Bessey, E. A. A suggestion as to the phylogeny of the Asco-
mycetes. Science II. 37: 385. 7 ]\Ir 1913.
An abstract.
Freeman, E. M. Harry Marshall Ward. Phytopathology 3: i,
2. pi. I. F 1913.
Garcia, F., & Rigney, J. W. Grape crown-gall investigations.
New IMexico Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 85: 3-28. /. i-j. Ja 1913.
Gregory, C. T. A rot of grapes caused by Cryptosporella viticola.
Phytopathology 3: 20-23. /. i, 2. E 1913.
Giissow, H. T. Report of the Dominion botanist. Rep. Exp.
Farms (Canada) 1912; 191-215. pi. 6, 7, /. 1-4. 1912.
Giissow, H. T. Powdery scab of potatoes. Spongospora suhter-
ranea (Wallr.) Johns. Phytopathology 3: 18, 19. pi. 4-\-f. i-
F 1913.
Hastings, E. G., Evans, A. C., & Hart, E. B, The bacteriology of
cheddar cheese. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite. Abt. 36 ; 443-468.
/. I, 2. IS F 1913.
Hedgcock, G. G. Notes on some western Uredineae which attack
forest trees. II. Phytopathology 3: IS~^ 7 -
182
Index to American Mycological Literature
183
Humphrey, C. J. Winter injury to the white elm. Phytopathol-
ogy 3 : 62, 63. F 1913.
Jackson, H. S. Apple tree anthracnose. Biennial Crop, Pest
and Horticultural Rep. Oregon Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911-1912 : 178-
197. /. 7-p. 10 Ja 1913.
Caused by a fungus Neofabraea malicorticis (Cordley) Jackson, proposed
as the type of a new genus.
Melhus, I. E. Septoria pisi in relation to pea blight. Phyto-
pathology 3 : 51-58. pi. 6. F 1913.
Murrill, W. A. The Amanitas of eastern North America. Myco-
logia 5 : pi. 8^, 86. 72-86. 10 Mr 1913.
Peck, C. H. New species of fungi. Mycologia 5; 67-71. 10
Mr 1913.
Includes Amanita peckiana Kauffm., Collybia subdecumbens, C. truncata,
Entoloma mirabile, Inocybe minima, Leptonia gracilipes, L. validipes, and
Puccinia striatospora.
Schaffner, J. H. The classification of plants, VIII. Ohio Nat.
13 : 70-78. 20 F 1913.
Includes a classification of the fungi.
Shear, C. L. Enodothia radicalis (Schw.). Phytopathology 3;
61. F 1913.
Smith, C. 0 . Some successful inoculations with the peach grown
gall organism and certain observations upon retarded gall for-
mation. Phytopathology 3 : 59, 60. F 1913.
Spaulding, P. Notes on Cronartium comptoniae. Phytopathol-
ogy 3 : 62. F 1913.
Speare, A. T. Fungi parasitic upon insects injurious to sugar
cane. Rep. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bull.
12: 5-62. pi. 1-6, f. I, 2. D 1912.
Includes Entomophthora pseudococci and Aspergillus parasiticus spp. nov.
Speare, A. T., & Colley, R. H. The artificial use of the brown-
tail fungus in Massachusetts, with practical suggestions for
private experiment, and a brief note on a fungous disease of
the gypsy caterpillar. 5-31. pl. 1-8 -\-f. i, 2. Boston. 1912.
184
Mycologia
Sumstine, D. R. Studies in North Hyphomycetes — II.
Mycologia 5: 45-61. pi. 82-84. 10 Mr 1913.
Includes Oosporoidea and Toruloidea gen. nov., and Oidium Murrilliae,
Toruloidea effusa, T. Unangstii, and Acrosporium Gossypii spp. nov.
Webster, H. S. Grape culture in Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania
Dept. Agr. Bull. 217: 7-66. /. 1-51. 1912.
Includes notes on the fungus diseases of grapes.
Wollenweber, H. W. Pilzparasitare Welkekrankheiten der Kul-
turpflanzen. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 31 : 17-34. 27 F 1913.
Wollenweber, H. W. Studies on the fusarium problem. Phyto-
pathology 3: 24-50. pi. 5 + f- I- F 1913-
Includes descriptions of Fusarium reddens, F. conglutinans, and F. sclero-
tium, spp. nov.
JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS
Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume
Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued,
per part 25
Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50
Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each lo
New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 ; original descrip-
tions with full citation 75
First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50
Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 75
Mycological Glossary 25
North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae,
by A. P. Morgan, each 5c
Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25
Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders
and Families) 51
Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN,
175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK
BOTANICAL GARDEN
Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers
No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White.
Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo,
by Guy West Wilson.
No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytopbthoreae and
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson.
No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 1 10. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 114. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 115. Some North Dakota Hypocrealet, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by
G. W. Wilson.
No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocrealcs — II. Ncctria Peziza, by
F. J. Seaver.
No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price S° cents).
Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN,
Bronx Park, New York City
PUBLIC A.TIOIVS
OF
The New York Botanical Garden
Journal of the New 7ork Botanical Qarden, monthly, illustrated, con-
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem-
bers of the Garden. To others, ro cents a copy ; ;^i.oo a year. [Not offered in ex-
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume.
Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi,
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in-
terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. (3.00 a year;
single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its fifth volume.
Bulletin of the New Tork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports
of the Director- in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the
Garden ; to others, Jlj.oo per volume. Now in its eighth volume.
North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America>
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com-
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts.
Subscription price, |>i.50 per part; a limited number of separate ftarts will be sold
for I2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae.
Vol. 7, parti, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae
(pars).
Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars).
( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. )
Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars).
Vol. 17, part I, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars).
Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae
(pars).
Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae.
Memoirs of the New 'Fork Botanical Garden. Price to members of the
Garden, 5i-00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -i-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900.
Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development,
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -(- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903.
Vol. Ill Stupes of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New
York, by Anhur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii-j-138 pp., with 29
plates. 19C9.
Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager,
viii -f- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908.
Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech-
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. ;(5.oo per volume. In its seventh volume.
RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH
152. The genus Struthiopteris and its Representatives in North America, by Jean
Broadhurst.
153. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVII, by P. A. Rydberg.
154. Biochemical Studies of Soils Subjected to Dry Heat, by F. J. Seaver and
E. D. Clark.
I 5 S- Polycodiu 7 n, by C. B. Robinson.
156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg.
NEW York Botanioal qarocn
BwoNX PARK, New York Oir>
MYCOLOGIA
IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY
Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Elli8,and B. M. Everhart in 1885
EDITOR
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL
Vol. V— JULY, 1913— No. 4
JOSEPH C. ARTHUR
HOWARD J. BARKER
OUCOHO BRE8AD0LA
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS
JOHN DEARNESS
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
FRANKLIN S. EARLE
BRUCE PINK
ROBERT A. HARPER
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE
PAUL MAGNUS
GEORGE MASSES
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD
LARS ROMELL
FRED J. SSAVER
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Br THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER. PA.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Some Tropical Cup-Fungi - - Fred J. Seaver 185
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — V. The Genus Hyd-
nellum _ . - _ Howard J. Banker 194
The Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast — IV. New Species
of Clitocybe and Melanoleuca. William A. Murrill 206
Toxicological Studies on the Mushrooms Clitocybe illu-
dens and Inocybe infida.
Ernest D, Clark and Clayton S. Smith 224
Furthur Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts. W. P. Fraser 233
Uredinales on Carex in North America. J. C. Arthur 240
Notes on New Species of Fungi from Various Localities
Charles E. Fairman 245
News and Notes 249
Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 251
The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof :
Without Cover —
4 PP-
8 pp.
12 pp.
16 pp.
20 pp.
24 PP-
28 pp.
32 pp.
25-50 Copies —
|J .37
I1.87
$2.12
I2.50
# 3 - SO
84-05
I4.82
IS.20
100 “
i-SS
2.15
2.65
3 - IS
4.05
5.00
6.10
6.50
200 “
2.00
3-05
4.00
4-30
5.60
6.90
8.30
8.90
Covers — First 50 — |i.oo. Additional, ic each.
Plates — 40c per 100,
Mycologia
Plate LXXXVIII
COOKEINA SULCIPES (Berk.) O. Kuntze
CooKEiNA Tricholoma (Moiit.) O. Kuntze
MYCOLOGIA
VoL. V July, 1913 No. 4
SOME TROPICAL CUP-FUNGI
Fhed J. Shaver
(With Plates 88-90)
LI«R/.k’Y
NEW YUKX
botanic^'
UAf>' ■
The genus Cookeina was established by O. Kuntze to take the
place of Trichoscypha of Saccardo, the latter name being unten-
able. A month later the genus Pilocratera was proposed by
P. Hennings for the same reason, apparently without knowledge
of Kuntze’s work. The name Pilocratera was adopted by Lindau
in Engler & Prantl’s Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, but incorrectly
so since the name proposed by Kuntze had priority. The genus
is most closely allied to Sarcoscypha of Saccardo, but the species
which are essentially tropical are probably distinct enough to be
retained in a separate genus.
As the name implies, the plants are usually hairy and the hairs
w'hen present are composed of a fascicle of mycelial threads the
whole tapering into a bristle-like apex. In one species, C. Colen-
soi, which is here included with the genus, the hairs are absent
and the outside of the cup is clothed with granules consisting of
loosely arranged cells. While well-developed hairs are wanting
in this species other characters indicate a close relationship with
the other members of the genus to which it undoubtedly belongs.
Another character of the genus which deserves especial men-
tion is the peculiar markings of the spores. Three of the four
species examined have striate spores. In one species, C. insititia,
no striations were observed. However, as only one collection of
this species has been seen it is possible that a further study of
the species will reveal this character. The striations are not in
[Mycologia for May, 1913 (5: 93-184), was issued May 6, 1913.]
185
186
Mycologia
the nature of thickenings or cracks such as those found in some
of the Ascobolaceae but are light and dark bands extending from
one end of the spore to the other but not roughening its surface,
at least so far as can be determined. The width of the bands
varies in different species. This character seems to be more com-
mon in tropical ascomycetes than in temperate and northern spe-
cies, having also been observed by the writer in several of the tropi-
cal Hypocreales. It has also been mentioned by Doctor Thaxter
in the genus IVynnea which genus is tropical although one species
runs up into the northern United States. There may be no
significance in this coincidence but it is sufficiently striking to de-
serve mention. All of the species examined in the present genus
have either fasciculate hairs or striate spores or both ; all are
bright colored, more or less stipitate, of a tough consistence, grow
on wood and have a similar distribution.
The genus Phillipsia which is treated in this paper shows a
very close relationship with Cookeina. One species of the genus
has been frequently collected in the West Indies and until re-
cently has been filed away in our collections as an unnamed spe-
cies of Sarcoscypha. In fact the plants very closely resemble our
Sarcoscypha coccinea. The color of the hymenium is darker be-
ing reddish-purple instead of scarlet and the spores are unequal-
sided and marked with the striations referred to in connection
with Cookeina. The great variability in the stem and other gross
characters has doubtless led to the multiplication of synonyms in
this species. The genus Phillipsia was based on specimens in
which the stem was almost wanting and had the nature of the
plant been fully appreciated it is possible that the species might
have been included with the preceding genus. Berkeley in de-
scribing Peziza domingensis, tyi>e of the genus Phillipsia, says, —
“ Though not oblique, it seems to be nearest to such species as
P. onotica, or perhaps the two pedunculate species which follow
[Peziza Hystrix and Peziza Hindsii].” This is the only refer-
ence seen which bears upon the relationship of Phillipsia and
Cookeina. The striation of the spores is a character common to
both genera but one which has apparently been overlooked, for it
is not usually mentioned in the descriptions of any of the species
of either genus except Peziza striispora Ellis & Everhart, which
is here included as a synonym of Cookeina Tricholoma.
Seaver: Some Tropical Cup-Fungi
187
These studies are based on material in the herbarium of the
Garden including numerous specimens obtained by Garden collec-
tors in the West Indies and Mexico. The collections in several
cases are accompanied by colored sketches made in the field by
Mrs. Norman Taylor. These sketches show the colors to be a
much brighter red than is shown in the published illustrations of
the various species which must have been made from dried mate-
rial or by guess from the descriptions. The photographs are
made from dried material which in some cases is partially revived
by wetting. On account of the tough consistence of the plants of
these two genera they do not shrink a great deal in drying and the
photographs compare very favorably with the drawings made
from fresh material so far as the form of the cups is concerned.
While these photographs do not bring out the colors they show
many details which it is impossible to show even in a colored
sketch. Drawings are made with the aid of a camera lucida, all
spores being drawn to a common scale.
CooKEiN.v O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 849. 1891
Pesica § Trichoscypha Cooke, Mycogr. 252. 1879.
Trichoscypha Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8; 160. 1889. Not Trichoscy-
pha Hooker. 1862.
Pilocratera P. Henn. in Engler, Bot. Jahr. 14; 363. 1891.
Plants stipitate or substipitate, bright-colored, some shade of
red or yellow, hairy or pruinose ; hairs when present fasciculate '
substance tough, not shrinking much in drying; asci 8-spored ;
spores hyaline or subhyaline, ellipsoid to fusoid, usually striate,
striations consisting of light and dark bands extending lengthwise
of the spore ; paraphyses present, filiform.
Type species, Peziza Tricholoma Mont.
Cups clothed with well-developed hairs.
Hairs long and conspicuous, covering the outside of the cup. C. Tricholoma.
Hairs short and inconspicuous, mostly near the margin
Key to the Species
of the cup.
Cups large, shallow; spores 27-33 X 14-18 ytt.
Cups small, deep; spores 40-50 X 10-12 jx.
C. sulcipes.
C. insititia.
C. Colensoi.
Cups pruinose but with no well-developed hairs.
188
Mycologia
CooKEiNA Tricholoma (Moiit.) O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2:
849. 1891
Tricholoma Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 2; 77. 1834.
Peziza Hystrix Berk. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 9: 201. 1852.
Trichoscypha Tricholoma Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 160. 1889.
Pilocratera Tricholoma P. Henn. in Engler, Bot. Jahr. 14: 364.
1892.
Pcziza striispora Ellis & Ev. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ.
Iowa 4: 69. 1896.
Sarcoscypha striispora Sacc. Syll. Eung. 14: 754. 1899.
Plants stipitate, cup-shaped, with the margin slightly incurved,
1-1.5 cm. in diameter and about i cm. deep; stem often so short
that the plants appear to be sessile or 2-3 cm. long and about 2
mm. thick, exterior of the cup as well as the stem entirely clothed
with long hairs which are more numerous around the margin
forming an incurved border, entire plant deep-red or nearly scar-
let and a little paler outside, fading in dried plants to pale-orange ;
hairs often 2-3 mm. long and ioo-175/x in diameter at the base,
gradually tapering toward the apex, whitish or pale-brown and
composed of a dense fascicle of mycelial threads ; asci cylindric,
about 350-375 X 20 fjL, abruptly extended below into a short ap-
pendage-like base; spores ellipsoid to fusoid, about 27-33 X 12-
14 /A, hyaline or subhyaline with one or two large oil-drops and
granular within, usually marked with delicate, longitudinal stria-
tions; paraphyses filiform, slender, slightly enlarged upwards.
On old wood and bark.
Type locality, Central America.
Distribution : West Indies, Mexico, Central America, and
Philippine Islands. Also reported from Australia and South
America.
Illustrations: Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 2: pi. 4, f. 2; Cooke,
Mycogr. pi. 57, /. 202; Engler-Prantl, Nat. Pfl. iL 195, /. 755,
C-E.
Massee^ states, — “The two species enumerated above \Peziza
sulci pcs and Pcziza Hiudsii] are synonyms of each other, and in
turn both are synonymous with Pcziza tricholoma IMont.” There
seems to be no doubt as to the identity of Pcziza snlcipes and
Pcziza Hindsii but from our own studies based on material col-
’Jour. Linn. Soc. 31: 507.
Seaver: Some Tropical Cup-Fungi
189
lected in the West Indies, Pczi::a T richoloma Mont, appears to be
distinct. The difference is shown in the accompanying photograph
(plate 88).
One new synonym is here added to the list, Pesiza striispora
Ellis & Everhart. This species was described from material col-
lected at Castillo, Nicaragua. The type could not be found in
the Ellis Collection but the description, locality, etc, leave little
chance for doubt as to its identity.
CooKEiNA SULCIPES (Berk.) O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 849.
1891
Peziza sulcipes Berk, in Hooker’s London Jour. Bot. II. i: 141.
1842.
Peziza Hiudsii Berk, in Hooker’s London Jour. Bot. II. i : 456.
1842.
fPcziza Afzelii Fries, Nov. Acta Reg. Soc. Scient. Upsal. HI.
i: 121. 1855.
Trichoscypita Hindsii Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 161. 1889.
Trichoscypha sulcipes Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 161. 1889.
fTrichoscypha Afzelii Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 161. 1889.
Cookeina Hindsii O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 849. 1891.
fCookeina Afzelii O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 849. 1891.
fPilocratera Engleriana P. Henn. in Engler, Bot. Jahr. 14; 363.
1892.
Pilocratera Hindsii Lindau, in Engler-Prantl, Nat. Pfl. i : 195.
1897.
Geopyxis elata IMassee, Bull. Royal Gardens, Kew 1898; 123.
1898.
Plants stipitate, cup-shaped, 1-2 cm. in diameter and about i
cm. deep or sometimes more shallow, exterior of the cup often
marked with several concentric rings near the margin and fringed
with very short hairs which are more numerous at or near the
margin of the cup, hymenium deep-orange to nearly scarlet, ex-
ternally paler, fading to pale-yellow in dried specimens ; stem
often so short that the cups appear to be sessile but occasionally
as long as 3 cm. and about 2 mm. thick ; hairs comparatively short,
subconical in form, about 400-500 /a long and 75-100 /x broad at
the base gradually tapering toward the apex, composed of a dense
190
]\IyCOLOGIA
fascicle of mycelial threads, pale yellow ; asci cylindric, about 300-
350 X 20/4 with a short appendage-like stem; spores ellipsoid
with the ends slightly narrowed, hyaline or subhyaline with one
or two large oil-drops and granular within, 27-33 X 14-18 (i, lon-
gitudinally marked with delicate striations ; paraphyses filiform,
slightly enlarged above.
On old wood and bark.
Type locality, Surinam, South America.
Distribution : West Indies, IMexico to South America. Also
reported from Australia.
Illustrations: Hooker's London Jour. Bot. II. i: pi. /j (in
part) ; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 5/, /. igg, 200; Cooke, Australian
Fungi, /. Engler-Prantl, Nat.. Pfl. iH 195, /. 155, F, G;
Engler, Bot. Jahr. 14: pi. 6 , f. 9.
One new synonym is added to the list above. Geopyxis data
Massee. I have examined the type of this species and find it
identical in every respect with Pcziza snlcipes Berk. While the
type of Pilocratera Englerkma P. Henn. has not been seen, the
description fits this species very closely and it is probably the
same. In describing this species Hennings emphasizes the pres-
ence of the stripes about the outer margin of the cups which is
characteristic of C. sulcipcs.
CooKEiNA iNSiTiTi.v (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI.
2 : 849. 1891
Pcziza insititia Berk. & Curt.; Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 14:
103. 1875.
Trichoscypha insititia Sacc. Syll. Eung. 8: 161. 1889.
Plants deep cup-shaped, stijiitate, cup about 5-7 mm. in diam-
eter and of about the same depth, yellow when dry (probably
much brighter when fresh), clothed about the margin with rather
numerous fasciculate hairs ; hairs very broad at the base, often
nearly 400-500 /t and 1-2 mm. in length ; stem slender, 1-2 mm.
in diameter and of variable length but often attaining i cm.;
asci cylindric, very long, often 500X15-18/1; spores i-seriate
or with the ends overlapping, fusiform, filled with oil-drops and
granules, curved or unequal-sided, 40-50 X 10-12 /x, subhyaline;
paraphyses filiform, slightly enlarged above.
On wood.
Mycologia
Plate LXXXIX
COOKEINA COLENSOI (Berk.) Seaver
COOKEINA INSITITIA (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze
Phillipsia domingensis Berk.
Seaver: Some Tropical Cup-Fungi
191
Type locality: Peradeniya, Ceylon.
Distribution : Philippine Islands, Ceylon, and Bonin Islands,
Illustrations: Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 57, /. 201; Jour. Linn. Soc.
31 : pi. 16, f. 26.
This species has not been found in the West Indies so far as
known but it is not unlikely that it will be found to occur there.
It is closely related to the other members of the genus but can be
distinguished by the form of the cups and by differences in the
spores.
Cookeina Colensoi tBerk.)
Pezisa Colensoi Berk, in Hooker’s FI. New Zealand 2 : 200. 1855.
Peziza aluticolor Berk. Proc. Linn. Soc. 13: 176. 1873.
Sarcoscypba Colensoi Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 157. 1889.
Geopyxis aluticolor Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 64. 1889.
Plants stipitate or substipitate, shallow cup-shaped, 1-1.5 cm.
in diameter and about 5 mm. deep, dried plants pale-yellow
(probably much brighter when fresh) marked with concentric
rings about the outer margin, externally covered with loose cells
which sometimes approach rudimentary hairs but with no well-
developed hairs, wrinkled when dry especially near the base
of the cup ; stem very short or almost wanting, sometimes not
more than i mm. in length, never long as in related species ; asci
cylindric, about 400-475 X 20 /x, gradually tapering below;
spores I -seriate or with the ends slightly overlapping, fusoid with
the ends quite strongly narrowed, with one or two large oil-drops
and granular within, striations consisting of several broad, longi-
tudinal bands extending the length of the spore, 30-40X12-
I5i(x; paraphyses filiform, scarcely enlarged above.
On wood and bark.
Type locality: New Zealand.
Distribution : West Indies, New Zealand, Australia, and
Africa.
Illustrations: Hooker’s FI. New Zealand 2: pi. 105, f. 5;
Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 50, /. ig8.
The plants of this species examined are almost sessile although
the species is often described and illustrated with a stem several
mm. long. The stem is probably variable as in other species of
the genus although it has never been found to attain the length
characteristic of other species of the genus. With the exception
192
Mycologia
of the shorter stem, and absence of hairs the cups of this species
might easily be mistaken for a subsessile form of Cookeina sul-
cipes. The spores however are quite different. Geo pyxis Mdld-
eriana P. Henn.- does not seem to differ materially from this
species so far as can be judged from the published description.
Phillipsia Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. i8: 388. 1881
Plants attached to the substratum by a very broad base which
is often extended into a rather long, thick stem, hymenium bright-
colored ; substance tough, not shrinking much in drying ; asci 8-
spored ; spores usually striate, subhyaline ; paraphyses present,
very slender.
Type species, Pcziza domingensis Berk.
Phillipsi.\ domingensis Berk.
Peziza domingensis Berk. Ann. iMag. Nat. Hist. II. 9: 201. 1852.
Peziza crispata Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 367. 1869.
Helotium pnrpnratum Kalchbr. in de Thiimen, Myc. univ. 1614.
1880.
fPeziza Harmoge Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 14: 104. 1875.
Phillipsia kennesina Kalchbr. & Cooke, Grevillea 9; 25. 1880.
Phillipsia subpurpurea Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 14: 104.
1875-
Lachnea crispata Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 682. 1889.
Otidea domingensis Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 97. 1889.
Plants shallow cup-shaped, regular or occasionally unequal-
sided, attached by a broad base, sometimes nearly as broad as the
cup, base often extended into a thickened stem i cm. long, hy-
menium dark reddish-purple, externally much paler, nearly white
or with a pinkish tinge or fading to a dirty-yellow in dried plants,
more or less downy especially near the base ; substance tough and
corky in dried plants, hymenium becoming pitted as a result of
unequal shrinkage in drying, often giving it the appearance of a
resupinate polypore ; asci cylindric, about 300-360 X 1 5-20 ju,
gradually tapering below into a long stem-like base; spores i-se-
riate or with the ends slightly overlapping, ellipsoid, ends very
blunt or more rarely abruptly narrowed, unequal-sided, striated,
striations consisting of a few broad bands extending the length
■ Hedwigia 41: 30. 1902.
Mycologia
Plate XC
1,2. CooKEiNA Tricholoma (Moiit.) O. Kuntze; 3-5. Cookeina sulcipes (Berk.)
O. Kuntze; 6. Cookeina insititia (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze; 7. Phillipsia domin-
GENSis Berk.; 8. Cookeina Colensoi (Berk.) Seaver
Seaver: Some Tropical Cup-Fungi
193
of the spore, with one or two large oil-drops and often several
smaller ones, subhyaline; paraphyses filiform, slightly enlarged
at their apices.
On old wood and bark.
Type locality : Santo Domingo.
Distribution : West Indies, Australia, and Africa.
Illustr.\tions : Cooke, Australian Fungi, pi. ipi, f. 151; Gre-
villea 9: pi. Ij 6 , f. 21 ; Jour. Linn. Soc. 31 : pi. 16, f. 7, 8 and p.
The above are some of the synonyms of this species, which
have probably resulted from the great variability of the plants.
It is not unlikely that further study of tropical discomycetes will
add still other synonyms to the list.
Explanation of Plates
Plate LXXXVIII
Cookeina sulcipes (Berk.) O. Kuntze (upper figure).
Cookeina Tricholoma (Mont.) O. Kuntze (lower figure).
Plate LXXXIX
Cookeina Colensoi (Berk.) Seaver (upper figure).
Cookeina insititia (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze (middle figure).
Phillipsia domiggensis Berk, (lower figure).
Plate XC
1. Cookeina Tricholoma ; ascus, spores and paraphyses.
2. Cookeina Tricholoma ; hair from outside of cup.
3. Cookeina sulcipes; ascus, spores and paraphyses.
4 and 5. Cookeina sulcipes; hairs from outside of cup.
6. Cookeina insititia; ascus and spores.
7. Phillipsia domingensis ; ascus and spores.
8. Cookeina Colensoi; ascus and spores.
New York Botanical Garden.
TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE^—
V. THE GENUS HYDNELLUM.
Howard J. Banker
Hydnellum Diabolus sp. nov.
Hydnum carbimcuhis (Seer.) Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12;
151. 1906; not Hydnum carbunculus Seer., ]\Iye. Suis. 2:
515- 1833.
Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, more or less
eonfluent, low, nearly sessile, broad ; pileus eonvex to plane, rarely
slightly depressed in eenter, more or less uneven, somewhat round
to irregular, 4-10 em. wide and by eonfluenee often 20 eni. wide;
surfaee wooly pubeseent, often more or less floeeose squamulose,
azonate, whitish at first turning slightly brownish with irregular
blotches of dark-brown to nearly black where bruised, these latter
spots more or less glabrous, shining, probably from the dried
juice; substance fibrous, tough, spongy, grayish-brown in the
upper part of the pileus, compact, hard, somewhat woody, more
or less distinctly zonate in the lower part, exuding a thick red
juice in the fresh plant; margin somewhat thick, obtuse, sub-
fertile to sterile ; stem stout, very short, deformed, becoming bul-
bous in tbe substratum, and sometimes subradicating, 1-3 cm.
wide, I mm. to i cm. long above ground ; teeth slender, terete,
tapering, acute, decurrent, pinkish white, less than 5 mm. long
shortening to the margin, about 3-5 to a sq. mm. ; spores ovoid,
tuberculate, brownish, 4-5.5 /x wide; hyphae of pileus hyaline,
smooth, thin-walled, collapsing when dried, recovering quickly in
KOH, forming a somewhat intricate tangle but with a decided
tendency to run longitudinally, separable in KOH, septate with
simple clamp-connections, segments extremely long, slender, uni-
form, 3-4 /X wide, branching diffuse; odor of hickory nuts, strong;
taste intensely acrid.
On the ground under conifers in autumn.
The type specimen of this species was collected at Mt. Desert,
* Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herr-
inan Research Fund of the New York Academy of Science.
194
Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae
• 195
Maine, by Miss V. S. White, No. 148, and deposited in the
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. The species is
found distributed more or less sparingly from IVIaine to Alabama.
The following specimens appear to belong here: Maine, White;
New Jersey, Ellis; Maryland, Shear; Alabama, Earle. The spe-
cies is also represented by many of the specimens in the following
exsiccati under the name Hydniim ferrugineiim Fries: Ellis, N.
Am. Fung. 928; and Shear, Ell. and Everh. Fung. Columb. Cont.
1409 -
In our previous papef, loc. cit., we identified our American
plants with Secretan’s species solely on the basis of his descrip-
tion. The type of H. carbunculus Seer, has not been located
and probably is not in existence. No specimens were found in
European herbaria referred to his species, and it seems probable
that the name is not there recognized as anything more than a
synonym of H. ferrugineiim Fries Secretan himself evidently re-
garded his species as the same as H. ferrugineiim Fries and pro-
posed the name on the ground that Fries’s name was preoccupied
by H. ferrugineiim Pers. His description, however, does not
accord well with authentic specimens of the Friesian species, but
does apply well to our American plants.
On the other hand, our plants appear to be entirely distinct
from any European forms, as but one doubtful specimen was
found in Europe that seemed to show any affinity'with the Amer-
ican species. That was a specimen at Upsala received from
Karsten and referred to H. ferrugineiim Fries but was evidently
cjuite different from authentic specimens of that species in the
same herbarium. It was not, however, any nearer to our Amer-
ican forms. A specimen from Bresadola in the New York
Botanical Garden Herbarium and referred by him to H. ferriigin-
eiim Fries also somewhat approaches in appearance the xA.merican
plants but is clearly not the same.
Although Secretan’s description is admirably adapted to our
American forms, it seems l>est to treat the American segregation
as a distinct species for which we now propose a specific name.’
Our grounds for this decision are: first, the fact that both by
himself as well as by other European mycologists Secretan’s spe-
cies was regarded as equivalent to H. ferrugineiim Fries; second.
196 •
Mycologia
this fact combined with the lack of any specific type is sure to
involve any forms referred to Secretan’s species in confusion
with the Friesian species; third, the Friesian species itself, as we
believe, is of doubtful standing and further confusion is likely to
be involved with its synonyms ; finally, the American form does
not appear to be represented in Europe and there is, therefore,
reason for serious doubt if Secretan really described the Ameri-
can species.
Hydnellum velutinum (Fries) Kajst. Medd. Soc. Faun, et
Flora Fenn. 5: — (27). 1879
Hydnnm velntinum Fries, Sys. Myc. i; 404. 1821.
Hydnum spongiosipcs Peck, Ann. Kept. N. Y. State ]\Ius. 50:
III. 1897.
No specimen whatever referred to Hydnumz'elntinum Fries was
found at Upsala. There is probably, therefore, no type specimen
of this species. At Berlin no specimens were found under this
name except a couple of American plants sent by Atkinson. At
Paris, besides a specimen from Massachusetts collected by Sprague,
there was only one other specimen which had been collected in
“ Nantes.” At Kew, England, a considerable number of speci-
mens were found under this name, many of which were iden-
tical with the American H. spongiosipcs Pk. as were also the
specimens at Berlin and Paris. The latter species is, therefore,
evidently a European species though apparently rare on the con-
tinent and is known to the European mycologists as Hydnum
velutinum Eries with the description of which it fully accords.
Hydnellum scrobicul.vtum (Fries) Karsten, Medd. Soc.
Faun, et FI. Fenn. 5: — (27). 1879
Hydnum scrobiculatum Fries, Obs. Myc. i; 143. 1815.
Hydnum ferrugitteum Fries, Obs. Myc. i; 133. 1815; not H.
ferrugineum Pers. Tent. disp. Meth. Fung. 30. 1797 .
Idydncllum sanguinarium Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12; 152.
1906.
No type specimen of Hydnum scrobiculatum Fries was to be
found in the herbarium of Fries at Upsala. Plants referred to this
Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae
197
species at Upsala as well as in most other European herbaria are
quite variable and show the usual confusion with the closely re-
lated species. In general, however, the interpretation of the
species by European mycologists appears to be identical with that
set forth by the writer in a former paper. -
Hydnnm fcrrnginemn Fries as represented at U^psala by speci-
mens of as early a date as 1849 1866 does not appear to differ
essentially from many of the specimens also there referred to H.
scrobicnlatnm. These forms, however, we would refer to H.
hybridiim Bull. Fries himself in the Systema Mycologicum i:
403 cites H. hybridum Bull, as a synonym, but later in the Epi-
crisis Systematis Mycologici he identified Bulliard's species with
his own H. velntiniim with the emphatic remark “ Omnino hoc.”
A study of Fries’s descriptions of H. ferruginenm conveys the
impression of changing conceptions. In the Observationes Aly-
cologici 1 : 133 where the original description is found the species
does not appear to differ greatly from our conception of H.
velutinum. In the Systema Mycologicum /. c. the description
is far more applicable to the forms which we have regarded as
H . scrobicnlatnm. His figure in the leones Selectae Hymenomy-
cetes pi. 5. /. I, is an excellent representation of what we regard
as H. scrobicnlatnm. As to the red juice of which much has
been made in later years we do not believe it to be a constant
character a& we have seen plants that appeared to differ in no
other way with clear watery juice, with juice of a pinkish tinge,
and with juice that the collector stated was “ blood red.”
On the basis of the specimens at Upsala, the determination of
which from their early date may be regarded as approved by Fries,
one would perhaps be justified in treating H. ferrngincnm Fries
as a synonym of H. hybridnm Bull, but the plants do not accord
well with the descriptions and figures. It is perhaps fortunate
that H. ferrngincnm Fries is untenable and that the name must
be treated as a synonym, but it is difficult to decide whether it is
better regarded as a synonym of H. scrobicnlatnm Fries or of
H. hybridnm Bull. On the whole, we incline to the view that it
pertains to the former.
•Mem. Torrey Club 12; 156. 1906.
198
Mycologia
Hydnelliim sangninariiwi Banker was proposed as a substitute
for the untenable Hydnum fcrrugineum Fries at a time when we
regarded the red juice as having much weight in the separation
of species. As treated by us in the work cited it dififers in no
other essential particulars from our treatment of H. scrobic-
iilatiun Fries.
Hydnellum hybridum (Bull.)
Hydnum hybridum Bull. Hist. Champ. Fr. 307. 1791.
Hydnum Qucletii Fries, Quel. Champ. Jura Vosg. 277. 1872.
There is no type of H. hybridum Bull, in existence and our
forms are referred here solely on the basis of Bulliard’s descrip-
tion and figures. The radiating rugae appear to be the most
characteristic feature of the segregation. This character, how-
ever, is sometimes obscure and it is then difficult to distinguish the
plants from H. scrobiculatum.
The type of H. Queletii is preserved in the herbarium at Upsala
and is a typical specimen of the segregation which we refer to
H. hybridum Bull., having the radiate rugae especially well de-
veloped. The plants of this segregation have been quite com-
monly referred to H. scrobiculatum by the most eminent mycolo-
gists, often to H. zonatum Batsch, and even apparently by Fries
himself to H. fcrrugineum Fries.
Hydnellum Vespertilio (Berk.)
Hydnum Vespertilio Berkeley, Hooker's Jour. Bot. and Kew
Card. Miscel. 6: 167. 1854.
In the original description of this species Berkeley emphasized
the fact that it was black and suggested a possible relationship to
Hydnum nigrum Fries. This was misleading and, as the descrip-
tion was based on specimens from India and suggested no Amer-
ican forms, little attention was paid to it. In searching through
the Berkeley Herbarium at Kew, however, specimens were found
marked according to notes taken at the time “ Hydnum vesper-
tilio, Berk. Nunklow July 10, i860.” These specimens were at
once recognized as similar to certain undetermined American
forms belonging in the genus Hydnellum. They are undoubtedly
the type of Berkeley’s species as that author cites for his type
Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae
199
specimens “ Nunklow. July lo, 1850.” At the time of taking
my notes I doubtless mistook the 5 in the year date for a 6 and
just then I had no reference to Berkeley’s original description for
comparison.
The specimens at Kew although very dark are not black and
are clearly typical examples of the genus Hydnellum, being very
near H. hybridtim and H. zonatum. The American forms that
belong here have been, doubtless, generally referred to H. zonatum.
Berkeley’s description fits our plants in every respect except for
his unqualified statement that the species is black. Fresh living
plants have the usual cinnamon-brown color of the related species,
sometimes uniform, occasionally with the pink border character-
istic of H. zonatum. One of the most distinctive features is the
rows of scabrous, yellow dots that mark the zonations of the
pileus. Old specimens are very dark and the writer has in his
herbarium a collection gathered at Bolton, N. Y., that contains
one or two old and apparently weathered specimens that are
actually black. Nothing so dark was observed in the material at
Kew, and we believe that the character pertains only to old dead
specimens.
Hydnellum zonatum (Batsch) Karst. Medd. Soc.
Faun, et FI. Fenn. 5 : — (27). 1879
Hydmim zonatum Batsch, Flench. Fung. iii. 1783.
Hydnum concrescens Pers. Obs. Myc. i : 74. 1796.
There is no type specimen of Hydnum zonatum Batsch and
our conception of the species is almost wholly dependent upon
Batsch’s description and figures.
In Persoon’s herbarium at Leyden there are a number of speci-
mens under the names Hydnum concrescens Pers. and Hydnum
cyathiforme Bull, which are there treated as synonymous.
None of these are probably to be regarded as type specimens
although most of them may be considered as having their deter-
mination approved by Persoon. The principal set of these ap-
pears to be identical with the forms which we have referred to
H. concrescens Pers.® Most of the other specimens are forms
which we would refer to H. hyhridum Bull. In the European
® Mem. Torrey Club 12: 157.
200
Mycologia
herbaria referred the forms generally to H. zonatum Batsch are
of these two types.
The American form which we have previously referred to this
species we are now convinced is not a European plant. Nothing
like it has been observed in any of the European collections. We,
therefore, return to the prevailing view of the European mycol-
ogists and regard H. zonatiini Batsch as synonymous with H.
concresccns Pers. It is highly probable that H. cyathiforme Bull,
should be regarded as of this segregation. At Paris, specimens
from Desmazieres are strictly of this type and are ascribed in
common to Hydninii cyathiforme Bull., H. concresccns Pers., and
H. zonatnm Batsch.
Hydnellum parvum sp. nov.
Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, often con-
fluent, small, cinnamon-brown with light margin ; pileus subconve.x
to plane, umbilicate, or subinfundibuliform, irregular, thin, less
than I mm. thick, 1.5-3 cm. wide; surface radiately fibrillose-
striate, subpubescent, distinctly zonate with shades of brown,
darker in the center, pink to nearly white toward the margin
when fresh, but turning more or less uniform brown when
dried ; margin thin, acute, repand, more or less lacerate ; substance
darker and more compact than surface layer, azonate, thin; stem
slender, subcylindrical, slightly bulbous at base with scarcely evi-
dent spongy tomentum, solid, pubescent, cinnamon-brown, 1-1.5
cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide ; teeth slender, terete, tapering, acute,
not decurrent, dark-brown, less than 1.25 mm. long, shortening
towards margin and stem ; spores subglobose, coarsely tubercu-
late, 3-4 /A wide, brown; hyphae colored brownish, transparent,
smooth, somewhat thin-walled, collapsing when dried, recover-
ing but partially in KOH, running distinctly longitudinally and
interweaving into a compact layer, separable with difficulty in
KOH, septate without clamp-connections, segments extremely
long, slender, uniform in width, 3-4 /u, wide, branches few, arising
at a point about once or twice the width of the hypha below a
septum and septate at about three or four times the width of the
hypha above its origin.
On ground in dry woods, usually under conifers, in late
autumn.
The type specimens were collected by Dr. L. M. Underwood in
Alabama and are in the Underwood herbarium at Columbia Uni-
versity.
Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae
20J
In a former work^ these plants were referred to Hydnellum
zonatiim (Batsch) Karst, under a mistaken conception of that
species which we have now corrected (see H. zonatum above).
After a thorough search through a number of the most important
European herbaria, we are convinced that the plants are not Eu-
ropean forms and should be recognized as a distinct species. The
plants do not appear to be common but have a wide distribution,
specimens having been seen from New York, Alabama, and
^Michigan.
Hydnellum suaveolens (Scop.) Karst. Medd. Soc.
Faun, et El. Fenn 5: 27. 1879
Hydniim suaveolens Scopoli, El. Carn. 2 : 472. 1772.
Hydnum compactum Pers. Comm. Schaeff. 57. 1800.
Hydnum boreale Banker; White, Bull. Torr. Club 29: 553. 1902.
There is no type specimen of Scopoli’s species, but specimens
in Europe referred here are generally of the same type as the
forms previously described by the writer® under this name.
Hydnum compactum Pers. is represented in the Persoon herba-
rium at Leyden by several specimens some of which are labelled
in Persoon’s own hand. They do not appear to differ in any
respect from the forms usually referred to H. suaveolens Scop.
The blue coloration oi H. suaveolens appears to be quite vari-
able in intensity and doubtless tends to fade with age. In old
herbarium specimens it is usually faint. The odor likewise seems
to vary in intensity and is probably sometimes nearly, if not
wholly, lacking. While in some specimens it can be detected for
years in most old herbarium specimens it has evidently disap-
peared. In the original description of H. boreale Banker, the
odor was stated as unpleasant on the authority of Miss White’s
field notes. The odor of these plants is generally described as
that of melilot. Such an odor if very strong would probably be
unpleasant to some people.
Hydnellum Rickerii sp. nov.
Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, scattered, or solitary,
medium to large sized, dingy-brown or olivaceous ; pileus depressed
* Mem. Torrey Club 12: 158. 1906.
® Mem. Torrey Club 12: 163. 1906.
202
Mycologia
to subinfundibuliform, repand, somewhat uneven or rugose,
round to slightly irregular, 12-20 cm. wide; surface glabrous,
pelliculose, subrugose, dark-dingy-olive-brown near center to
chestnut near margin, the coloring somewhat irregularly distrib-
uted; margin thin, incurved when dried; substance fibrous to sub-
fleshy, thin, 2-4 mm. thick when dried, ding}'-white or slightly
tawny with a gradually increasing steel-blue toward center and in
stem, homogeneous, azonate ; stem short, excentric, with bulbous
base ; teeth slender, terete, subcylindrical, acute, decurrent, gray-
ish-brown, 7 mm. or less long, shortening toward margin and
stem, crowded, 7-9 to a scp mm. ; spores globose to ovoid, tuber-
culate, pale-brown to hyaline, 3-4 wide ; hyphae of the pileus
hyaline to pale-yellowish, smooth, thin-walled, collapsing when
dried, recovering quickly in KOH, running longitudinally but in-
terweaving into a close tangle, separable in KOH with some diffi-
culty, rarely septate with simple clamp-connections, segments ex-
tremely long, slender, uniform, 5-6^ wide, scarcely any branch-
ing; odor very strong aromatic with a suggestion of melilot.
The type specimen was collected in Orono, Maine, by P. L.
Ricker, No. 173, and is in the writer’s herbarium. Part of the
same collection is in Mr. Ricker's possession and I believe a speci-
men is with Prof. Farlow at Harvard University.
While the species approaches H. siiaveolens in several partic-
ulars it differs conspicuously in the darker color of the pileus, the
character of the substance which is more nearly fleshy and does
not dry hard and woody as in suaveolcns, and the fragrant, spicy
odor. The odor of this plant is the most remarkable of that of any
fungus 1 have seen. It has something of a suggestion of melilot,
but the heavy sickening odor of the latter is relieved by a spicy,
aromatic quality which makes the fragrance of this plant especially
delightful. Two specimens of this plant filled a large laboratory
with their odor for many weeks and even after twelve years a
fragment of one of these plants still gives a distinct though faint
odor. The species is known only from the original collection.
Hydnellum inquinatum sp. nov.
Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious to confluent,
light or dark-brown with light border, medium to large sized ;
pileus obconic, plane to depressed or subinfundibuliform, some-
what round or elliptical, 5-10 cm. wide, 0.4-1 cm. thick; surface
Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae
‘203
somewhat uneven, sometimes wrinkled or irregularly corrugated,
central portion of disk brownish to dark-brown becoming blackish
with age, glabrous or subpubescent, sometimes pelliculose, with a
more or less distinct border of whitish or isabelline wooly pubes-
cence 1-2 cm. wide; margin obtuse, entire, substerile; substance
in two layers, an upper spongy layer thickest at center and thin-
ning out toward margin, and a lower hard, woody layer extending
into and forming the core of the stem, sometimes transversely
zonate, light-brown to pallid, hygrophanous, juice watery, color-
less ; stem central or excentric, short, with a spongy bulbous base,
surface more or less uneven, dark-brown to blackish, subpubes-
cent, 1-3 cm. long including the bulbous base, 0.7-1 cm. wide;
teeth stout, somewhat compressed, often forked, obtuse to acute,
shortening uniformily toward stem and margin, decurrent to the
bulbous base, dark-gray-brown at base, lighter toward tip, 5 mm.
or less long, o.i mm. wide, 6-8 to a sq. mm.; spores brown or
fuscous, ovoid, coarsely tuberculate, 4 X 5 /-<■ wide ; hyphae in the
compact portions hyaline, smooth, somewhat thin-walled, collaps-
ing when dried, recovering quickly in KOH, running longitudi-
nally and interwoven, somewhat easily separable in KOH, septate
with simple clamp-connections, segments extremely long, slender,
uniform, with many guttulae, 4-5 /x wide, branching diffuse, both
filaments septate a little above origin of branch, but only main
filament with clamp-connection; in spongy portions hyphae thin-
walled, collapsing and not recovering much in KOH, forming an
intricate tangle and not separating easily in KOH, septate with-
out clamp-connections and without guttulae, in other respects as
the former; odor pleasant somewhat farinaceous, not strong;
taste mild.
On ground under hemlocks, in late summer.
The type specimens were collected by the writer near Bolton,
N. Y., and are in his herbarium. Specimens of what appear to
be the same have been seen from New York, Undenvood, and
from New Hampshire, Wilson.
Hydnellum Peckii sp. nov.
Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious to subcon-
fluent, whitish to brownish gray, small to medium sized ; pileus
subobconic, plane to depressed, inclined, somewhat round to irreg-
ular, 2-5 cm. wide, 2-5 mm. thick; surface uneven, whitish pubes-
cent when young, becoming glabrous and brownish-gray ex-
tending from the center finally to the margin ; margin thin, acute.
204
]\Iycologia
substerile, curling, uneven ; substance tough, fibrous, compact,
somewhat woody when dry, sometimes with a little spongy layer
above at center, light-brown or isabelline; stem central, short,
tapering downward into a spongy bulbous base, uneven, pubes-
cent, dark-brownish, about 0.5 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, the bul-
lx)us base 1-1.5 cm. wide by 2-2.5 cm. long; teeth slender, terete,
tapering, acute, shortening uniformly toward stem and margin,
dark gray-brown at base, lighter at tip, 3 mm. or less long, 0.25-
0.35 mm. wide, 7-9 to a sq. mm. ; spores brown or fuscous, slightly
tuberculate or angular, subglobose to ovoid, 4-5 /a wide ; hyphae
hyaline, smooth, somewhat thin-walled, collapsing when dried,
recovering quickly in KOH, running longitudinally in compact
portion and forming an intricate tangle in spongy portion, easily
separable in KOH, slender, uniform, septate with simple clamp-
connections, segments extremely long, 3.5-4 /a wide, branching
diffuse, both filaments septate, with or without clamp-connections
a little above origin.
On ground in woods, in autumn.
The type specimens were collected at North Elba, N. Y., by
C. H. Peck, state botanist of New York, after whom the species
is named. The specimens are in the writer’s herbarium and a
portion oi the same collection is in the New York state herbarium
at Albany. The species is not known outside of the original col-
lection.
'Hydnellum geogenium (Fries)®
Hydnnm geogenium Fries, Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Ak. Forh. 1852: 127.
1852.
Hydnum sulphurenm Kalchbrenner."
The type specimen of the species is to be found at Upsala
marked in Fries’s handwriting “ Hydnum geogenium Fries. Up-
saliae.” With it are specimens collected by Lindblad at Upsala
in 1857, also specimens sent by P. A. Karsten from IMustiala in
1866. All of these agree in their characters and are identical
with specimens collected by C. PI. Peck in New York.® There
appears to be no doubt that the species belongs in the genus Hyd-
“ It seems probable that this combination has already been made by Karsten
but we have not been able to locate it.
’The name is cited by Fries, but we cannot find that the species has ever
been described.
“ Peck, Ann. Kept. N. Y. State Mus. 39 : 43.
Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae
205
nellnm although the color is quite unusual and even the spores
appear to be yellowish, but we have not seen a spore print. The
spores are distinctly tuberculate and the substance of the plant is
fibrous and tough.
No type specimen of H. sulphureum Kalch. has been seen, but
a specimen so labelled from Kalchbrenner, collected in Hungary,
was found at Upsala where it had been referred to H. geogenium
by Fries and appeared to be identical with the type of the latter
species in every respect.
De Pauw University,
Green CASTLE, Ind.
THE AGARICACEAE OF THE PACIFIC
COAST— IV. NEW SPECIES OF CLI-
TOCYBE AND MELANOLEUCA
William A. Murrill
Both of these genera are large and difficult, the former being
characterized by decurrent or adnate gills and the latter by sin-
uate or adnexed gills. Tricholoma (Fries) Quel, is antedated
by Tricholoma Benth., so Mclanoleuca Pat. must be substituted
for this familiar name; but combinations with Tricholoma are
made for those desiring to continue its use.
Clitocybe albicastanea sp. nov.
Pileus convex, gibbous, at length expanded, gregarious or
growing in incomplete fairy rings, 1.5-4 cm. broad; surface white,
smooth, glabrous, moist, margin entire, concolorous; context thick
at the center, very thin near the margin, white, without charac-
teristic taste or odor; lamellae narrow, distant, slightly arcuate,
decurrent, white, bay to dark-chestnut in dried specimens ; spores
ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 7-8.5 X 4-5-5 ; stipe cylindric, equal,
smooth, white, glabrous, solid, 3.5-5 cm. long, 3-7 mm. thick.
Type collected among leaves under oaks near Searsville Lake,
California, December 28, 1902, James McMurphy 61.
Clitocybe albiformis sp. nov.
Pileus thick, firm, convex, cespitose, 5-9 cm. broad; surface
nearly smooth, dry, glabrous, white, slightly cremeous at the
center, margin entire, concolorous, strongly inflexed on drying;
context thick, white, with the odor and taste of the ordinary
field mushroom ; lamellae distinctly decurrent, rather broad and
close, several times inserted, plane or arcuate ; spores globose,
smooth, hyaline, 2-3 /u,; stipe cylindric to ventricose, tapering
upward at times, white, solid, slightly fibrillose below, finely
tomentose above, 9-16 cm. long, 1-2.5 thick.
Type collected in humus under redwoods near Searsville Lake,
California, January 6, 1903, James McMurphy j. This species
206
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast
207
strongly suggests Tricholoma album, hence the specific name se-
lected for it.
Clitocybe atrialba sp. nov.
Pileus convex to slightly depressed and at length infundibuli-
form, regular in outline, solitary or gregarious, reaching 6 cm.
broad ; surface at first smooth, glabrous, dry, fuliginous-ater, be-
coming finely imbricate from the breaking up of the cuticle; mar-
gin entire, concolorous, strongly inflexed on drying; context thin,
white, tough, with mild flavor; lamellae decurrent, not crowded,
white, becoming grayish-discolored ; spores globose to subglo-
bose, smooth, hyaline, granular, 8.5-10 X 7-8 ; stipe equal or
slightly tapering upward, flattened or twisted at times, dry,
furfuraceous or finely scabrous, avellaneous, hollow, with rather
tough rind, 5-10 cm. long, 6-10 mm. thick.
Type collected on decayed buried wood in the woods near
Seattle, Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Mur-
rill Also collected in the same locality, W. A. Murrill 24P,
and on decayed buried wood at La Honda, near Palo Alto, Cali-
fornia, November 25, 1911, IV. A. Murrill & L. R. Abrams 126^.
This species is rather tough for Clitocybe, somewhat resembling
Collybia platyphylla. It is characterized by its dark-brown cap,
white gills, and concolorous, furfuraceous stipe. The spores are
also very characteristic in size and appearance.
Clitocybe avellaneialba sp. nov.
Pileus large, thin, slightly umbonate, becoming infundibuliform,
gregarious to cespitose, reaching 10 cm. or more broad ; surface
hygrophanous, avellaneous to dark-fuliginous, subzonate, innate-
radiate-fibrillose, hispid-fibrillose in the center, margin entire,
concolorous ; context thin, white, of mild flavor ; lamellae short-
decurrent, rather close and narrow, white ; spores globose, smooth
hyaline, 7-8 X 5 ; stipe tapering upward, whitish-mycelioid at the
base, avellaneous, finely fibrillose to glabrous, solid or hollow with
a tough rind, reaching 10 or more cm. long and i cm. thick.
Type collected in humus on the ground in woods near Seattle,
Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill 526.
Also collected in humus uwder a log in woods near Seattle, Wash-
ington, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 2 Qj; and
among leaves and sticks under redwoods near Searsville Lake,
California, January 6, 1903, James McMurphy 2. This species
208
Mycologia
resembles C. atrialba and, like that species, reminds one of Colly-
bia platyphylla. It is characterized by its innate-fibrillose, avel-
laneous cap and glabrous or finely fibrillose stem.
Clitocybe brunnescens sp. nov.
Pileus rather thin, slightly depressed, rarely infundibuliform,
reaching 4 cm. broad ; surface slightly viscid when moist, smooth,
glabrous, dull-avellaneous, margin entire, concolorous ; context
thin, whitish, with strongly farinaceous odor ; lamellae decurrent,
subcrowded, narrow, dull-avellaneous, becoming dark-fuliginous,
especially on the edges ; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 3-3.5 ja ;
stipe subequal, smooth, glabrous, concolorous above, whitish-to-
mentose below, stuffed or hollow, 3-4 cm. long, 4-7 mm. thick.
Type collected among sticks in woods near Seattle, Washing-
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Miirrill dpp. This
species is similar in form and color to C. cyathiformis, but differs
decidedly in its spore characters, as well as in other important
ways.
Clitocybe cuticolor sp. nov.
Pileus convex to subplane, thin, 3 cm. broad; surface smooth,
glabrous, hygrophanous, dull-rosy-isabelline with a fulvous tint,
margin entire, concolorous, incurved on drying; lamellae adnate,
close, nearly plane, narrow, dull-rosy-isabelline ; spores broadly
ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, about 4.5 X 3-5 stipe eccentric, taper-
ing upward from a bulbous base, fleshy, solid or stuffed, smooth,
glabrous, rosy-isabelline, 4 cm. long, 7 mm. thick.
Type collected on the ground in woods near Seattle, Washing-
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, JV. A. Murrill 552. This
species is colored throughout very much like the skin on the back
of a man’s hand. Its affinities are with Tricholoma, reminding
one of Tricholoma nudum, but the gills are distinctly adnate, not
at all sinuate.
Clitocybe griseifolia sp. nov.
Pileus large, fleshy, convex to expanded or slightly depressed,
usually solitary, reaching 9 cm. broad; surface slightly viscid
when moist, smooth, glabrous, grayish-white, avellaneous, tinted
with brownish-avellaneous at the center, margin thin, somewhat
lobed, slightly paler, strongly incurved on drying; context white,
fragrant; lamellae rather broad and close, short-decurrent or
iMuRRiLL: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast
209
rarely adnate, grayish to dirty-white ; spores ellipsoid, smooth,
hyaline, 5-6 X 3-3-5 M 5 stipe bulbous, tapering upward, smooth,
glabrous, stufifed, white, 6-9 cm. long, about i cm. thick, 2 cm. or
more thick at the base.
Type collected in humus in the woods near Seattle, Washing-
ton, October i, 1911, W. A. Murrill 2j6. Also collected in
humus in woods at Newport, Oregon, November 13, 1911, W. A.
Murrill 1088, and on the ground at Mill Valley, Marin County,
California, December 28, 1902, Alice Eastivood 24.
Clitocybe Harperi sp. nov.
Pileus convex to plane, subcespitose, reaching 8-10 cm. broad ;
surface dry, smooth, glabrous, cinereous to pale-murinous, mar-
gin entire, concolorous, inrolled ; context white, taste mild ; lamel-
lae short-decurrent, of medium distance, narrow, slightly arcuate
or plane, several times inserted, cinereous, sometimes with a
greenish tint; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 3.5-5 X 2-3.5/14; stipe
bulbous, whitish-mycelioid at the base, concolorous, pruinose,
hollow, 3-7 cm. long, 1-3 cm. thick.
Type collected in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California,
February 22, 1911, R. A. Harper 57. Young specimens with
undeveloped spores collected in the Santa Cruz Mountains, De-
cember, 1895, W. R. Dudley 102, appear to belong to this category.
What appears to be the same species was collected on the ground
in woods near Seattle, Washington, October 20-November i,
1911, W. A. Murrill d?7, but the cap is avellaneous and the gills
crowded and without a greenish tint. The species is similar to
specimens of T. maculatescens Peck collected in Ohio by JMorgan,
but the gills are decidedly sinuate in that species and become
spotted with age.
Clitocybe hondensis sp. nov.
Pileus convex, gibbous, solitary, 3 cm. broad; surface dry or
moist, smooth, glabrous, subfulvous, minutely radiate-lineate,
margin thin, entire, paler; lamellae decurrent, arcuate, many
times inserted, close, pallid; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline,
5-5 X 3-5 m: stipe equal, crooked, whitish, smooth, glabrous, hol-
low, 6 cm. long, 6 mm. thick.
Type collected in rich soil under redwoods at La Honda, near
210
Mycologia
Palo Alto, California, November 25, 1911, U'\ A. Murrill & L. R.
Abrams 12^4.
Clitocybe murinifolia sp. nov.
Pileus convex to slightly depressed, rather thin, solitary, about
2 cm. broad ; surface smooth, glabrous, smoky-brown, margin thin,
slightly lobed, concolorous, inflexed on drying, pruinose when
young; lamellae short-decurrent, not crowded, rather narrow,
murinous; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 2-^fi; stipe fleshy,
slightly tapering upward, smooth, glabrous, murinous. solid, whit-
ish-tomentose at the base, 2 cm. long, 7-9 mm. thick.
Type collected on humus in the woods near Seattle, Washing-
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill jocf.
Clitocybe oculata sp. nov.
Pileus convex to plane, slightly depressed at the center, thin,
solitary, reaching 4.5 cm. broad ; surface dry, smooth, finely fur-
furaceous, avellaneous, fuliginous at the center, margin very thin,
entire, even, concolorous ; lamellae short-decurrent, distant, white ;
spores broadly ovoid, smooth, hyaline, granular, 9-12 X 7-8
stipe equal, twisted, hollow, with a tough rind, furfuraceous,
whitish with a pale-avellaneous tint, 6 cm. long, 5 mm. thick.
Type collected in low woods, probably attached to buried wood,
at Mill City, Oregon, November 9, 1911, W. A. Murrill The
stipe of this species is rather tough for Clitocybe. The species is
characterized by its coloring, its furfuraceous surface, and its
unusually large spores.
Clitocybe oreades sp. nov.
Pileus large, fleshy, convex, becoming plane or slightly de-
pressed with age, usually growing in circles, 6-10 cm. broad, very
thick at the center; surface smooth, somewhat viscid when moist,
glabrous, shining, cinereous to murinous, sometimes covered with
a whitish mold, margin entire, concolorous, deflexed when young,
at times becoming upturned and more or less split with age ; con-
text thick, white, with an agreeable but not characteristic taste and
odor ; lamellae short-decurrent, varying to adnate, especially when
young, close, narrow, arcuate, white or pale-yellowish-white ;
spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 6-8X2-4ju; stipe very large,
enlarged or bulbous below, fleshy, white or slightly cinereous,
smooth, minutely tomentose or fibrillose above, solid, 10-15
long, 1. 5-2. 5 cm. thick, reaching 4 cm. or more at the base.
Murrill; Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast
211
Type collected in humus under redwoods near Searsville Lake,
California, December ii, 1911, James McMiirphy pi. Also col-
lected in a similar habitat near Seattle, Washington, October 20-
Novembcr i, 1911, JV. A. Murrill 280; near Seattle, Washington,
1912, S'. M. Zeller pp, near Salem, Oregon, January, 1911,
Morton E. Peck; in Marin County, California, December 21,
1902, Alice Eastzvood jd; at La Honda, California, November 22,
1902, L. R. Abrams i. This large and handsome species grows in
conspicuous fairy rings. As the above collections indicate, it is
quite widely distributed on the Pacific Coast.
Clitocybe oregonensis sp. nov.
Pileus umbilicate to infundibuliform, rather thin, solitary,
reaching 4 cm. broad ; surface smooth, glabrous, hygrophanous,
pale-isabelline, margin thin, entire, concolorous ; lamellae short-
decurrent, subdistant, narrow, arcuate, discolored on drying;
spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 8.5 X 7/^; stipe fleshy, tapering
upward, smooth, glabrous, concolorous, 5 cm. long, 5 mm. thick.
Type collected on the ground in mixed woods at Mill City,
Oregon, November 9, 1911, W . A. Murrill 86p. Also collected
in mixed woods near Corvallis, Oregon, November 6-1 1, 1911,
IV. A. Murrill p8p.
Clitocybe Peckii sp. nov.
Pileus irregular in outline, umbilicate to depressed, rather
deeply depressed on drying, gregarious, reaching 5 cm. broad ;
surface hygrophanous, smooth, glabrous, grayish-stramineous,
faintly radiate-striate on drying, margin thin, somewhat lobed,
concolorous, becoming upturned ; lamellae discolored, rather close,
short-decurrent ; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 5-6 X 2-3 /x stipe
slightly tapering upward, concolorous, smooth, glabrous, hollow
or stuffed, reaching 4 cm. long and 7 mm. thick.
Type collected in soil near Salem, Oregon, January, 1911,
Morton E. Peck 20.
Clitocybe stipitata sp. nov.
Pileus large, fleshy, convex to nearly plane, gregarious, 8-10
cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, slightly viscid when moist,
white, becoming cream-colored on drying, margin entire or slightly
212
Mycologia
lobed, rather thick and tleshy, concolorous ; lamellae broad,
crowded, decurrent, white; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 4-6 n;
stipe equal, very long, crooked, smooth, suhglabrous, whitish-
mycelioid below, white, becoming reddish-brown in some speci-
mens on drying, solid or spongy within, 15 or more cm. long,
about 1.5 cm. thick.
Type collected among leaves in woods at Stanford University,
California, in 1907, Miss A. M. Patterson. There are no notes
accompanying this collection and the above description is drawn
from the dried specimens.
Clitocybe subcandicans sp. nov.
Pileus convex to plane, rather thin, solitary, reaching 6 cm.
broad ; surface stramineous, smooth, glabrous, hygrophanous,
margin white ; lamellae decurrent, arcuate, close ; spores globose
or suhglobose, smooth, hyaline, 6-y fj.] stipe cylindric, equal, con-
colorous, suhfleshy, hollow, 6 cm. long, 5-7 mm. thick.
Type collected on the ground among fallen twigs in woods near
Seattle, Washington, October 20-Novemher i, 1911, W . A.
Miirrill 2jo.
Clitocybe subinversa sp. nov.
Pileus convex, slightly depressed, rather thin, gregarious, 3-5
cm. broad ; surface smooth, moist, glabrous, very light-brown,
fulvous when dry, margin thin, incurved, entire, somewhat irreg-
ular, concolorous ; context cream-colored, without characteristic
taste or odor ; lamellae decurrent, close, narrow, arcuate, many
times inserted, rather firm, white ; spores globose or suhglobose,
smooth, hyaline, 3-4.5 /a; stipe cylindric, equal, somewhat crooked,
tomentose or fihrillose, suhglabrous, paler than the pileus, hollow,
3-7 cm. long, 3-6 mm. thick.
Type collected in humus under redwoods at Portola, California,
January 4, 1903, James McMurphy 50. Specimens collected at
Salem, Oregon, January, 1911, by Morton E. Peck agree fairly
well with this species hut also closely resemble C. sinopica. No
notes acconq^any the specimens.
Clitocybe subfumosipes sp. nov.
Pileus small, rather thin, convex to plane, gregarious to suh-
cespitose, 2.5 cm. broad; surface white, smooth, glabrous, shin-
]\Iurrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast
• 213
ing, avellaneons on the small umbo, margin entire, concolorous,
inflexed on drying; lamellae decurrent, rather broad and distant,
white, becoming discolored on drying; spores ellipsoid, smooth,
hyaline, 5-6 X 2. 5-3. 5 /a ; stipe equal, smooth, pruinose, especially
above, white changing to pale-fumosus on drying, hollow, 3-4
cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick.
Type collected in humus in woods near Seattle, Washington,
October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill ^16.
Clitocybe variabilis sp. nov.
Pileus fleshy but rather thin, plane or slightly depressed, rarely
umbonate when young, gregarious, reaching 6 cm. broad ; sur-
face dry, smooth, glabrous, white, margin thin, usually entire,
concolorous ; lamellae narrow, usually more or less crowded, de-
current, white ; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, uninucleate, about
6X4 /a; stipe tapering upward from a thickened base, smooth,
glabrous, white, whitish-mycelioid at the base, hollow, reaching
6 cm. broad and 8 mm. thick, scarcely 3 cm. long in one collection.
Type collected in humus in woods, near Mill City, Oregon,
November 9, 1911, W. A. Murrill 797. Also collected on the
ground in fir forests near Corvallis, Oregon, November 6-1 1,
1911, IV. A. Murrill 8<^y, and in a similar locality near Salem,
Oregon, January, 1911, Morton E. Peck. This species varies
greatly in the length of the stipe and the closeness of the gills.
The specimens collected near Corvallis differ so greatly from the
types in these two characters as to constitute a distinct variety,
which may be called Clitocybe variabilis brevipes.
Clitocybe violaceifolia sp. nov.
Pileus convex, somewhat gibbous, solitary, 3 cm. broad; sur-
face slightly viscid when moist, smooth, glabrous, grayish-violet
tinted with brown at the center, margin entire, slightly paler ;
lamellae very narrow, adnexed to slightly decurrent, rather
crowded, arcuate, pale-violet; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline,
X 3 - 5 “ 4 - 5 j stipe equal, fleshy, solid, smooth, glabrous,
grayish-violet, mycelioid at the base, 3 cm. long, 6 mm. thick.
Type collected on decaying wood near Salem, Oregon, January,
1911, Morton E. Peck.
214
Mycologia
Clitocybe washingtonensis sp. nov.
Pileus fleshy, convex to plane or very slightly depressed, usu-
ally gibbous, gregarious, reaching 5-6 cm. broad ; surface white,
smooth, glabrous, dry, somewhat shining, margin entire, concol-
orous; lamellae decurrent, distant, rather narrow, white to
slightly discolored; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 7-8 X 3-4
stipe subeciual, fleshy, solid or stuffed, smooth, glabrous, whitish-
mycelioid at the base, 3.5-5 cm. long, 5-8 mm. thick.
Type collected in humus in woods near Seattle, Washington,
October 20-Xovember i, 1911, IP. A. Mnrrill 61^'^.
Melanoleuca anomala sp. nov.
Pileus very small, plane, solitary, 2 cm. broad ; surface ferru-
ginous, dry, decorated with dense, minute fascicles of hairs, mar-
gin entire, concolorous or slightly paler; lamellae adnate to
slightly sinuate, broad, not crowded, ventricose, white, becoming
latericious when bruised ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 5-6 X
3-4/4; stipe cylindric, equal, fragile, smooth, glabrous above,
fibrillose below, isabelline, solid or stuffed, 3.5 cm. long, 3 mm.
thick.
Type collected in soil under redwoods at Preston’s Ravine,
near Palo Alto, California, November 25, 1911, \V. A. Murrill &
L. R. Abrams iip8. This species is quite different from other
members of this group, its appearance indicating ferruginous
rather than hyaline spores.
Melanoleuca arenicola sp. nov.
Pileus convex to subexpanded, umbonate, terraced, reaching
10-12 cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, ferruginous, appar-
ently viscid when fresh, bringing up adhering particles of sand ;
context mild to the taste, but with a strong, unpleasant odor ;
lamellae sinuate, ventricose, crowded, pallid, becoming discolored
with subferruginous blotches ; spores globose or subglobose,
smooth, hyaline, with granular contents, about 4/4; stipe long,
slightly attenuate downward, fleshy, white, glabrous, except for
a few fibrils where the margin of the pileus rested against the
stipe, reaching 10 cm. long, and 2 cm. thick.
Type collected in deep, pure sand in pine barrens at Newport,
Oregon, November 13, 1911, flC A. Murrill /035.
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast
215
Melanoleuca avellanea sp. nov.
Pileus convex, becoming plane, thick, fleshy, solitary, reaching
8 cm. broad; surface dry, smooth, glabrous, avellaneous, margin
entire, concolorous, indexed on drying; lamellae slightly sinuate
varying to adnate, close, narrow, arcuate, pure-white changing
to yellowish on drying; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, about
7X3/^; stipe much enlarged at the base, rather short, fleshy,
solid, white, smooth, slightly scabrous above, about 7 cm. long and
2 cm. thick, reaching 4 cm. thick at the base.
Type collected in sandy soil mixed with humus, in woods near
Seattle, Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, IF. A. Mtir-
rill 26’j. Also collected on decayed wood in the same locality, W.
A. Murrill 274.
Melanoleuca avellaneifolia sp. nov.
Pileus fleshy, rather thick, convex to expanded, gibbous, sub-
cespitose, reaching 9 cm. broad ; surface polished, smooth, some-
what viscid, dull-blackish-fuliginous, margin entire, concolorous,
indexed on drying; lamellae sinuate, ventricose, several times in-
serted, not crowded, pale-avellaneous ; spores subglobose, smooth,
hyaline, granular, about 5. 5-6.5 /a; stipe equal, fleshy, solid,
smooth, glabrous, pure-white, about 8 cm. long, 1.5 cm. thick.
Type collected in soil in woods at Mill City, Oregon,
November 9, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 841. Several plants were
found, but only one was saved, owing to the bad weather.
Melanoleuca bicolor sp. nov.
Pileus very firm, convex to nearly plane, somewhat gibbous,
about 6 cm. broad ; surface dry, smooth, glabrous, avellaneous
with a rosy tint, margin concolorous or slightly paler, often split-
ting ; lamellae broad, rather close, emarginate with a slight decur-
rent tooth, firm, drying readily, white ;, spores subglobose, smooth,
hyaline, 6-y fi.; stipe equal or somewhat enlarged below, white,
smooth, minutely tomentose to glabrous, solid, 5-6 cm. long,
about I cm. thick.
Type collected in humus in woods at Glen Brook, Oregon,
November 7, 1911, W. A. Murrill 745. What appears to be the
same species was collected on the ground under an oak at ^Mission
Canon, California, spring of 1913, O. M. Oleson //j"'. These
216
Mycologia
latter specimens are very much larger than the types, measuring
in the dry state as much as lo cm. broad with a bulbous stipe
reaching 6 cm. long and 3.5 cm. thick. The color is also much
darker and is recorded by the collector as brown. The margin
in the dried specimens is cjuite conspicuously striate. The typical
specimens are very closely related to Melanoleiica roseibrunnea,
but dififer in color and in the shape and closeness of the gills.
Melanoleuca californica sp. nov.
Pileus convex to subplane, rather thick at the center, grega-
rious, reaching 15 cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, evidently
viscid when fresh, bringing up adhering particles of soil, reddish-
brown at the center, much lighter-colored at the margin, which is
thin, entire and indexed on drying; context white, rather thick at
the center, thinning out toward the margin, slightly bitter to the
taste, odor musty; lamellae quite narrow, less than the thickness
of the context, sinuate to adnexed, plane, cro-wded, white, scarcely
changing color on drying; spores broadly ellipsoid, smooth, hy-
aline, 5-7 X 4-5 ft - ; stipe very long, subequal, smooth, glabrous,
white, solid, 10-15 reaching 3 cm. thick.
Type collected under oaks on Jasper Ridge near Stanford
University, January ii, 1911, James McMurphy 12^. This large
and handsome species resembles specimens determined as Armil-
laria subannulata Peck sent to Albany from Claremont, Cali-
fornia, by Baker. Specimens collected by Oleson at Santa Bar-
bara, California, apparently belong to this category, but they are
rather poorly preserved and are not accompanied by notes.
Melanoleuca collybiiformis sp. nov.
Pileus broad, thin, convex to plane, drying easily like species
of Collybia, gibbous, reaching 10 cm. broad; surface dry, smooth,
glabrous, fulvous at the center, pale-fulvous near the entire,
smooth margin ; lamellae rather crowded, white, sinuate, the
edges undulate or somewhat notched ; spores globose or sub-
globose, smooth, hyaline, conspicuously granular within, about
3.5^; stipe eccentric, bulbous, rather broad, fleshy, hollow, white,
radicate, 6 cm. long, 1-2 cm. thick.
Type collected in humus in a grove at Woodland Park, Seattle.
Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, JI\ A. Murrill ^22.
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast
217
This species is closely related to some species of Collybia. The
eccentric position of the stipe was doubtless due to the peculiar
situation in which the plant grew.
Melanoleuca dryophila sp. nov.
Pileus convex, gibbous, becoming almost expanded, scattered,
3-10 cm. broad; surface glabrous, viscid when fresh, subshining,
nearly smooth, whitish, stained with rusty-
stipe cylindric, equal or at times enlarged at the base, smooth,
finely tomentose to subglabrous, white or whitish, solid, 6-8 cm.
long, 1-1.5 cm. thick, usually thicker at the base.
Type collected among humus on the ground in woods near
Seattle, Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Mur-
rill S75- Also collected in a similar habitat near Seattle, Wash-
ington, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill 257, N. M.
Zeller 81; near Corvallis, Oregon, November 6-1 1, 1911, W. A.
Murrill 8g'4; near Stanford University, California, January 4,
1903, James McMurphy 24; and at Pasadena, California, Decem-
ber 22, 1895, A. J. McClatchie 1018. This species is closely
allied to Tricholoma album, but differs decidedly in color.
Melanoleuca rudericola sp. nov.
Pileus rather thin, broad, somewhat irregular, convex to plane,
scattered, 10-14 cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, slightly
moist light-buff, margin thin, entire to lobed, concolorous ; con-
text white, without characteristic odor or taste; lamellae sinuate,
narrow, subcrowded, many times inserted, white ; spores ellipsoid,
smooth, hyaline, 5-7X2.5-4.54; stipe cylindric, equal, scarcely
enlarged at the base, grayish-white with a tinge of purple, smooth,
glabrous, solid, 5-10 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick.
Type collected in rich ground by a heap of rubbish at Madera
Creek, California, December 21, 1902, James McMurphy 18.
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast
221
Melanoleuca secedifolia sp. nov.
Pileus thick, fleshy, convex, not fully expanding, solitary,
reaching 9 cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, somewhat viscid
when young, pure-white, subshining, margin entire, concolorous,
indexed on drying; lamellae broad, crowded, slightly sinuate, ven-
tricose, becoming widely separated from the stipe, white changing
to dull-brownish on drying; spores subglobose, smooth, hyaline,
5-6 ft; stipe equal, much enlarged at the base, white, smooth,
glabrous, solid or stuffed, 8 cm. long, 2.5 cm. thick, about 4 cm.
at the base.
Type collected on the ground near Salem, Oregon, January,
1911, Morton E. Peck 54.
Melanoleuca striatella sp. nov.
Pileus convex and gibbous when young, becoming depressed
with age, firm, fleshy, scattered, 5-7.5 cm. broad ; surface smooth,
subglabrous, pale-mouse-gray, very minutely striate except at the
center, margin quite thick, entire, concolorous ; context grayish-
white with farinaceous taste, quite thick at the center, but very
thin toward the margin ; lamellae sinuate to adnexed, broad, plane
or ventricose, close, white ; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 5-7 ju. ;
stipe cylindric or slightly compressed, equal, longitudinally striate,
whitish, solid, 3-6 cm. long, 1-2 cm. thick.
Type collected on the ground under live oaks at Stanford Uni-
versity, California, January, 1903, James Mcl\Inrphy 2p'.
Melanoleuca sublurida sp. nov.
Pileus firm, conic to convex with prominent umbo, solitary, 7
cm. broad; surface smooth, minutely squamulose, whitish with a
caesious tint, the center' black, smooth, and shining, margin entire
or slightly undulate, white, deflexed on drying;, lamellae sinuate,
plane, broad, whitish, distant ; spores subglobose, smooth, hyaline,
3-4 /x; stipe subequal, dry, white with grayish, farinaceous scales,
solid, about 6 cm. long, and 1.5 cm. thick.
Type collected in soil in woods at Glen Brook, Oregon, No-
vember 7, 1911, W. A. Murrill 75/. This species is very similar
to specimens of T. luridnm sent from Sweden by Romell.
Melanoleuca submulticeps sp. nov.
Pileus large, fleshy, convex to plane, becoming depressed with
age, densely cespitose, reaching 10-12 cm. broad; surface smooth.
222
Mycologia
glabrous, hygrophanous, white, margin entire, concolorous ; lamel-
lae sinuate, rather crowded, plane, pure-white ; spores globose,
smooth, hyaline, granular, 7-8 /x, rarely reaching 10 /x; stipe white,
hygrophanous, smooth, glabrous, hollow, ventricose or enlarged
below, 6-10 cm. long, reaching 3 cm. thick.
Type collected on the ground in woods near Seattle, Washing-
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill 6jp.
Melanoleuca subpessundata sp. nov.
Pileus becoming plane or slightly depressed, usually with a
conic or rounded umbo, gregarious, reaching 6.5 cm. broad ; sur-
face dry or slightly viscid, subglabrous, latericious, bay on the
umbo, usually smooth, varying at times to radiate-rimose and
imbricate-squamulose except on the umbo; context with a farina-
ceous odor and taste ; lamellae sinuate, usually with a decurrent
tooth, ventricose, broad, not crowded, pale-rosy-isabelline, the
edges often notched ; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, with gran-
ular contents, 6-7 /x ; stipe slender, equal or enlarged below,
smooth, pale-rosy-isabelline, glabrous above, decorated below with
scattered, latericious fibrils, fleshy, solid or hollow, 7-9 cm. long,
7-10 mm. thick.
Type collected in soil in woods at Glen Brook, Oregon, Novem-
ber 7, 1911, W. A. Murrill 755. Also collected in similar situa-
tions at Mill City, Oregon, November 9, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 810;
near Corvallis, Oregon, November 6-1 1, 1911, W. A. Murrill
1002; and near Searsville*Lake, California, December ii, 1911,
James McMurphy 122. This species suggests T. pessundatum in
its coloring, but the stipe is much longer and the spores are wholly
different.
Melanoleuca subvelata sp. nov.
Pileus convex-conic when young, not fully expanding, loosely
clustered ; surface smooth, glabrous, moist but not viscid, lateri-
cious, leaving a stain on paper, margin entire, strongly inflexed,
concolorous or somewhat paler; lamellae sinuate-adnate to ad-
nexed, not crowded, broad, ventricose, pallid; spores ovoid,
smooth, hyaline, uninucleate, 5-7 X 2. 5-4.5 /x ; stipe subequal to
slightly ventricose, rosy, smooth and glabrous at the apex, fibril-
lose-shaggy near the center, fleshy, solid, 7 cm. long, about i cm.
thick ; veil scanty, fibrillose, rosy, evanescent, persisting as fibrils
on the margin and stipe.
Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast
223
Type collected among humus under a log in woods near Seattle,
Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 56J.
This species has a slight, rosy, fibrillose veil in young stages.
Melanoleuca tenuipes sp. nov.
Pileus small, thin, convex, not expanding, becoming very
slightly depressed at the center, 2 cm. broad; surface pallid, with
a stramineous or avellaneous tint, smooth, glabrous, margin en-
tire, concolorous, incurved; lamellae sinuate-adnexed, distant,
broad, several times inserted, white, more or less notched on the
edge; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 5-7 X 3-5-4-5 /a; stipe
slender, equal, solid, concolorous, white at the apex, smooth, dry,
glabrous, 4 cm. long, 2 mm. thick.
Type collected on the ground in woods near Seattle, Washing-
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 5J<5. Also
collected in the same locality, W. A. Murrill joi.
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
Melanoleuca
New Combinations
ANOMALA
akenicola
AVELLANEA
AVELLANEIFOLIA :
BICOLOR
CALIFORNICA
COLLYBIIFORMIS :
DRYOPHILA
FARINACEA
Harperi :
NUCIOLENS
Olesonii
OREADES
PINICOLA
PLATYPHYLLA
PORTOLENSIS
RUDERICOLA
ROSEIBRUNNEA
SECEDIFOLIA
STRIATELLA
SUBLURIDA
SUBMULTICEPS :
SUBPESSUNDATA :
SUBVELATA
TENUIPES :
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
: Tricholoma
anomalum
arenicola
avellaneum
avellaneifolium
bicolor
californicum
collybiiforme
dryophilum
farinaceum
Harxieri
nuciolens
Olesonii
oreades
pinicola
platyphyllum
portolense
rudericola
roseibrunneum
secedifolium
striatellum
subluridum
submulticeps
subpessundatum
subvelatum
tenuipes
New York Botanical Garden.
TOXICOLOGICAL STUDIES ON THE MUSH-
ROOMS CLITOCYBE ILLUDENS AND
INOCYBE INFIDA
Ernest D. Clark and Clayton S. Smith
With Plate 91
Introduction
It had already become evident from our earlier observations
that Inocybe infida must be considered a poisonous mushroom,
both when judged by its efifects on man after ingestion^ and
also from its action when injected into frogs. ^ Both the clin-
ical data from the reported cases of poisoning and our own expe-
rimental results indicated a poison of the general type repre-
sented by the muscarin of the fatal Amanita muscaria. How-
ever, the usual symptoms were not produced in frogs receiving
injections of the poison in Inocybe infida. As is the case with
muscarin, the Inocybe poison acted more particularly upon the
nervous system and seemed to be similar to the narcotic poison
found by Ford® in the closely related Inocybe infelix. A
more detailed study of the action of Inocybe infida and certain
other fungi upon the exposed heart appeared to be desirable and
in this paper we present the results of such experiments.
Increased interest in this work was stimulated by the very
many fatalities, in the fall of 1911, which were caused by eating
poisonous mushrooms. After the autumn rains in September of
that year, the newspapers of the temperate zone of this continent
and Europe contained many notices of death from this cause. In
one period of ten days there were tzuenty-two such deaths in the
vicinity of New York City. In scarcely a single fatal case was
* Murrill. A New Poisonous Mushroom. Mycologia i: 21 1. 1909.
^ Clark and Kantor. Toxicological Experiments With Some of the Higher
Fungi. Mycologia 3 ; 175-88. 1911.
® Ford. Distribution of Haemolysins, Agglutinins and Poisons in Fungi,
etc. Jour. Pharmacol, and Exp. Therapeutics 2; 285-318. 1911.
224
Clark and Smith : Toxicological Studies
225
the identity of the fungi definitely established by a mycologist but
usually the cause seemed to be either Amanita phalloides or A.
muscaria; twin sisters of death, known and feared from antiquity.
Many newspaper clippings from several states and countries in-
dicate that the accidents often resulted from mistaking Amanita
phalloides for Agariciis campestris, the common cultivated
“mushroom,” and Amanita muscaria for A. caesaria, much ap-
preciated by a Caesar and later by somewhat reckless epicures.
We have been concerned only with the less common and striking
species such as Inocybe and Clitocybc but it is very desirable that
all fungi having poisonous properties should be so designated and
always treated with caution. With the exception of the pioneer
work of Ford very little chemical and toxicological study has
been given to American mushrooms.
Previous Toxicological Studies on Clitocybe and Inocybe
These two groups of fungi had not usually been regarded with
suspicion as to their poisonous nature until various observers
began to report unpleasant results following their consumption.
Recently, specific charges of being poisonous have been brought
against Inocybe infida by MurrilF and ourselves,^ against Inocybe
infelix by Ford,® against Clitocybe dealbata sudorifica by Ford
and Sherrick,* and also against Inocybe decipiens by the
same observers.® In Clitocybe illudens Ford® found a poison
that was fatal to guinea-pigs but not to rabbits. As an edible
fungus this plant has never been popular, possibly because its
phosphorescent glow at night is not reassuring. Injection ex-
periments with frogs showed that extracts of Clitocybe multiceps
were harmless, as was expected. In the Inocybe infida we sepa-
rated, by muscarin isolation methods, a water-soluble substance
which, after injection into frogs, caused a prolonged state of
paralysis often followed by complete recovery in a day or two.
The aqueous extracts of Inocybe infelix prepared by Ford exerted
* Ford and Sherrick. On the Properties of Several Species of the Poly-
poraceae and of a New Clitocybe, etc. Jour. Pharmacol, and Exp. Thera-
peutics 2: 549-58. 1911.
' Ford and Sherrick. Further Obser\-ations on Fungi, etc. Jour.
Pharmacol, and Exp. Therapeutics 4: 321-32. 1913.
226
Mycologia
a powerful narcotic effect on the nervous system of rabbits and
guinea-pigs, described as a profound depression lasting for hours,
sometimes with complete recovery. It is evident that these two
Inocybes contain poisonous material acting as a strong narcotic
agent but not necessarily causing death. Muscarin itself does
not produce the symptoms already described and the mixed
poisons of Amanita muscaria give still another series of effects
upon the organism. It is believed by many investigators that
muscarin alone is not responsible for all of the fatal effects fol-
lowing ingestion of Amanita muscaria. Both in clinical work
and in animal experiments one finds that although atropin is an
antidote for pure muscarin it does not wholly neutralize the
toxic action of A. muscaria. Some of our experiments indicate
that muscarin may be present in other fungi like Inocybe and
Clitocybe whose effects are neutralized by atropin while this was
not wholly true of our extracts of Amanita muscaria.
Experimental Part
Description of Botanical Material. — All of the fungi used by
us were identified and labelled for us by Dr. Murrill. Our large
lot of Clitocybe illudens was collected near the New York Botan-
ical Garden in the summer of 1911. The Inocybe infida material
was also collected during the summer of 1911 on the lawns of the
New York Botanical Garden. We used Amanita muscaria that
came from Rochdale, Massachusetts, in August, 1911. Dried
plants of species of Clitocybe and Amanita are large and easily
handled while those of Inocybe are very small after desicca-
tion and usually five or more did not weigh more than one gram.
The dry fungi were ground repeatedly in a coffee-mill until a very
fine powder was obtained. This powder was weighed and ex-
tracted as described below.
Description of Chemical Methods Employed. — The powdered
fungi were extracted twice for twenty-four hour periods, at room
temperature, with ten times their weight of 95 per cent, alcohol.
The alcoholic extracts were carefully evaporated to a thick syrup
which was in turn extracted with several 10 c.c. portions of alco-
hol. These repeated alcohol extractions and subsequent evapora-
tions were continued until practically all of the fats, sugars and
Clark and Smith : Toxicological Studies 227
gums had been eliminated. A final extract of the last thick syrup
was made with absolute alcohol and, after this had been evaporated,
the syrupy residue was mixed with powdered glass and dried in a
vacuum desiccator until a yellowish, friable mass resulted. This
powder was extracted with a small volume of absolute alcohol,
the latter was removed from the extract by evaporation, and the
small amount of yellowish waxy residue was taken up in
physiological saline solution after which the traces of insoluble
matter were removed by filtration. Unless otherwise noted
this solution of the toxic material was used for injection or
for experiments with the exposed hearts. In order to separate
and purify any toxic alkaloidal material we took up the last resi-
due from absolute alcohol with water, added a little dilute sul-
phuric acid and finally a solution of potassio-mercuric iodid until
no more of the yellow granular precipitate formed. The details
of the chemical treatment of this substance, precipitated by the
potassio-mercuric iodid, may be found in our earlier paper.®
At the final stage of this treatment the small amount of poisonous
water-soluble material was dissolved in physiological salt solution
and then used for the toxicological experiments. This process
of alcohol extraction and alkaloidal purification was originally
planned to isolate muscarin from Amanita muscaria; we found it
to be adequate for this purpose. We also found that this same
process would separate and concentrate the toxic material in Ino-
cybe infida and Clitocybe illudens. Chemically, then, the poison
in the latter forms seemed to belong to the muscarin type but that
question could finally be decided only by experiments on animals.
Toxicological Experiments with Exposed Hearts
The hearts of medium-sized pithed frogs were exposed and
connected in the usual way for the preparation of graphic records
on a kymograph drum. In several cases the exposed hearts of
turtles were used but with no appreciable difference in the type
of records obtained. Solutions of the toxic material in physio-
logical salt solution were always used on the hearts and in no
case was the effect of an extract tested until we first obtained a
“ Loc. cit.
228
]\Iycologia
normal tracing from the heart. The exposed hearts were kept
moist with physiological saline solution and all traces of a pre-
vious test solution were washed away before adding an atropin
solution, etc. To test the neutralizing effects of atropin we used
a 0.5 per cent, solution of the sulphate salt of this alkaloid. Many
tracings from different mushroom preparations were obtained but
we shall only describe briefly and illustrate a few of the typical
ones.
Experiments zmth Inocybe infida Extracts before Alkaloidal
Purification
Experiment 6. — April 20, 1912. Weight of frog was 32 gm.
After placing this solution on the heart the frequency and ampli-
tude of the beats both decreased until a complete standstill was
produced. This was overcome in a few seconds by flushing the
heart with atropin solution.
Experiment 10. — May 22. The heart of a decerebrated turtle
(weight 583 gm.) was exposed, treated with an Inocybe extract,
and the effect studied. The extract in this case was much more
concentrated than that used in Experiment 6 and with the turtle
heart it caused a complete standstill in 5 seconds. This effect
was neutralized by atropin in 10 seconds.
Experiment 4. — April 16. Weight of frog was 28 gm. The
Inocybe extract used was the same as that in Experiment 6 and
it showed the same characteristic action on this heart. See Plate
91, fig. I.
Experiments zvith Inocybe infida Extracts after Alkaloidal
Purification.
Some of the mushroom extracts were purified by the chemical
process described and when these extracts were tested on frogs
they were found to have retained their toxic properties unchanged
or, more often, to have had them augmented. This would indi-
cate that the toxic material is precipitated and purified by
methods used for alkaloids and muscarin.
Experiment 24. — June 6. The frog weighed 36 gm. This
purified extract was very active in causing a complete standstill
Clark axd Smith : Toxicological Studies
229
which was relieved in a few seconds by atropin. See Plate 91,
fig. 2.
Experiments zcith the Ash of an Active Unpurified Inocybe
Extract
Experiment 21. — i\Iay 29. About 15 c.c. of the extract used
in Exp. 10 were evaporated to dryness and carefully ashed at low
red heat, the ash was dissolved in water and tested on the heart
of a frog weighing 29 gm. This solution did not produce the
slightest flutter in the nonnal tracing and so it is evident that the
inorganic or ash constituents of the fungus are not responsible
for its toxic action.
Experiments zoith Unpurified Extracts of Amanita muscaria
Experiment p. — i\Iay 22. The action of an Amanita extract
was tested upon the heart of a frog weighing 33 gm. In this
case a standstill of the heart was not caused although the usual
retarding effect was noticed. This effect was partially neutralized
by atropin.
Experiment ii. — INIay 23. Experiment 9 was repeated with a
frog weighing 29 gm. The same slight muscarin effect appeared.
Experiments zvith Purified Extracts of Amanita muscaria
Experiment 26. — June 3. The action of a purified extract of
this Amanita on a frog (weight 31 gm.) was similar to that re-
corded in Experiments 9 and ll and it did not prove to be nearly
as toxic as extracts of Inocybe infida or Clitocybe illudens.
Experiments zvith Unpurified Extracts of Clitocybe illudens
Experiment 5. — April 16. Frog weighed 35 gm. The heart
was soon brought to a standstill but was started at once by
atropin. The action was exactly the same as that of Inocybe
infida but it did not take place as rapidly. See Plate 91, fig. 3.
Experiment 14. — May 23. Turtle weighed 633 gm. The tur-
tle’s isolated heart reacted to Clitocybe extract in a way difficult
to distinguish from the response to the Inocybe extract.
230
^Mycologia
Experiments zvith Purified Clitocybe illudens Extracts
Experiment jj. — ^June 6. Frog weighed 28 gm. The action
of this purified Clitocybe preparation was the same as that of the
unpurified extracts.
» Experiments zvitli the Harmless Clitocybe multiceps Extracts
Experiment 20. — May 29. As a control on our processes we
tested the unpurified extract of this fungus on the heart of a
frog (weight 33 gm.). It was found to be entirely without
action. Evidently we had not been producing toxic effects
through our procedures.
Toxicological Experiments on Frogs
In order to study the effect of the various fungi upon animal
organisms as a whole we made injections of the different prepara-
tions into the dorsal lymph-sacs of frogs. The extracts were por-
tions of those that were used in the exposed heart experiments ;
their preparation has already been described. Typical experi-
ments with the different mushroom extracts will be given in order
to show the characteristic action of each species.
Experiments with Purified and Unpurified Extracts of
Amanita muse aria
Experiment 50. June 3, 1912. Frog ii weighed 24 gm. Re-
ceived an injection of i c.c. of purified extract at 5.47 P.M.
5.49 P.M. Partly paralyzed.
5.52 P.M. Wholly paralyzed.
5.56 P.M. Heart stopped.
5.58 P.M. Received injection of i c.c. atropin solution.
6.03 P.M. Heart begins to beat weakly and irregularly.
June 4, 9.15 A.M. Frog ii found dead.
The results of parallel experiments with unpurified Amanita
extracts differed in no way from those indicated above.
Experiments zvith Purified Extracts of Inocybe infida
Experiment 28. — ^June 3. Frog 8 weighed 23 gm. Received
injection of i c.c. of this extract at 3.46 P.M.
3.48 P.M. Partly paralyzed.
Clark and Smith : Toxicological Studies
231
349 P.M. Wholly paralyzed.
3.51 P.M. Heart at a standstill.
3.53 P.M. Received injection of i c.c. atropin solution.
3.56 P.M. Heart begins to beat slowly and it gradually re-
sumes its normal action.
5.45 P.M. Frog 8 appears normal.
While this frog was wholly paralyzed we bared the sciatic
nerve and, upon stimulation with an induced current, we obtained
a normal response, thus indicating that no curare effect was pres-
ent. Other experiments with Inocybe material gave similar re-
sults. In some cases the frogs died before the next morning ;
and in others, recovery seemed to be complete.
Experiments unth Purified and Unpurified Extracts of Clito-
cybe illudens
Experiment 13. May 23. Frog 3 weighed 28 gm. Received
injection of 1.5 c.c. of unpurified extract at 5.24 P.M.
5.28 P.M. Paralyzed.
5.33 P.M. Heart at standstill.
5.38 P.M. Tested as above indicated ; there was no curare
effect.
Experiment 27. May 27. Frog 9 weighed 36 gm. Received
injection of 1.5 c.c. of purified Clitocybe extract at 12.25 P-M.
12.30 P.M. Lethargic.
12.40 P.M. Paralyzed; heart at standstill.
12.42 P.M. Received injection of i c.c. atropin solution.
12.50 P.M. Heart beats irregularly.
5.30 P.M. Frog 9 found dead.
Conclusions
It is evident that both Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida
contain material exerting a characteristic muscarin effect when
tested upon the exposed hearts of frogs and turtles. Further-
more, this toxic action on the exposed heart is completely over-
come by the application of atropin sulphate solutions ; an action
analogous to that with a pure muscarin preparation. For some
reason, parallel experiments with extracts of Amanita muscaria
232
i\lYCOLOGIA
extracts did not show the expected toxic effects nor were the
latter wholly neutralized by atropin. This may be explained by
assuming that this Amanita contains another toxic substance as
well as muscarin. In fact, this theory has been advanced by
other investigators to account for the results of their clinical ob-
servations and animal experiments. The lot of Amanita mnscaria
used in this work did not cause the acute muscarin symptoms
which were expected from the experiments in our earlier paper.
It is interesting to note that this last lot of the Amanita was col-
lected in a different state and at a different time, thus giving an
opportunity for both the seasonal and local variations in toxicity
reported by others.
Injection experiments with Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe in-
fida confirmed the results obtained with the isolated hearts. The
toxicological evidence of all our experiments points toward mus-
carin as the poison in Inocybe infida and Clitocybe illudens, and
this idea gains further confirmation from the fact that our meth-
ods of extraction and purification were those originally suggested
for the isolation of muscarin and alkaloidal substances from
fungi. Parallel experiments with the edible Clitocybe multiceps
revealed no toxicity of any sort. The ash constituents of Clito-
cybe illudens are not responsible for its toxicity. It was neces-
sary to test this point because it has been stated that salts of
potassium produce a muscarin-like effect on the heart.'^ From
our studies on Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida it is plain
that these plants should not be eaten, since all of them contain
material having a dangerous action upon the nervous system.
We wish to thank Prof. Wm. J. Gies and Prof. F. S. Lee, of
the College of Physicians and Surgeons, for much helpful advice.
Dr. W. A. Murrill suggested this study of poisonous fungi and
our thanks are also due him for providing and identifying most
of the material used.
Laboratories of Biological Chemistry and Physiology of
Columbia University, College of Physicians and Surgeons,
Nevy York City.
’ Fiihner. Nachweis und Bestimmung von Giften auf biologischen Wege.
Abderhalden’s Handbuch d. Biochem. Arbeitsmethoden, V, (I), p. 77. 1912.
Graphic records of effect of mushroom extracts on frog hearts. The arrows indicate time when the various mushroom extracts and
atropin solution were applied to the exposed heart
FURTHER CULTURES OF HETEROECIOUS
RUSTS^
W. P. Fraser
Field observations extending over several years, and culture
experiments during the spring of 1911, furnished evidence that
the fern rusts of the genus Uredinopsis are heteroecious, and
have their aecia on Abies balsamea; these aecia being the white-
spored forms that have passed as Peridermium balsameum Peck.
The infection experiments during 1911 were inconclusive, so fur-
ther experiments which are described in the following pages were
undertaken in 1912 to establish if possible the connection of these
forms.
The teliosporic material used in all the experiments was col-
lected near Pictou, N. S., and was wintered in the open in small
cheese-cloth bags ; but the culture experiments with this material
were carried on in the greenhouse of Macdonald College. The
plants of Tsiiga and Abies used in the experiments were obtained
not far distant from the college. They were taken into the
greenhouse in early spring, as soon as the frost was out of the
ground, and kept in the greenhouse till the young leaves appeared
and the plants were in the proper stage for infection. As Peri-
dermium balsameum was never collected in the field within sev-
eral miles of where the plants used in these experiments were ob-
tained, and as a number of trees of Tsuga and Abies obtained at
the same time and place were kept as checks, and all remained
free from infection, there seems to be no reasonable doubt that
the trees used in the experiments were free from outside in-
fection.
The writer returned to Nova Scotia about the middle of June,
and the experiments with aeciosporic material were carried on in
the laboratories of Pictou Academy. The ferns used in these ex-
periments at Pictou were obtained a week or two before the ex-
* Read before the American Phytopathological Society at the Cleveland
meeting, Dec. 31, 1912.
233
234
Mycologia
periments were performed. They were selected from a place re-
mote from any known or suspected source of infection and in all
cases, as described in the experiments, a number of checks were
kept. The writer was thoroughly familiar with the locality, and
no fern rust appeared until some weeks after the ferns were
obtained, nor did any appear later on the plants surrounding
those that had been selected for the experiments.
The aeciosporic material was all collected near Pictou. At
the time of collection no uredinia had developed on the ferns
near the trees from which it was collected or anywhere in the
vicinity.
The ferns used in the experiments with the aeciosporic mate-
rial were sprayed with water by means of an atomizer. The
aeciospores were then shaken from the shoots on the under side
of the leaves of the ferns. The shoots bearing aecia were also
‘suspended above the ferns, and the whole was covered with a
belljar for a day or two. This was done in a room separate
from where the cultures and checks were kept.
The writer is indebted to Mr. E. M. Duporte and Mr. P. I.
Bryce, assistants in the department, for the care of the cultures at
Macdonald College during his absence, also to the Commissioners
and Dr. R. Maclellan, of Pictou Academy, who in their generous
way freely placed the laboratories of that institution at his
disposal.
Uredinopsis Struthiopteridts Stormer
Teliosporic material of this rust on Onoclea Struthiopteris (L.)
Hoffm. was suspended above a small plant of Abies balsamea
(L.) Mill, on May 13. Pycnia were noticed on May 27 which
probably appeared earlier, and aecia began to appear on June i,
both in great abundance, practically every leaf of the young
shoots being infected. Another sowing in a similar manner on
May 28 gave pycnia on June 9, with aecia showing by June 18.
Fresh aeciospores of Peridermium balsameum on Abies bal-
samea (L.) Mill., which were collected beside ferns of Onoclea
Struthiopteris that were badly rusted the previous season, were
sown on Onoclea Struthiopteris, O. sensibilis L., Phegopteris
Dryoptcris (L.) Fee and Osmunda Claytoniana L. on June 27.
Fraser: Further Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts 235
Uredinia of Uredinopsis Stnithiopferidis appeared on Onoclea
Struthiopteris in abundance on June 6. The spores were oozing
out on June 8. The other ferns remained free from infection.
Another sowing of a collection also believed from field observa-
tion to be connected with Uredinopsis Struthiopteridis was made
on Onoclea Struthiopteris and Phegopteris Dryopteris on June 29,
with uredinia rather abundant on July 8 on the former and no
infection on the latter. A third sowing of a collection similar to
the others on Onoclea Struthiopteris and Osmunda Claytoniana
on July 2 produced very abundant infection on Onoclea Stric-
thiopteris, the uredinia appearing on July 8. Teliospores were
present on July 30. Osmunda Claytoniana was not infected.
Five pots of Onoclea Struthiopteris obtained at the same place
and at the same time as those used in the experiments were kept
as checks and remained entirely free from infection.
The place where the aeciosporic material was collected was
kept under observation, and about a fortnight after the spores of
Peridermium balsameum were being shed, the ferns of Onoclea
Struthiopteris which grew immediately beside showed the ure-
dinia of the rust in abundance. The distribution of the ure-
dinia was such that it indicated the Peridermium on Abies as
the source of infection.
Uredinopsis Osmundae Magn.
Teliosporic material of this rust on Osmunda Claytoniana L.
was placed in a moist chamber, and the teliospores germinated
freely in a few days. The leaves bearing the germinating telia
were then suspended above plants of Abies balsamea on May 26.
Pycnia were observed on June 10, and aecia on June 18. Five
more sowings were made and in all cases the pycnia and aecia of
Peridermium balsameum followed. In several cases the ger-
minating teliosporic material was placed immediately above the
young shoots of Abies and these showed marked infection, while
the other shoots remained practically free.
Observations in the field strengthened the results of the cul-
tures. Whenever the writer found a very abundant development
of the uredinia of this rust on Osmunda in early summer it was
beneath, or close by, trees of Abies balsamea that showed a rich
236
]\Iycologia
infection of Pcridermium balsamenm. The distribution of the
aecia on the trees indicated that infection had come from the
rusted ferns of the previous season. These observations were
made in a number of places.
Uredinopsis Atkinsonii Magn.
Aeciospores of P eridcrmium balsameum from Abies balsamea
which seemed from field evidence to be connected with this rust
on Aspidiiim Thelyptcris Sw. were sown on a pot of these ferns
on July I, but without infection. Another sowing on July 3 of
similar material gave uredinia which appeared on July 10, but not
in great abundance. Three pots of Aspidiiim Thelypteris were
kept as checks and remained free from infection. There was
some field evidence of the connection of these forms but it was
not very pronounced.
Uredinopsis Phegopteridis Arthur
Teliosporic material of this rust on Phegopteris Dryopteris
(L.) Fee was suspended in the usual way above Abies balsamea
on May 27. Pycnia appeared on June 12 followed by aecia. In-
fection was not marked, only about twenty of the young leaves
bearing aecia. Observations in the field also indicated the con-
nection of these forms.
Uredinopsis mir.\bilis i\Iagn.
Teliosporic material of this rust on Onoclea sensibilis L. was
suspended above Abies balsamea (L) ]\Iill. on Alay 13. Pycnia
and aecia followed, the latter being first noticed on June 6,
about a dozen leaves showing aecia.
Aeciospores {Peridermium balsameum) from Abies balsamea
were sown on two pots of Onoclea sensibilis on June 28.
Abundant uredinia followed, being first noticed on July 5, the
urediniospores were oozing out by July 8.
Another sowing of aeciospores was made on Onoclea sensibilis,
Onoclea Strnthiopteris and Aspidiiim Thelypteris on July i.
Abundant infection of the pot of Onoclea sensibilis followed, the
uredinia being present on July 8. None of the other ferns
showed infection.
Fraser: Further Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts 237
Another sowing on Onoclea sensibilis on July 3 also gave
abundant infection, the uredinia appearing by July 10. Five
pots of plants from the same place as those used in the experi-
ments and obtained at the same time were kept as checks and
showed no infection.
Observations in the field strengthened the evidence of connec-
tion furnished by the cultures. It was noticed for several years
that wherever this rust was common on Onoclea in the following
spring the firs near were abundantly infected with Pcridermium
balsameum, but the sequence of spore forms was not carefully
observed. This season several places, where this rust was known
to be common on Onoclea sensibilis in 1911, were kept under ob-
servation. It was found that Periderminni balsameum appeared
abundantly on the trees of Abies balsamea that grew near about
June 25. In about ten days uredinia appeared on the ferns of
Onoclea sensibilis growing immediately beneath, and soon became
common.
The experiments and field observations here described seem to
the writer to establish the connection of the five species of Ure-
dinopsis used in the experiments with the white-spored aecia on
Abies balsamea which have passed as Periderminni balsameum.
The question whether these are distinct species with similar aecia
or whether they should be included under one species needs fur-
ther study. It will be noticed that the evidence of cultures, as far
as it goes, indicates that the species established are good.
The examination of the cultures and collections of the fern
rusts of the genus Uredinopsis convinced the writer that the first
spore form to appear is the urediniospore. The spores which
have been regarded as aeciospores were rarely present in the col-
lections and never appeared first.
In the genus Hyalopsora the aeciospores were found to be the
first to appear.
PucciNiASTRUM ]\Iyrtilli (Schum.) Arthur
Teliosporic material of this rust on the leaves of Vaccinium
canadense Kalm. was suspended on May 28 above a young tree
of Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. Pycnia were observed on a
number of leaves on June 10, and aecia began to appear on June
238
Mycologia
14. The aecia developed rapidly on about fifty of the leaves,
and were mature in a few days. The aecia were the deep red-
dish-yellow form collected abundantly in Nova Scotia in several
regions beside Pucciniastrum Myrtilli on Vaccininm canadense
and V. pcnnsylvanicum Lam. which has passed as Peridermium
Pcckii Thiim. but which Arthur regards as distinct. -
This confirms the life history of this species as established by
Clinton (Report Conn. Agric. Exper. Sta. 1909-1910, p. 719 and
MS.) who sowed aeciospores from Tsiiga catiadeusis on Gaylus-
sacia baccata (Wang) C. Koch, and produced the uredinia of
Pucciniastriiin Myrtilli.
]\Iel.\mpsora Medusae Thiim.
Leaves of Popnlus grandidentata Michx. bearing abundant
telia of this rust were placed in a moist chamber and the telio-
spores gave excellent germination in a few days. A sowing on
two plants of Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr, was followed on both
plants by pycnia in about a week, and later by aecia.
On July 18, 1912, the cones of a considerable area near Pictou
were found to be infected by Caeonia Abietis-canadensis Far!.,
about one half of the cones showing infection. The place was
visited about ten days later and the uredinia of Melampsora Me-
dusae were abundant on the leaves of Popnlus grandidentata
which grew near and beneath the infected trees. These experi-
ments and observations confirm the cultures of last year.®
Melampsora arctic.\ Rostr.
Teliosporic material from Salix (species undetermined) was
placed in a moist chamber until the teliospores germinated when
it was suspended above Abies balsamea on June 10. Pycnia were
noticed on June 24 followed by aecia. This experiment confirms
the cultures of the previous season.^
"See Mycologia 4: 184. 1912.
* See Mycologia 4: 188. :gi2.
‘See Mycologia 4; 187. 1912.
Fraser: Further Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts 239
Summary of Cultures Described in this Article
1. Life histories established for the first time.
Urediiiopsis Striithioptcridis Stormer. Two successful sow-
ings of teliospores from Onoclea Struthiopteris (L.) Hoffm.
on Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Three successful sowings of
aeciospores from Abies balsamea on Onoclea Struthiopteris.
Uredinopsis Osmundae Magn. Six successful sowings of telio-
spores from Osmnnda Claytoniana L. on Abies balsamea.
Uredinopsis Atkinsonii Magn. Aeciospores from Abies bal-
samea infected Aspidinm Thelypteris Sw.
Uredinopsis Phegoteridis Arthur. Teliospores from Phegop-
teris Dryopteris (L.) Fee infected Abies balsamea.
Uredinopsis mirabilis ]\Iagn. Teliospores from Onoclea sen-
sibilis L. infected Abies balsamea. Three successful sowings
of aeciospores from Abies balsamea on Onoclea sensibilis.
2. Life histories supplementing previous work.
Pucciniastrum Myrtilli (Schum.) Arthur. Teliospores from
Vaccinium canadense Kalm. infected Tsuga canadense
(L.) Carr.
Melampsora Medusae Thiim. Teliospores from Populits gran-
didentata Michx. infected Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr.
Melampsora arctica Rostr. Teliospores from Salix infected
Abies balsamea (L.) Mill.
Macdonald College,
Province of Quebec, Canada.
UREDINALES ON CAREX IN NORTH
AMERICA
J. C. Arthur
In the systematic work on Uredinales in the North American
Flora, a monographic treatise, every entry is based upon a col-
lection in the author’s herbarium, either an original one, or some
data to represent a collection in another herbarium. Whatever
advantage in fundamental accuracy is secured in this work prob-
ably depends largely upon the application of four tests which are
the foremost guides used in systematically placing every collec-
tion : ( I ) life cycle, so far as direct or collateral evidence can be
found; (2) name and systematic position of host; (3) micro-
scopic characters of sorus and spores; (4) the limitation of a
species in view of the influence of host and possible occurrence of
races.
It has not been many years since most collections of Carex
rusts were largely labelled “ Puccinia Caricis” or “P. caricina’’
and said to be on “ some species of sedge,” or on ^ Carex sp.,”
and with such material the work on the North American Flora
began.
As to the first test to be applied to each collection, regarding
the life cycle, Carex rusts may be assumed to be uniform in hav-
ing their spore forms of the general character of those of Puc-
cinia graminis and in being heteroecious.
As to the second test, regarding the host, slow but steadily in-
creasing progress has been made in securing authentic 'determina-
tion of the hosts. All Carex rusts belong either to the genus
Nigredo (having i-celled teliospores) or Dicaeoma (having
2-celled teliospores). The material for the species under Ni-
gredo, published about a year ago, consisted of 21 collections with
leaves and stems only, and 35 other collections accompanied by
more or less perfect fruiting parts. The determinations of the
latter had been verified or completed by comparison with the
240
Arthur: Uredinales on Carex in North America 241
author’s phanerogamic herbarium, although a few collections had
been submitted to experts.
The Carex material for the genus Dicaeorna is now being
studied. A few specimens from time to time have been sent to
Dr. Theo. Holm, of Washington, D. C., for critical decision re-
garding the host. Feeling the great advantage in accuracy that
would accrue from having all the material examined and com-
pared under the most favorable conditions, the very generous
permission of Dr. Holm to submit the full set to him was ac-
cepted, and in June, 1912, all the material being used as the basis
for the study of the genus Dicaeorna, together with that previ-
ously used for the genus Nigredo, was sent, to which was added
the phanerogamic set of Carex.
The phanerogamic collection is used as a basis of comparison,
in order to detect any lapses from a probably correct naming of
the host. It contains a total of 321 sheets and 133 species, wholly
from North America, and includes the Olney and Bailey exsic-
catae. Some of the specimens were determined by Wm. Boott
and L. H. Bailey, and the Iowa material was once examined by
R. I. Cratty. It is gratifying to note that Dr. Holm found occa-
sion to change the names of only five species (nine specimens)
of this phanerogamic set, all being changes to closely allied spe-
cies which some authors consider segregates.
The examination and study of the mycological material was a
far greater tax upon Dr. Holm’s time and patience, not only be-
cause of its fragmentary condition but because the opening of
mycological packets in large numbers is burdensome.
Of the material submitted, now being used for the genus
Dicaeorna, there were 645 packets which contained no fruiting
parts of the host, and such names as collectors have attached to
them cannot be verified. Of these, however. Dr. Holm questions
the correctness of 32, either because of the appearance of the
leaves, or because the locality is outside the known range of the
species.
Of the 405 packets submitted, which contained some fruiting
parts of the host, the larger portion had the specific name of the
host attached. From a study of this material Dr. Holm found it
242
Mycologia
necessary to change the names on 29 packets. Out of the 52
packets on which the species of the host had not been given, Dr.
Holm was able to supply 34 determinations.
Altogether Dr. Holm examined 1050 packets now being used
for the systematic work under the genus Dicaeoma, and 56
packets for that previously used under Nigredo, or a total of
1106. For this important and authoritative assistance in trying
to render the North American Flor.\ as accurate as possible the
writer desires to publicly extend to Dr. Holm most hearty thanks.
In the preliminary manuscript for the next rust number of the
North American Flora at the present writing (February i, 1913)
there are recognized 24 species of Dicaeoma occurring upon 106
species of Carex. These 24 species are represented by 1200
North American collections, 150 collections having been added
since the material was returned by Dr. Holm in November last.
Although this seems like a vast array of material for the rusts
on a single genus of hosts, yet one half of the 24 species are
represented by 13 or less collections each, and four by only one
or two collections each, these four species being from readily ac-
cessible localities in Delaware, West Virginia, Wisconsin and
South Dakota, except one which is from Guatemala. Some
stress should be laid upon this situation as indicating the desira-
bility that collectors search for Carex rusts more assiduously,
especially for such as appear to be associated in the field with
definite heteroecious aecia, and not follow the practice of a
famous mycologist of a prominent university who once confessed
that he usually threw away Carex rusts — they were so trouble-
some to name.
It is to be hoped that no one will be discouraged by the fact
that the chances are not many for picking up one of these rarer
species, taking the comparative number of collections under each
species as an indication. The three most commonly collected spe-
cies are one with aecia on Aster, Solidago, Erigeron and similar
genera, now passing under several names, which is represented
by 208 collections, one with aecia on I/rtica represented by 152 col-
lections, and one with aecia on Ribes represented by 146 collec-
tions. The remaining seven large species range from 86 to 18
collections each.
Arthur: Uredinales on Carex in North America 243
As this paper is intended to deal chiefly with the Carex hosts,
nothing has been said about aecial hosts of the 24 species involved,
but incidentally it may be stated that aecia belonging to il of
these species are known, and are represented by 676 collections
at the present time, for which it is hoped to secure ecpial accuracy
in determinations by enlisting the aid of specialists.
So much as to the second test used in the rust work for the
North American Flora, the one regarding hosts, and we now
turn to the third test, the one relating to microscopic characters
of the fungus. It being difficult to carry in mind the minute
appearance of the spores for purposes of critical comparison, as
many of the collections as possible have been illustrated by
camera lucida drawings made with a uniform amplification of
625 diameters. There have been 693 of the Dicaeoma collec-
tions on Carex illustrated in this way, giving >1029 individual
teliospores, 937 urediniospores and 69 amphispores ; while of their
aecial connections 174 collections have been similarly illustrated,
showing 135 individual aeciospores and 86 peridial cells, with 17
sections of pycnia more or less completely drawn.
Many of the collections have had sets of data taken regarding
length and breadth of a number of spores, usually six to eight,
thickness of apex, side wall and pedicel, the color, sculpturing of
surface, and number and position of pores. With the Carex
collections for Dicaeoma are 355 such sets of data, and with the
associated aecial collections 90 similar sets of data, extended to
include peridial cells and pycnia.
Regarding the fourth test applied to each collection, that of the
limital characters for the species, nothing need be given in this
connection, as the purpose of this article is especially to call
attention to the material being used for study. It may be inter-
jected, however, that the term species in the manuscript for the
final work is generally made to include such varieties, races or
physiological species as many authors prefer to distinguish by
separate names.
The presentation of the above statistics will illustrate some
features of the method employed in preparing the manuscript
for the rust part of the North American Flora, as other codec-
244
Mycologia
tions are treated in essentially the same way as those on Carex.
It may also indicate to collectors the desirability of including in
rust collections such parts of the hosts as best serve to permit of
their independent verification or determination. Possibly some
idea may be gleaned of the labor and time which such a work
entails. As the completeness of the work rests upon the avail-
ability of material, it is hoped that in the interests of mycologists
in general those who possess either recent or old collections of
rusts may contribute duplicate sets when convenient to do so.
Purdue University,
Lafayette, Ind.
NOTES ON NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI FROM
VARIOUS LOCALITIES
Charles E. Fairman
I. Pestalotia truncata septoriana var. nov.
Supposed to be the foliicolous form of a fungus generally found
on wood {Fagus, Corda), branches {Populus fastigiata, Leveille)
or on stems {Rubus, as var. Rubi Karst. Regarding the spelling
of the generic name it may be noted that the genus was published
by DeXotaris" as Pestalotia. I do not know who first varied the
spelling nor for what reason the change was made. I suggested
to Dr. Barnhart, librarian of the New York Botanical Garden,
that it might have been for euphony but he gave it as his opinion,
in a verbal communication, that Pestalotia was equally euphonious
and to be preferred. Taking up the matter with Prof. Henry F.
Burton, of the department of Latin in Rochester University,
I obtained the following information; “ Pestalotius is undoubt-
edly the correct Latin form for Pestalozzi. Classical Latin has
no ‘ z ’ sound or ‘ z ’ character except in a few words borrowed
from the Greek. The Italian ‘ z ’ or ‘ zz ’ often stands for
Latin ‘ t ’ or ‘ ti.’ For example in Palazzo (palatium), Arezzo
(Arretium), Firenze (Florentia), Venezia (Venetia).”
Spots circular, 1-4 mm. in diam., or irregular and i-io mm. in
length, light-brown, surrounded by a narrow brown line, becoming
paler and deciduous with age ; acervuli epiphyllous, minute, punc-
tiform, scattered and sparse, arranged like the pycnidia of some
Septoria; spores oblong-clavate, 2-4 septate, as a rule not guttu-
late, not much constricted, intermediate cells dark, end cells hya-
line, the upper cell broad and rounded from which protrude 2-3
cilia simple or branched, the lower cell more acute and ending in
a filiform pedicel, 20-22 X 7-8 /x.
On leaves of a small shrub probably belonging to the Rubiaceae,
Pueblo Viejo, Mexico, June, 1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton.
’ Hedwigia. 1896, p. 48.
■ Micr. Ital. Dec. II, p. 80.
245
246
Mycologia
2. Septoria Carricerae sp. nov.
Spots white above, brownish on the lower surface of the leaves;
pycnidia minute, epiphyllous on oblong spots, scattered, black,
smooth, centrally ostiolate, immersed then erumpent ; spores fili-
form, straight or curved, acute at apices, about 3-septate, hya-
line, 30-35 X 1-5-2 A*.
On leaves of Oplismenus hirtellus (L.) Roem. & Schult, a
]\Iexican grass called Carricera, Pueblo Viejo, IMexico, June,
1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton.
3. Sphaeropsis Coccolobae sp. nov.
Pycnidia hypophyllous, on the midrib of the leaves, scattered,
immersed then erumpent, causing round pustular elevations,
through which protrude the minute black ostiola, surrounded by a
few simple, straight, hyaline then purplish hairs or mycelial
threads; spores hyaline at first then yellowish, on cylindric hyaline
basidia, mostly obovate, at times rounded or ellipsoid, with rather
thick walls and granular contents, 12-30 X 12-15
On leaves of “ Uvas de la Playa,” Beach Grapes, Coccoloba
nvifera, Pueblo Viejo, Mexico, June, 1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton.
4. Sphaeropsis rhodocarpa sp. nov.
Pycnidia black, numerous, closely aggregated but not in a
stroma, globose, immersed then erumpent, 150-180 //, in diam. ;
spores rounded, oblong or ellipsoid, rounded, at times with one
end subacute, hence becoming somewhat ovate, often inaequila-
teral, with two large guttulae, hyaline then brown, 10-17 X 7 “
10 IX ; basidia hyaline, cylindric, from 20 to 23 /a in length.
On fruits of Persian Yellow Rose, Lyndonville, N. Y., autumn
of 1911, C. E. Fairman. Phoma rhodocarpa Sacc. is found on
same habitat.
5. ’Hendersonia hypocarpa sp. nov.
Pycnidia minute, immersed then erumpent, with minute, slen-
der, punctiform ostiola ; spores oblong-ellipsoid to oblong-clavate,
3-septate, strongly constricted at the septa, light-brown, with
conspicuous dark-brown lateral walls and septa, 10-17 X 5~7 A<-
On fiower stems of Persian Yellow Rose, Lyndonville, N. Y.,
autumn, 1910, C. E. Fairman.
Fairman: New Species of Fungi
247
Differs from Hendersonia Rosae Kickx,® in smaller pycniclia,
and in larger, more constricted spores, as compared with ^lyc.
Germanica no. 420 on branches of Rosa villosa. Kickx, loc. cit.
says “peritheces immerges, eparpilles autours des noeuds, soule-
vant I’epiderme qui devient bulbeux, blanc, ou noirci, par trans-
parence et qui se dechire longitudinalement pour livrer passage a
I’ostiole.”
6. Hendersonia coccolobina sp. nov.
Leaf spots irregular, whitened; pycnidia minute, black, sit-
uated just beneath the whitened epidermis which is easily de-
tached and through which the minute ostiola protrude ; spores
oblong-ellipsoid, subtruncate at apices, 2 to 4 septate not con-
stricted, brown, 10-12 X 4-6 /*, on short, hyaline, subcylindj*ical
basidia.
On leaves of Coccoloba uvifera, Pueblo Viejo, IMexico, June,
1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton.
7. Phyllosticta Mortoni sp. nov.
Spots srnall, 1-3 mm. in diam., circular, at first black and sur-
rounded by indefinite red or purple discoloration of the leaf sur-
face, then becoming whitish in the center, and in age with the dis-
appearance of the purplish spots running into brown, discolored
areas ; pycnidia black, sparse, covered then erumpent, amphi-
genous, about 100 /a in diam.; spores oblong-ellipsoid, continuous,
hyaline, 4.5-7 X 2.5-3 M-
On leaves of Mango, Mangifera Indica, Pueblo Viejo, Vera
Cruz, Mexico, June, 1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton p.
8. Pyrenochaeta fraxinina sp. nov.
Pycnidia 220-330 /a diam., immersed then erumpent, globose,
centrally ostiolate, with the ostiola surrounded by continuous,
acute-tipped setae which are 175-350 /u. long; spores basillar or al-
lantoid, straight or curved, hyaline, granular, or at times minutely
nucleolate, 7-10 X 0.5-1 /a; sporophores hyaline, rather long.
On petioles of Fraxinus, Lyndonville, N. Y., October, 1910,
C. E. Fairman.
® Fl. Crypt. Flandr. i: 389, Sacc. Syll. 10: 318.
248
Mycologia
9. Coniothyrium Chionanthi sp. nov.
Pycnidia immersed, then erumpent, superficial among the fibers
of the wood, minute, dull-black ; spores numerous, oblong or
ellipsoid, ends obtusely rounded, simple, continuous, hyaline at
first, becoming smoky or brownish, 4-7 X3-4^t; basidia not seen.
On a decorticated branch of Chionanthus z'irginica L., Lyndon-
ville, X. Y., !May, 1911, C. E. F airman.
10. Diplodia Akebiae sp. nov.
Pycnidia minute, black, buried then erumpent, elevating the
bark in small pustules through which the ostiola protrude, scat-
tered, simple ; spores yellowish-hyaline at first, continuous, then
brown, ellipsoid and uniseptate, slightly constricted at the sep-
tum, 13-20 X 10 JU.
On small branches of Akebia quinata, cult., Lyndonville, X. Y.,
July, 1911, C. E. Fairman.
Basidia not satisfactorily made out as the spores were em-
bedded in a gelatinous substance. Asci not seen.
Valsaria Akebiae Ellis & Ellis has smaller spores and occurs in
clusters.
II. Cryptodiscus araneo-cinctus sp. nov.
Apothecia scattered, gregarious or confluent, punctiform to
0.5 mm. in diam., sunk in the wood and opening by a minute round
pore, then semi-erumpent with larger, round, or irregularly ob-
long mouths, surrounded by radiating or arachnoid filaments,
sometimes becoming bare with age, brown or the same color as
the wood externally, disc pale straw-colored surrounded by a
yellow or brown irregular margin, rounded or oblong in form ;
asci cylindric, straight, 8-spored, 80 X 4-4-5 A*-, surrounded by
filiform nucleated paraphyses; sporidia uniseriate, oblong fusoid,
straight or curved, granular or 2-4 nucleate, appearing faintly
1-3 septate, not constricted, hyaline to greenish-hyaline, 9-12 X
1.5-2 fj..
On a fallen decorticated limb in the woods, Lyndonville, X. Y.
April, 1911, C. E. Fairman.
Lyndonville, N. Y.
NEWS AND NOTES
Dr. W. A. Mur rill sailed for Europe May 31, where he will
spend several weeks studying in various European herbaria.
Mr. W. H. Long, forest pathologist in the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture, spent several days at the Garden in June,
looking over certain collections of fungi causing heart rot of
forest trees.
Professors L. H. Pennington and Guy West Wilson have been
awarded scholarships at the Garden to assist them in their work
on the fungi. Mr. Pennington will continue his work on Maras-
mitis and Mr. Wilson on the Peronosporales.
Dr. Chas. H. Thom recently spent several days at the Garden
consulting mycological literature.
The following new species of ascomycetes are described from
North American material by Dr. H. Rehm d Naevia canadica,
Diatrype patella, Ombrophila limosa, Pecicula e.vimia and Myco-
sphaerella lageniformis. The last named is from California and
the remainder from Ontario, Canada.
Doctor W. C. Sturgis has recently published a second paper on
The Myxomycetes of Colorado.^ This paper contains the record
of 39 species, of which 33 are reported for the first time from
Colorado. Three of these are new to America and three are
‘Colorado College Publications, science series 12: 435-454. 1913.
“Ann. Myc. ii : 154-155- i9J3-
249
250
Mycologia
described as new species. The new species are ; Fuligo mega-
spora, Didymiiini anomalum and Encrthencma syncarpon.
The total number of species reported in tbe two papers is 127.
Previous to the publication of this work, few species had been
recorded for the Rocky ^Mountain region. During a part of the
time Doctor Sturgis was assisted by Professor Ellsworth Bethel
who is an excellent collector and thoroughly familiar with the
state.
INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL
LITERATURE
Alsberg, C L., & Black, 0 . F. Contributions to the study of
maize deterioration. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 270:
5-48. pi. I. II Mr 1913.
Biochemical and toxicological investigations of Penicillium puberuhtm and
PeniciUium stoloniferum.
Ames, A. A new wood-destroying fungus. Bot. Gaz. 55 : 397-
399. /. 1-6. 15 My 1913.
Poria atrosporia sp. nov.
Amundsen, E. 0 . Black rot of the naval orange. {Altcrnaria
Citri Pierce and Ellis.) Monthly Bull. State Comm. Hort.
Calif. 2: 527-537. /. 324-330. My 1913.
Ashby, S. F. Banana diseases in Jamaica. Jamaica Dept. Agr.
Bull. II. 2; 95-128. pi. 21-28. Ja 1913.
Ashby, S. F. Diseases of cocoes and other crops. Jamaica Dept.
Agr. Bull. II. 2: 150-155. Ja 1913.
Beardslee, H. C. An acre of Lysunis. In Lloyd, C. G., Mycolog-
ical Notes 38: 515, 516. N 1912.
Beardslee, H. C. A much named agaric. In Lloyd, C. G., My-
cological Notes 38: 524. /. 5/p. N 1912.
Brown, H. B. Studies in the development of Xylaria. Ann.
Myc. II : 1-13. pi. 1,2. 15 Mr 1913.
Brown, W. H., & Graff/'P* W. Factors influencing fungus suc-
cession on dung cultures. Philip. Jour. Sci. 8: (Bot.) 21-29.
F 1913.
Claassen, E. Caloplaca pyracea (Ach.) Th. Fr., a crustaceous
lichen on the sandstone sidewalks of east Cleveland, Ohio.
Ohio Nat. 13: 99, loo. 25 Mr 1913.
Cook, M. T., & Martin, G. W. The Jonathan spot rot. Phyto-
pathology 3: 1 19, 120. Ap 1913.
251
252
IMycologia
Drost, A. W. The Surinam Panama disease of the Gros Michel
banana. Jamaica Dept. Agr. Bull. II. 2: 128-149. pi. ^p-jp.
Ja 1913-
Dutton, D. L. Additions to the lichen flora of Vermont. Bull.
Vermont Bot. Club 8: 16, 17. Ap 1913.
Edgerton, C. W. The stem rot or Hawaiian “ iliau ” disease of
sugar cane. Phytopathology 3; 93-98. pi. 8. Ap 1913.
Gnomonia Iliau.
Estee, L. M. Fungus galls on Cystoseira and Halidrys. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Bot. 4: 305-316. pi. 35. 31 Mr 1913.
Includes Guignardia irritans Setchell & Estee sp. nov.
Fink, B. The nature and classification of lichens — II. The
lichen and its algal host. Mycologia 5: 97-166. My 1913.
Fitzpatrick, H. M. A comparative study of the development of
the fruit body in Phallogaster, Hysteranginm and Gautieria.
Ann. Myc. ii: 119-149. pi. 4-7 -\-f. 1-7. 30 Ap 1913.
Goodrich, L, L. H, Flora of Onondaga County as collected by the
members of the Syracuse Botanical Club. 1-210. Syracuse.
1912. [Illust.]
Includes a list of fungi chiefly Agaricaceae.
Graves, A. H. Notes on diseases of trees in the southern Appa-
lachians — I. Phytopathology 3: 129-139. /. i-io. Ap 1913.
Harper, E.. T. The probable identity of Stropharia epimyces
(Peck) Atk. with Pilosace algeriensis Fries. Mycologia 5:
167-169. My 1913.
Hawkins, L. A. Experiments in the control of grape anthrac-
nose. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 105 : 3-8. pi. i, 2.
10 F 1913.
Hedgcock, G. G. Notes on some diseases of trees in our national
forests — III. Phytopathology 3: 111-114. Ap 1913.
Herre, A. W. C. T. The lichens of Mount Rose, Nevada. Bot.
Gaz. 55: 392-396- 15 My 1913.
Includes Acrospora thermophUa sp. nov.
Higgins, B. B. The perfect stage of Cylindrosporium on Primus
avium. Science II. 37: 637, 638. 25 Ap 1913.
The perfect stage has been named Coccomyces hiemalis sp. nov.
Index to American Mycological Literature
253
Howe, R. H. An additional note on Nantucket lichens. Rhodora
15:93.94- My 1913.
Jehle, R. A. The brown rot canker of the peach. Phytopathol-
ogy 3: 105-110. pi. 10. Ap 1913.
Kellerman, K. F. The excretion of cytase by Pcnicillium pino-
phihim. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 118: 29-31. /. i, 2.
Kellerman, K. F. Soil bacteriology as a factor in crop produc-
tion. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 113: 3-10. /. i. 15
F 1913.
Kellerman, K. F. Testing cultures of nodule-forming bacteria.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 120: 3-5. /. i. 5 Ap 1913.
Lawrence, W. H. Bluestem of the black raspberry. Washing-
ton Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 108: 3-30. /. 1-49. O 1912.
Caused by Acrostolaginus caulophagus sp. nov.
Lawrence, W. H. Plant diseases induced by Sclerotinia perplcxa
nov. sp. Washington Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 107: 3-22. /. i-p.
O 1912.
Levine, M. Studies in the cytology of the Hymcnomycctcs
especially the Boleti. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 137-181. pi. 4-8.
My 1913.
Lloyd, C. G. Mycological notes. 38: 510-524. /. 5/0-579. N
1912. [Illust.]
Lyon, T. L., & Bizzel, J. A. The influence of alfalfa and of tim-
othy on the production of nitrates in soils. Centralb. Bakt.
Zweite Abt. 37: 161-167. 29 Mr 1913.
Maublanc, A, Sur une maladie des feuilles du papayer “ Carica
Papaya.” A Lavoura 16: 208-212. 1913. [Illust.]
Caused by Sphaerella Caricae (Speg.) Maublanc, the ascigerous stage of
Cercospora Caricae Speg. The same paper is published also in Portuguese
under the title “ Sobre uma molestia do mamoeiro (Caryca Papayal, L.)
204-208.
McBeth, I. G., & Scales, F. M, The destruction of cellulose by
bacteria and filamentous fungi. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind.
Bull. 266; 9-52. pi. 1-4. 21 F 1913.
Melhus, I. E. Silver scurf, a disease of the potato. U. S. Dept.
Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 127; 15-24. /. 1-4. 17 My 1913.
254
Mycologia
Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XIV. ^lycologia 5 :
93-96. pi. 87. My 1913.
Includes illustrations of six species of Venenarins.
Northup, Z. The influence of certain acid-destroying yeasts
upon lactic bacteria. iNIichigan Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 15 : 3-35.
Je 1912.
Norton, J. B. S. Jonathan fruit spot. Phytopathology 3 ; 99,
100. Ap 1913.
O’Gara, P. J. Studies on the water core of apple. Phytopa-
thology 3: 121-128. /. I, 2. Ap 1913.
Orton, W. A. Powdery dry-rot of the potato. Ei. S. Dept. Agr.
Plant Ind. Circ. no: 13-15. 18 Ja 1913.
Pool, V. W,, & McKay, M. B. The control of the sugar-beet leaf-
spot. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 121 : 13-17. 12 Ap
1913.
Rehm, H. Ascomycetes exs. Ease. 52. Ann. Myc. ii : 166-171.
30 Ap 1913.
Plants distributed as Tympanis Fraxini, Phaleoderris Heliopsidis, Pecisella
ontariensis, Botryosphaeria Hamametidis, Pseudotfhia Symphoricarpi and
Uncinula necator were collected in North America.
Rehm, H. Ascomycetes novi. Ann. Myc. ii: 149-155. 30 Ap
1913-
Includes Naevia canadica, Ombrophila limosa, Pesicula examina, Diatrype
patella, and Mycosphaerella lageniformis, spp. nov. from North America.
Rorer, J. B. The use of the green muscardine in the control
of some sugar cane pests. Phytopathology 3 : 88-92. pi. 7.
Ap 1913.
Roberts, J, W. The “ rough bark ” disease of the yellow Newton
apple. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 280: 5-16. pi. 1-3 -\-
f. I, 2. 12 Ap 1913.
A disease caused by Plwmopsis Mali.
Saccardo, P. A. Notae mycologicae. Ann. Myc. ii: 14-21.
15 Mr 1913.
Includes Aecidium sonatum, A. Thevetiae, Phyllachora uberata, Macro-
phoma mexicana and Didymopsis phyllogena, spp. nov. from Mexico.
Setchell, W. A. Mushrooms and toadstools. Univ. Calif. Agr.
Exp. Sta. Circ. 84: 1-4. Ja 1913.
Index to American IVIycological Literature
255
Shear, C. L. Some observations on phytopatliological problems
in Europe and America. Phytopathology 3: 77 ~^ 7 - 19 ^ 3 -
Shear, C. L., & Wood, A. K. Studies of fungous parasites be-
longing to the genus GlomcreUa. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind.
Bull. 252: 5-1 10. pi. 1-4. 25 Ja 1913.
Spegazzini, C. Contribucion al estudio de las Laboulbeniomi-
cetas argentinas. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires 23;
167-244. /. 1-71. 1912.
Describes three new genera and twenty-five new species.
Spegazzini, C. Mycetes argentinenses — VI. An. Mus. Nac. Hist.
Nat. Buenos Aires 23: 1-146. /. 76-gg. 2 Ap 1912.
Describes a large number of new species.
Stewart, A. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences
to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. VII. Notes on the
lichens of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. California Acad. Sci.
I ; 431-446. 17 D 1912.
Sturgis, W. C. On Stcmoiiitis nigresccns and related forms.
Bot. Gaz. 55: 400, 401. 15 My 1913.
Sturgis, W. C. The Myxomycctes of Colorado — II. Colorado
Col. Publ. Sci. 12: 435-454. pi. 2. Ap 1913.
Includes Fuligo megaspora, Didymium anomahim and Enerthencma syn-
carpon, spp. nov.
Wilcox, E. M., Link, G. K.'K., & Pool, V. W. A dry rot of the
Irish potato tuber. Nebraska Agr. Exp. Sta. Research Bull,
i: 5-88. pi. 1-28 -\-f. 1-15. I Mr 1913.
I • »
f
V
\
/■<' •
f[»t
JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS
Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume I3.00
Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued,
per part
25
Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 30
Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each
New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 j original descrip-
tions with full citation.
First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50
Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io
Mycological Glossary
North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae
by A. P. Morgan, each ’
Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25
Saccardo's Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders
and Families)
Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN,
175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK
BOTANICAL GARDEN
Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers
No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 34. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White.
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill.
K American Peronosporales— I. The Genus Albugo,
by Guy West Wilson. ®
No 95. Studiesin North American Peronosporales— II. Phytophthoreae and
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson.
No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill.
No. X14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 1 15. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Searer.
r' American Peronosporales-IV. Host Index, by
u. W. Wilson, '
No. 1 1 9. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales— II. Nectria Peziza, by
F. J. Seaver. * ^
No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents).
Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN,
Bronx Park, New York City
5
PUBLICAXIOIVS
OF
The New York Botanical Garden
Journal of the New 7ork Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con-
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem-
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; f i.oo a year. (Not offered in ex-
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume.
Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi,
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in-
terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. $3 .00 a year ;
single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its fifth volume.
Bulletin of the New 7'ork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the
Garden ; to others, JS3.00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume.
North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America>
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com-
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts.
Subscription price, $1.50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold
for 82.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae.
Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae
(pars).
Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars).
( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. )
Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars).
Vol. 17, part I, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars).
Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae
(pars).
Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae.
Memoirs of the New 7ork Botanical Garden. Price to members of the
Garden, 81 -oo p>er volume. To others, 82.00. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -J-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900.
Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development,
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -f- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903.
Vol. Ill Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New
York, by Anhur Hollick and Eldward Charles Jeffrey, viii 4-138 pp., with 29
plates. 19C9.
Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager,
viii -f- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908.
Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech-
nical papers written by students or members of the stuff, and reprinted from journals
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volume. In its seventh volmne.
RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH
152. The genus Strutkiopteris and its Representatives in North America, by Jean
Broadhurst.
153. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVII, by P. A. Rydberg.
154. Biochemical Studies of Soils Subjected to Dry Heat, by F. J. Seaver and
E. D. Clark.
155. Poly c odium, by C. B. Robinson.
156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg,
New York Botanical Garden
Buonx Pakk, Raw Yoiik Oitv
4
MYCOLOGIA
IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY
Pounded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885
EDITOR
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL
Vol. V— SEPTEMBER, 1913— No. 6
JOSEPH C. ARTHUR
HOWARD J. BAHKER
GIACOMO BRESADOLA
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS
JOHN DEARNESS
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
FRANKLIN S. EARLE
BRUCE FINK
ROBERT A. HARPER
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE
PAUL MAGNUS
GEORGE MASSEE
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD
LARS ROMELL
FRED J. SEAVER
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
By THB NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER. PA.
CONTENTS
PACK
Illustrations of Fungi — XV - William A. Murrill 257
The Identity of Cantharellus brevipes and Cantharellus
clavatus . - . - Edward T. Harper 261
The Structure of Simblum sphaerocephalum
Henry S. Conard 264
A Method of Determining in Analytic Work Whether
Colonies of the Chestnut Blight Fungus Originate
from Pycnospores or Ascospores - F. D. Heald 274
News and Notes 278
Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 284
The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof :
Without Cover —
4 PP-
8 pp.
12 pp.
16 pp.
20 pp.
24 pp.
28 pp.
32 pp.
25-50 Copies —
^*•37
81.87
82.12
82.50
83.50
8405
84- 82
85-20
too "
ISS
2.15
2.65
3-»5
4.05
5.00
6.10
6.50
200 “
2.00
3.05
4.00
4.30
5.60
6.90
8.30
8.90
Coven — First 50 — |i.oo. Additional, ic each.
Plates — 40c per 100.
M a
I'l.AIK Xt.'Il
ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNOI
MYCOLOGIA
VoL. V September, 1913
No. 5
ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XV
William A. Murrill
The specimens used for the accompanying figures were all col-
lected in the vicinity of New York City. None of the species
represented are known to be dangerously poisonous, and at least
one of them is recognized as an excellent edible mushroom.
Hu • A N
Chanterel minor Peck
Small Chanterel
Plate 92. Figure i. X i
Pileus thin, fleshy, convex to expanded, irregular or depressed
at times, gregarious, 1-2.5 cm. broad ; surface glabrous, sub-
rugose, ochraceous to orange ; margin inrolled at first, entire or
repand ; context thin, pallid, mild, at length faintly peppery ;
lamellae decurrent, distant, very narrow, often forking, but
seldom anastomosing, concolorous or somewhat paler ; spores
ovoid, somewhat one-sided, smooth, hyaline with a faint yellowish
tinge, 8-9 X 4-5 ; stipe slender, cylindric, equal, glabrous, shin-
ing, slightly striate at times, concolorous, usually solid, 2-5 cm.
long, 2-4 mm. thick.
This tiny bright-colored species is known to occur on the ground
in deciduous woods from Massachusetts to Alabama in the east-
ern United States and is reported from a few localities in the
middle west.
Lepiota procera (Scop.) Quel.
Parasol jMushroom
Plate 92. Figure 2. X i
Pileus soft, fleshy, ovoid to expanded, umbonate, solitary or
[Mycologia for July, 1913 (5: 185-256), was issued July 10, 1913.]
257
I ■
O
258
Mycologia
gregarious, 8-i6 cm. broad; surface radiate-fibrillose and rufes-
cent beneath the cuticle, the cuticle thick, at first smooth and con-
tinuous, rufous to umber in color, at length torn asunder, except
upon the umbo, into large irregular scales which become scattered
and gradually fall away, margin deflexed, silky-fibrillose ; context
thick, soft, white ; lamellae broad, close, white, at times yellowish
or pinkish, tapering slightly behind, free, remote ; spores ellipsoid •
or obovoid, apiculate, 1-2-guttulate, 12-18X8 — 12 /a; stipe tall,
tapering upward from the bulbous base, hollow or fibrous-stuffed,
the cuticle thin, flocculose, rufous or brownish, at length drawn
apart into minute scales, 15-25 cm. long, 8-16 mm. thick, the base
2-3 cm. thick; annulus thick, soft, subcoriaceous, movable, apical.
This handsome edible species is found in thin soil in meadows,
pastures, and open woods from New England to Alabama and
west to Nebraska. It is also widely distributed in Europe and
Asia, where it is highly esteemed as an article of food, in some
places being dried in quantity for winter use. On account of its
scaly cap and bulbous stem, it must be carefully distinguished from
species of Venenarius.
Chanterel cinnabarinus Schw.
Cinnabar Chanterel
Plate 92. Figure 3. X i
Pileus firm, thin, fleshy, convex to depressed or somewhat in-
fundibuliform, often irregular in the larger specimens, gregarious
or scattered, 1.5-3 cm. broad; surface smooth or slightly rugose,
of soft compacted fibers, opaque, cinnabar-red, fading somewhat
in the field and entirely in the herbarium ; margin at first indexed,
undulate to lobed, concolorous ; context whitish, tinged externally
with red, thin, taste varying from mild to slightly acrid; lamellae
long-decurrent, forked, interveined, distant, narrow, concolorous
or slightly paler than the surface ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline,
8-9 X 5 ; stipe cylindric or tapering downward, terete, glabrous,
smooth or slightly striate, concolorous, solid, 2-5 cm. long, 4-7
mm. thick.
This small species is conspicuous because of its brilliant color-
ing and occurs in abundance on the ground in deciduous or conif-
erous woods from New England to Alabama and west to Indiana
and Ohio, as well as sparingly in certain parts of tropical America.
Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi
259
Entoloma Grayanum Peck
Gray’s Entoloma
Plate 92. Figure 4. X i
Pileus convex to plane, gregarious, 5-8 cm. or more broad ; sur-
face smooth, glabrous, hygrophanous, dark-avellaneous to subum-
brinous, margin entire, concolorous ; context white, odor and taste
farinaceous; lamellae adnate or slightly sinuate, subdistant, ven-
tricose, white to rosy, the edges undulate ; spores subglobose, angu-
lar, rose-colored, 7-9/x.; stipe equal or tapering downward, shin-
ing-white, longitudinally striate, glabrous, solid, white within, 6-10
cm. long and i cm. thick.
This species is quite common in woods in eastern North Amer-
ica during late summer and autumn. It is well to avoid species of
Entoloma when gathering mushrooms for the table. Two Euro-
pean species, E. lividum and E. sinuatum, are recognized as
poisonous.
Ceriomyces fumosipes (Peck) Murrill
Smoky-stemmed Ceriomyces
P late 92. Figure 5. X i
Pileus convex, 4-7 cm. broad, about 1-1.5 cm. thick; surface
tomentose, avellaneous with light-bay spots to umbrinous or dark
olive-brown, very distinctly reticulate-rimose, the cracks becoming
wider and whitish in color in older plants, while the areoles be-
tween contract almost into tufts, especially toward the margin ;
margin entire, fertile ; context firm, fleshy, white, changing slowly
and slightly to pale-blue, taste sweet ; tubes plane in mass, some-
what depressed at maturity, equaling the thickness of the context,
greenish-white to avellaneous ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, deep
ochraceous-brown, 14-16X7-8 /a; stipe somewhat ventricose,
solid, white within, changing slightly to bluish beneath the cuticle.
3-4 cm. long, 0.7-1 cm. thick, finely scabrous or scurfy,
avellaneous-umbrinous to fulvous, paler above, distinctly pale
bluish-green at the apex.
This species occurs sparingly in woods, especially on roadside
banks, from New York to the mountains of North Carolina and
west to Kentucky. It may be readily recognized by the pale-
bluish-green band at the apex of the stipe.
260
Mycologia
Ceriomyces communis (Bull.) Murrill
Common Ceriomyces
Plate 92. Figure 6. X i
The usual form of this very abundant and widely distributed
species was figured and described in Mycologia for March, 1910.
The form here represented is peculiar in having a bright-red, very
finely tomentose cap which does not become rimose-areolate, and
considerably smaller tubes than in the usual form.
Ceriomyces illudens (Peck) IMurrill
Deceiving Ceriomyces
Plate 92. Figure 7. X i
Pileus convex, 3-7 cm. broad ; surface dry, finely tomentose,
olivaceous, yellowish-brown or grayish-brown, sometimes slightly
tinged with red, especially in the center; context whitish or yel-
lowish, unchanging, rather spongy ; tubes plane or convex in mass,
adnate to adnexed, bright yellow to melleous without and within,
mouths large, angular or subcircular, usually larger near the stipe ;
spores oblong or subfusiform, olive-green fading to yellowish-
brown tinged with green, 11-13 X4-5 ai; stipe nearly equal, usu-
ally tapering at the base, glabrous, whitish or yellowish to light-
bay above, pale-yellow below, 3-7 cm. long, mm. thick,
coarsely reticulate entirely to the base in fully developed speci-
mens, but only at the top in small plants.
This species occurs in woods and copses from Vermont to
Alabama in the eastern United States. The stipe is coarsely
reticulate, the tubes bright-yellow, and the cap usually olivaceous
to yellowish-brown.
New York Botanical Garden.
THE IDENTITY OF CANTHARELLUS BREVIPES
AND CANTHARELLUS CLAVATUS
Edward T. Harper
(With Plates 93, 94 and 95)
The plants illustrated in plates 93 and 94, accompanying this
article, are frequently met with at Neebish, Michigan. They
grow on the ground in damp mossy places or among needles in
’ coniferous woods. We referred them at first to Cantharellus
brcvipes Peck, but the illustration of Craterelliis clavatus by
Fries^ suggested that Peck’s species is the same as Craterelliis or
better Cantharellus clavatus of Europe, and further study of
other illustrations and descriptions of that species appears to
prove the identity beyond doubt. Cantharellus clavatus has been
figured many times in European works on mycology. One of the
latest illustrations is that in Rolland’s Atlas Champignons (pi.
52). The plant is really a Cantharellus and has been so called by
Corda, Bresadola and others. The description in Saccardo’s* Syl-
loge fits our plant except that the hymenium becomes pale ochra-
ceous pruinate rather than “ whitish pruinate from the spores,”
which is necessarily the case since the spores are ochraceous. In
dried specimens the spore pruina appears whitish over the dark
background of the hymenium unless special attention is paid to the
color. The pruinate surface is very noticeable. The spore meas-
urements, 4-5 X 10-12 /j,, agree with those of our plants exactly
and also with those of Cantharellus brevipes.
Cantharellus clavatus has been reported from IMaine by
Sprague, according to Saccardo ( 1 . c.) and Lloyd® has recog-
nized it among plants sent to him from Montana, but he thought
the spores of the Montana plant appeared hyaline under the micro-
scope. The spores'in our plants are pale-ochraceous.
1 Fries, Sverige Svamp. pi. gi. 1836.
2 Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 6: 519. 1888.
3 Lloyd, letter 44, note 56.
261
262
Mycologia
Peck^ described and illustrated Cantharellas brevipes in 1880.
He has also recorded two other collections.® The fact that it is so
rare in New York State and that it is really a Cantharellus ac-
counts for its not being recognized as Persoon’s species.
The illustrations in plates 93 and 94 show the appearance of
the Neebish plants. The plants are usually quite regularly
obconic or turbinate with the pileus truncate or slightly depressed
and the acute margin even or slightly wavy as in plate 93. This
is the form illustrated by Peck. The hymenium is a network of
folds and wrinkles. The wrinkle-like lamellae are more nearly
parallel toward the top and more reticulate below, the reverse of
the condition in Cantharellus floccosus. Under favorable weather
conditions the plant becomes broader and the margin is thin and
lobed as in plate 94 /i. Sometimes these luxuriant forms grow in
dense clusters as in B. Sometimes the plants appear branched
from a common stem. Sometimes they are irregular and the
lobes on the pileus very long as in Britzelmayr’s illustration (tab.
698). The flesh of our plants is whitish. The colors vary con-
siderably. The pileus is yellowish or umber with tinges of purple
or violet. It becomes faded, scaly and pitted when old. The
hymenium is usually deep violet with flesh-colored tints. A whole
series of variously colored forms have been noted in Europe.
It has been recognized already that the plants referred to as
Craterellus clavatns, by Peck,® are Craterellus pistillaris Fries.
Peck speaks of their close resemblance to Clavaria pistillaris and
describes the margin of the pileus as obtuse and crenate. Cra-
terellns pistillaris has been taken in this country for a form of
Clavaria pistillaris by Atkinson^ and Lloyd ( 1 . c.). Fries said
Craterellus pistillaris was frequently found in pine woods about
Upsala where true Clavaria pistillaris was never found. It
is interesting that our plants illustrated in plate 95 are found
in coniferous woods at Neebish, Michigan, and we have never
seen Clavaria pistillaris there. Only once has the plant been
collected at Neebish, and then not in coniferous woods. It is
4 Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 33: 21. pi. i, f. 18-20. 1880.
5 Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 51 : 298. 1897.
® Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 32: 35, 1880, and Bull. N. Y. State
Mus. 2: 48. 1887.
r Atkinson, Mushrooms, 203. 1903.
Plate 93..
0Y
TH6
Cantharellus Clavatus (Pers)
WYANOAK PUBLISHING COMPANY, NEW YORK
> I EXECUTED
* w.
Plate 94
Cantharellus Clavatus (Pers)
THE WYANOAK PUBLISHING COMPANY, NEW YORK
4
ST'
I I V ^
■s .
4* urv»/m^* ' |K.r ... *> ' • * ;• ■“' f • / '
■;.iUt"-\' ,
** .-.1^( f ^ , ,' jj_ V ■■-‘S' .. .1 . W
])^.V,'^ ''V? 'V^'iCV ■ ' '■* ■
#>^ 7 - - •
"4
'f- B^'^’ ^ '
• A’
^•V
1 . " .. 4 ' '*
<► ■ " .!.• •
i?
m
, I ■->>, ■•
1 ? 7 i;
iiiir ‘^■irr u.
i>? . 4 i
§
?‘ 5 ?
■rr»* I •. ¥V S’ ■-' «' ''
^',|l/\v «. ■>
■ -♦/
•> k-
4
V
SR.’ •' '■-:"
rt .- •• f - -
SP'V ■' ’ ■ ,• V,'::::'. ' ", ‘
V.-
/
V
•rt “
■
i'
•r
• a 4
■■ i:
' - *r • r
jC >
u- *
a(
..
,K* ’ ■ - ^
iai'
Plate 95
1
Craterellus Pistillaris, Fr.
Harper: Identity of Cantharellus
263
very common in frondose woods elsewhere in Michigan and
Wisconsin. Other collectors may not have this experience
however.
Atkinson and others are undoubtedly right in considering Fries’
plant a variety of Clavaria pistillaris and it should be placed in
a group with that species. Fries recognized the similarity of the
two but probably placed the plant in the genus Craterellus because
of the depressed pileus. The hymenium is usually continuous
to the apex. Schaeffer’s figures (290), are supposed to represent
this form but they appear to us more like small forms of Cantha-
rellus clavatus.
Plate 95 shows the common forms of the plant as found at
Neebish: (A) a form with the hymenium nearly smooth and the
margin obtuse and even; (E) a form with a wrinkled hymenium
and margin of the pileus crenate; (B) a very small plant; (C) the
extreme form in old plants with the hymenium very rugose and
pitted; (D) a wrinkled pileus with slight umbo in the center.
The plants are spongy and soon become hollow. The base of the
stem is often bulbous. The colors are reddish-brown like Clavaria
pistillaris, but the hymenium is often dull violet with yellowish
tints above and on the pileus. The spores are 6-7 X 10-12 /a;
basids club-shaped, I2X6 o/a; sterigmata io/a long. The spores
of Clavaria pistillaris are in our specimens ovate, 4-5 X 8-1 1 /a.
The flesh of our plants is not nearly as solid as that of Clavaria
pistillaris. The two forms, however, run together. Hard’s® illus-
tration of Clavaria pistillaris (fig. 396), appears like an inter-
mediate form, and Craterellus corrugis Peck,® must be something
similar. Forms of Clavaria pistillaris with the apex pinched in
are well known.
A letter from Mr. C. G. Lloyd confirms both of the above iden-
tifications. Mr. Lloyd has examined Persoon’s type of Merulius
clavatus at Leiden and a co-type specimen of Fries’ Craterellus
clavatus at Kew. He has also seen a type specimen of Fries’
Craterellus pistillaris at Kew and Peck’s specimens at Albany.
8 Hard, Mushrooms, f. 396. 1908.
9 Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 69. 1899.
THE STRUCTURE OF SIMBLUM SPHAERO-
CEPHALUM
Henry S. Conard
(With Plates 96 and 97)
In October, 1911, Miss Winnie Gilbert, a student at Grinnell
College, Iowa, brought in a specimen of the pink stink-horn,
Simblum sphaerocephalum Schlecht. It was found on the north
side of a deep railroad cut one mile west of Grinnell. Further
search in this place resulted in the collection of several mature
specimens and a number of “ eggs.” They grew about half way
up the slope, facing south, on Marshall silt loam that had slid
down the bank many years ago, and at about the level of the
boundary between the loess and the glacial drift. Perhaps there
are special moisture conditions at this level, though other vegeta-
tion does not suggest this. With them was Poa pratensis as domi-
nant plant, as well as seedlings of Acer negundo, Physalis spp..
Aster spp., etc. Two or three weeks later my colleague. Professor
H. W. Norris, found specimens on a hillside above Skunk River,
three miles southwest of Turner Station (southeast corner of
section 5, Richland Township, Jasper County, Iowa). Some of
the smaller “ eggs ” were cut open and killed in chromacetic fluid
and later sectioned on the serial microtome. The rest of the
material was preserved in alcohol. The following studies were
made of the preserved material. My best alcoholic specimens
have since been deposited with Professor Macbride at the State
University of Iowa, Iowa City. A brief account of this find was
presented to the Iowa Academy of Science in April, 1912.^
Simblum sphaerocephalum was originally described by Schlecht-
endal (1861) from Argentina, where it is common. Similar
plants have been collected in southern Brazil and in Venezuela,
and described under different names. In North America it is
known from Astoria and Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island ;
1 Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 19: 103. 1912.
264
Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 265
Nebraska; Kansas; Washington, D. C. ; Talbot County, Md. ;
and Texas (Lloyd, 1909, p. 67; Long, 1907). We follow Fischer
(1890, p. 59) in reducing to synonymy the names S', riibescens,
S. australe, S. Lorentsii, and S. pilidiatum. In view of the rarity
of this plant in the United States, we offer the following detailed
observations.
The white volva, flesh-pink stalk and receptaculum, and umber-
brown spore-mass make this fungus a curious and striking object
(fig. 5). Its odor is somewhat nauseous, but not strong. The
size of our plants is shown by the following tables of measure-
ments :
Measurement of Mature Plants, in cm.
Total Height
Length of Stalk
Length of Head
Diameter of
Head
Stalk
Volva
s'
3
I
1-75
1.2
2.3
7
6.3
0.7
1.8
1-3
S-S
0.7
1-3
I.O
8.5
6.S
1.5
2-5
2.1
3
10 (?)
8.0
1-5
2 (?)
1.8
3
7
S-8(?)
I.O
1-5
1-3
5-5
4.3 (?)
I (?)
2 . 5 '
Measurements of “ Eggs,” in cm.
Height.
Diameter.
Rhizomorph.
2,2
I-S
2.6
1-7
1-9
2.9
2.3
2.15
3.0
1.9
1.6
1-5
When lifted carefully each plant was found to have a stout white
rhizomorph running into the ground (figs. 1,5). These strands are
smooth, solid, and gently tapering. The longest we have is 3
cm. with a diameter of 2 mm. The egg-stage is obconical in
shape (fig. i), white, rather firm to the touch, but not turgid.
When cut in half lengthwise the “ egg ” shows first a tough, white
peridium (fig. i), then a thick layer of firm, translucent, gela-
tinous matter traversed by strands or trabeculae of denser white
tissue. On comparing cross-sections (fig. 2) it is seen that these
2 Including rhizomorph.
3 Has also a rhizomorph 2 cm. long.
2G6
Mycologia
strands are really anastomosing partitions, connecting with the
peridium externally and with the bars of the receptaculum within.
The gelatinous layer is therefore divided up into many irregular
longitudinal chambers. A similar arrangement of partitions in
the volva jelly is described by Fischer (1901) in Simbhini peri-
phragmoides, and by Long (1907) in this species.
So far as is shown by the rather advanced stages at our dis-
posal, Simhlum sphaerocephalum agrees precisely in structure
with other Clathraceae as described by Fischer (1890-1910).
The stalk of the receptaculum is traversed by a central strand,
{S) of gelatinous hyphae, which is continuous with the gelatinous
filling of the chambers of the stalk (figs, i, 3). The pseudo-
parenchymatous tissue is composed of small spherical cells,
arranged in a network of anastomosing plates which form the
walls of the chambers (figs. 3, 7, 8). These walls are much
folded in the egg stages. Though the chambers seem to be all
connected with one another and with the central cavity of the
stalk, they do not connect definitely with the tissues surrounding
the stalk. Elongation of the stalk is manifestly due to a great
increase in size of the pseudoparenchyma cells, as shown by
figures 7 and 8. Though these are not taken from the same
plant, their evidence seems conclusive. Coupled with this enlarge-
ment is a general expansion of the stalk in all directions, a
straightening of the folds of the chamber walls, and liquefying
of everything except the pseudoparenchyma.
In the head region, the bars of the receptaculum {Rp) are
found on the surface of the gleba, in full view when the volva-
jelly is removed. From each bar a plate of permanent hyphal
tissue {PI) extends to the peridium. Since the receptaculum is
net-like, these plates enclose prismatic spaces {G) which corre-
spond in position and number to the meshes of the network. It
is in these spaces that the volva-jelly is contained. In our speci-
mens (and also in S', periphragmoides, according to Fischer,
1901) these spaces bend downward parallel to the stalk, and end
near the base of the “egg.” Doubtless they originate when the
“egg” is very young, and before the stalk is formed (Cf. text
fig. I, G). As growth proceeds, the volva extends by enlarge-
ment of its upper parts (above text fig. i), and the stalk is
Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 267
intercalated beneath the head. Meanwhile the plates elongate pari
passu, resulting in the condition shown in text fig. 3. If this be
true, as seems almost certain, the stalk would seem to be an organ
of much more recent origin than the head of the receptaculum.
It may be regarded as an extreme development of the basal ring
of the receptaculum of Clathrus (text figs, i, 2, a). This agrees
with the generally accepted view that Clathrus is one of the most
primitive of the Clathraceae.
Fischer (1890, p. ii) supposes that the difference between the
early stages of development of Simblum and Clathrus would be
that in the former the branches of the central strand come off
Fig. I. — I. Vertical section of very young egg of Clathrus cancellatus, from
Fischer 1890, pi. i, f. 3. — 2. The same, mature egg; 1 . c. f. 6. — 3. Diagram of
vertical section of mature egg of Simblum sphaerocephahun, a lowest ring of
receptaculum ; other letters as in plate.
higher up than in the latter (“ Der Unterschied der ersten Frucht-
korperanlage von Simblum gegeniiber derjenigen von Clathrus
besteht also darin, dass vom Centralstrang hier erst weiter oben
als dort Zweige abgehen”). But if the central strand branches
higher up, there should be no volva- jelly around the stalk — unless
the branches force themselves down between the layers of the
peridium and the plates, parallel to the stalk. It seems much
268
]\Iycologia
more reasonable to say that the branching of the central strand
takes place when as yet there is no stalk, exactly as in Clathrus
(text fig. i). The branches are then fixed to the peridium, as it
were, at their outer ends. When their inner ends are raised up
by the intercalation of a stalk, the outer parts of the branches are
drawn out into vertical columns, parallel with the stalk. Thus
the stalk of Simhlmn, originating as a sterilized basal portion of
the receptaculum, becomes an independent organ, bearing the
fertile receptaculum at its upper end. The usefulness of such a
stalk for the better distribution of the spores, as Moeller (1895)
suggests, cannot be doubted.
From a study of Burt’s (1894) description of Anthurus borealis
and Fischer’s (1910) of Aseroe, it appears that in these forms
also the stalk develops in the manner outlined above, rather than
by a branching of the rudiment of the central strand higher up,
and a forcing of the tips of the branches downward between the
layers of the peridium. Indeed this view was mentioned as prob-
able by Burt (1894, p. 495). It is indicated also by Moeller’s
description of the development of Coins Garciae (1895, p. 39).
A study of the plates in the volva-jelly of Coins hirudinosus,
Kalchbrennera, and Latcrnea would be helpful in this connection.
Tulasne’s (1846) figure of the egg of Coins hirudinosus shows the
plates from the fertile parts of the receptaculum to the volva, but
shows no plates in the region of the stalk. His figure 16 is a
transverse section of the fertile portion and figure 15 an outside
view of the entire egg. The matter is therefore not settled for
this species.
In Lysurus, Anthurus and Aseroe it is possible to consider the
stalk as a fusion of the lower vertical bars of a clathrate receptac-
ulum. Clathrclla chrysomycelina and Latcrnea apparently lead
to such a view. In Simblum there is no indication whatever of
such an origin. Now, in all stalked Clathraceae, the stalk is sur-
rounded by a sheath of gelatinizing hyphae, to which the plates
attach, as in Simblum. But in the fertile portion the plates attach
directly to a line or furrow along the arms or branches of the
receptaculum. It seems reasonable therefore to believe that the
stalks are homologous structures throughout the family, and of
the same nature as described for Simblum. The sheath of the
Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 269
stalk is then the place of attachment of the plate tissue to the
lowest horizontal bars of the receptaculnm, which has become
extended into a sheath as the bars elongated to form the stalk.
The superficial position of the bars of the receptaculnm in the
head of Simblum sphaerocephalum has already been remarked
(fig. i). In this it differs markedly from S', periphragmoides
(Fischer, 1893, 1900, 1901) whose bars are deeply embedded in
the gleba. On critically examining the relation of gleba to recep-
taculum, we find in many cases gleba-chambers bounded on one
side by fertile hymenium and on the other by pseudoparenchyma
of the receptaculum-arm (figs. 9, 12). The transition from
hymenium to pseudoparenchyma, however, is not gradual, but
abrupt. Sometimes a narrow strip of tramal tissue lies between
them. In many cases it is evident, so far as sections can prove,
that the tramal hyphae are continuous with the pseudoparenchyma
(fig. 10). Thus the pseudoparenchyma has a double origin. In-
deed one frequently finds cavities separating the portions of differ-
ent origins (fig. 10). These facts support Fischer’s view, pro-
posed in 1890, and proven for Dictyophora irpicina in 1910 (b),
that the pseudoparenchyma represents sterile hymenial tissue, or
a hymenium of paraphyses without basidia. In this case the
cavities in the pseudoparenchyma of Simblum may be considered
to be rudimentary gleba-chambers (fig. 10, /). Burt (1894)
maintained that the pseudoparenchyma of Anthurus borealis is
of strictly “ cortical ” nature, and has no connection with the
surrounding gelatinizing hyphae. This idea was apparently
drawn chiefly from sections in the stalk region, where the tissues
are much more sharply separated. After the first rudiments of
the stalk are formed as the lowest mesh of a net-like receptac-
ulum, according to our theory, the further development of the
stalk tissues may be quite independent of one another. Thus
Burt’s observations would be entirely right, and in no contradic-
tion with Fischer’s (1900) and my own. In one of my plants of
Simblum two bars of receptaculnm tissue were found near the
center of the head, completely embedded in the gleba (fig. 6).
Following these upward, they joined one of the upper bars of
tbe receptaculnm. Another specimen showed bars of tbe receptac-
ulum extending deep into the gleba. These irregularities might
270
Mycologia
easily occur if hymenium and pseudoparenchyma are homologous
tissues. Certain patches in the midst of the branches of the cen-
tral strand in some of my sections give an appearance, in texture
and staining, of a tissue intermediate between hymenium and
pseudoparenchyma. Unfortunately gelatinization is so far ad-
vanced that no details are available. The center of each patch
is occupied by numerous globular bodies of about the size and
color of spores.
Fischer’s (1890, p. 7) suggestion that the hymenium is fertile
wherever it lines a cavity and sterile when two layers are ap-
pressed without a space between, is untenable. Not only is pseudo-
parenchyma developed adjacent to gleba-chambers (fig. 9), but
basidia are borne in such narrow chambers that the space is
literally obliterated (fig. 12). Moeller (1895, p. 31) has already
emphasized these objections to Fis(|her’s view. The stimuli which
guide the development of an embryonic tissue must be much more
profound than this.
The gleba of Simblum sphaerocephalum is traversed by stouter
strands of tissue similar to that of the trania, constituting the
“branches of the central strand (P)” of Fischer. Each such
branch (figs, i, ii) runs radially outward from the central gela-
tinous tissue of stalk and head, to merge into the volva-jelly at
the middle of one of the meshes of the receptaculum. Each
mesh is traversed by one such branch. Some branches are rod-
like and reach the surface of the gleba in a circumscribed spot.
Others are ribbon-like, and form a line on the surface of the
gleba. Tangential sections of the surface of the gleba show the
gleba-chambers as narrow branching slits radiating from the
branch of the central strand and nearly at right angles to the bars
of the receptaculum. This indicates an origin such as Eischer
has described in other Clathraceae. The chambers probably
result from the growth of trama-plates from the branch of the
central strand toward the bars of the receptaculum. But no order
was found elsewhere in the arrangement of the trama-plates or
gleba-chambers.
la all of our material the dense mass of spores hides the
basidia. Probably these had already begun to gelatinize. We
found one basidium, apparently in normal condition. It was
Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 271
nearly globular (fig. 4), with a short constricted base, and two
short sterigmata at the apex. The basidium is about 2.5 in
diameter and 4.5 tall, with sterigmata about 0.5 tall. The
spores are ellipsoidal, with a single large nucleus, and measure
3/x, by 1.5 /X. These dimensions, so characteristic of Phalloids,
are of the same order of magnitude as those of bacteria — a fact
which coincides with the idea that both of these groups of plants
are distributed by flies.
Summary
1. Simblum sphaerocephalum Schlecht., a common fungus in
parts of South America, is now known from New York, Mary-
land, District of Columbia, Iowa, Nebraska, Kansas, and Texas.
It shows every essential character of the Clathraceae.
2. The stalk elongates by enlargement of the cells of the pseudo-
parenchyma.
3. The bars of the fertile receptaculum are superficial on the
gleba.
4. The plates which divide the volva- jelly are vertical in the
region of the stalk, enclosing a mass of jelly for every mesh of
the receptaculum. Their position is believed to be due to the late
development of the stalk in a rudiment which would be identical
in early structure with that of a Clathrus. The stalk of Simblum
is therefore a highly developed basal ring of a clathrate receptac-
ulum, *and not a fusion of vertical columns.
5. Pseudoparenchyma of the receptaculum may be regarded
as sterile hymenium.
6. In the superficial portions of the gleba, at least, the cham-
bers originate by growth of trama-plates from the branches of
the central strand toward the receptaculum-arms.
For use of the literature which has made this paper possible,
I am indebted to the generous loan-system of the Missouri
Botanical Garden. To the officers of the Garden I wish to extend
hearty thanks. The photomicrographs are by Mr. Paul M. Smith.
272
Mycologia
Bibliography
1. Burt, Edw. A. A North American Anthurus — its Structure and
Development. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural His-
tory 3: 487 ff. 1894.
2. Fischer, Ed. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Entwicklungs-
geschichte und Systematik der Phalloideen. Denkschrift der
Schweizerischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft 32; 13 ff. 1890.
3. Fischer, Ed. Neue Untersuchungen, etc., 1. c. 33: 10 ff. 1893.
4. Fischer, Ed. Untersuchungen, etc., Ill Serie, 1. c. 36: 71 ff. 1900.
5. Fischer, Ed. Einige Bemerkungen iiber der von Herrn Prof.
Schroter aus Java mitgebrachten Phalloideen. Vierteljahr-
schrift der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich 46: 122-
127. 1901.
6. Fischer, Ed. Die Eruchtkorper-Entwicklung von Aseroe. An-
nales du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg, II Ser., supplem. 3,
p. 595-614- 1910 («)•
7. Fischer, Ed. Beitrage zur Morphologic und Systematik der Phalloi-
deen. Annales Mycologici 8; 316-321. 1910 (b).
8. Lloyd, C. G. Synopsis of the known Phalloids. Bulletin of the
Lloyd Library No. 13, Mycological Series No. 4, Sept., 1909.
9. Long, W. H. The Phalloideae of Texas. Journal of Mycology
13; 102-114. 1907.
10. Moeller, Alf. Brasilische Pilzblumen. Botanische Mittheilungen
aus den Tropen, herausgegeben von A. E. W. Schimper, Heft 7.
1895-
11. Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von. Eine neue Phalloidee, nebst Be-
merkungen ueber die ganze Eamilie derselben. Linnaea 31 :
101-194. 1861-62.
12. Spegazzini, C. Eungi Argentini novi vel critici. Annales del
Museo nacional de Buenos Aires 6: 184. 1899.
13. Tulasne, in Bory de St. Vincent, Cosson et Durieu de Maison-
neuve. Exploration scientifique de I’Algerie. Sciences naturelles,
Botanique, Acotyledones. Paris, 1846-49; pp. 435-439> P^- ^ 3 -
Explanation of Plates
Key to index letters, the signs being mostly those used by Fischer. The
figures are all of Simhhim sphaerocephalum.
a, gleba.
/, rudimentary gleba-chambers in pseudoparenchyma of receptaculum.
G, gelatinous part of volva.
g, gleba-chamber bounded partly by basidial layer and partly by pseudoparen-
chyma of receptaculum.
Mycologia
Plate XC\"I
SiMBLUM SPHAEROCEPHALUM SCHLECT.
Mycologia
Plate XCVII
SlMBLUM SPHAEROCEPHALUM SCHLECT.
Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 273
Km, gleba-chamber.
PI, plate-like partition in volva-jelly.
Pi, branches of central strand.
P, cavity of arm of receptaculum (gelatinous).
P/>, receptaculum.
S, central strand of gelatinizing hyphae.
Tr, trama-plates.
X, peridium.
y, rhizomorph.
a, lowest ring of receptaculum.
tp, basidial layer (hymenium).
Plate XCVI
1. Longitudinal section of nearly mature egg, measuring 2.35' cm. X 2.15
cm. Camera sketch.
2. Transverse section of egg through stalk, showing the partitions in the
volva-jelly. Camera sketch.
3. Folded pseudoparenchyma tissues in longitudinal section of stalk in egg
stage. The cavity of the stalk is on the right. S', and the volva-jelly (G) on
the left. Camera sketch.
4. Basidium, from a microtome section. Camera drawing.
5. Mature Simblum 5 cm. tall. Camera sketch of alcoholic specimen.
6. Transverse section of halved egg, through middle of head. Camera
sketch.
7. Cells of pseudoparenchyma of stalk from egg stage ; camera drawing.
8. Cells of pseudoparenchyma of stalk teased out from a fully elongated
specimen ; camera drawing with same magnification as fig. 7.
9. Section of receptaculum arm and gleba ; semi-diagrammatic camera
sketch. From (g) in fig. 12.
10. Transverse section of pseudoparenchyma of arm of receptaculum,
showing rudimentary gleba-chamber (/). Tramal tissue below (Tr) and cavity
of arm (R) above. Camera drawing.
Plate XCVII. Photomicrographs
11. Transverse section of head of egg stage.
12. Portion of the same section, more highly magnified.
Grinnell College,
Grinnell, Iowa.
A METHOD OF DETERMINING IN ANALYTIC
WORK WHETHER COLONIES OF THE
CHESTNUT BLIGHT FUNGUS ORIG-
INATE FROM PYCNOSPORES
OR ASCOSPORES^
F. D. Heald
(With Plates 98-101)
Introduction
In studying the dissemination of the chestnut-tree blight fun-
gus [Endothia parasitica (Murr.) x\nd. and And.] it is sometimes
of importance to be able to determine whether the colonies of
Endothia appearing in poured plates originate from pycnospores
or ascospores. This is especially true in case of the analysis of
soil for the presence of the fungus, the quantitative determination
of viable spores retained in spore traps, and other similar
operations.
During the past winter thousands of cultures of the blight
fungus have been made, especially in studying the problem of dis-
semination, but before beginning the work the method here out-
lined was worked out, as it appeared to the writer of fundamental
importance.
At first thought the possibility of differentiating ascospore and
pycnospore colonies seemed somewhat remote, but the striking
difference in size of pycnospores and ascospores offered the first
clue to the problem. The approximate dimension of the spores
(ascospores 5X10/^; pycnospores iX 3 - 5 m) gives rather an
imperfect notion of their difference in magnitude, but calculation
will show that the ascospore of average size has a volume about
fifty times that of the average pycnospore. It seemed evident
then that the greater size of the ascospore would result in a more
rapid growth of the colonies originating from them.
1 Work in cooperation with the Pennsylvania Chestnut-Tree Blight Com-
mission, Philadelphia, Pa.
274
Heald; Chestnut Blight Fungus
275
The medium found most suitable for this work was 3 per cent,
dextrose agar, plus 10, made according to the standard bac-
teriological formula. The comparative rate of growth from asco-
spores and pycnospores was first tested in this medium by means
of hanging-block cultures. The pycnospores used were obtained
from spore-horns grown in damp chambers in the laboratory.
The ascospores were obtained by placing flamed object slides
over moistened bark bearing perithecial pustules and collecting
the expelled spores. In making the pycnospore cultures a drop
of sterile bouillon was placed on a flamed slide and a small spore-
horn added to it. One or more dilutions were made from this to
other drops of sterile bouillon and a short streak was made from
the final dilution upon the surface of the cover glass, after which
the streak was covered with melted agar cooled to 42° C. In
making the ascospore cultures a drop of sterile bouillon was
placed over a spore print on a slide. Dilutions were made from
this to a second slide, and the planting made directly from the
spore dilution.
By these methods there was never any trouble in securing pure
cultures in the hanging drop cells.
Germination of Pycnospores and Ascospores
During the first part of the germination period the pycnospore
increases in size until it is oval or oblong in form and slightly in
excess of the diameter of the germ tube that is to be produced
(plate 98, figs. 1-3). A hypha begins to grow out from one end
of the spore and this is generally followed later by one from the
opposite end so that at temperatures from 22° to 25° C., only an
unbranched linear aggregate has been produced at the end of 24
hours. During the next 24 hours, however, branching generally
begins, the first branch originating a little beyond the limits of the
spore, thus producing a distinct Y-type of growth (plate 98,
figs. 4-6).
Each cell of an ascospore generally gives rise directly to at
least one vigorous hypha, but occasionally one cell fails to germi-
nate. In many spores each cell gives rise to a lateral hypha a
little later. In case a lateral hypha is not formed directly from
276
AIycologia
the spore cell, one originates a few mikrons beyond the spore wall,
giving in the majority of cases a growth with pronounced decus-
sating branches (plate 99, figs. 1-5).
Tests of the comparative rate of growth of pycnospores and
ascospores were first made at 22° C., but it was found by later
work that 25° C. gave a more pronounced difference. Camera
lucida drawings were made at hourly intervals for the ascospores
after the first eight hours and at intervals of two hours for the
pycnospores. At the end of eight hours the ascospores produced
a strong hypha from each cell, while the pycnospore had not yet
swollen to its full size ; after 22 hours the pycnospore had pro-
duced a short unbranched hypha with little or no septation, while
the ascospore had produced a much branched linear aggregate of
cells (plate 100). The series of drawings shown will serve to
emphasize the pronounced difference in the growth from the
pycnospores and ascospores.
Plate Cultures
The marked difference in the rate of growth from pycnospores
and ascospores suggested the strong probability of being able to
differentiate the two types of colonies in plate cultures by the
size of the colonies at the end of a certain time. Various culture
media were tried but 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, again
appeared to be the most suitable. The poured plates were made
in the usual manner from spores obtained in the same way as for
the hanging-block cultures, and practically pure cultures of the
blight fungus were always obtained. The cultures were held at
a constant temperature of 25° C. All of the tests made showed
that ascospore colonies became visible and conspicuous when the
pycnospore colonies were still minute and invisible to the naked
eye. At the end of three days’ time, colonies originating from
ascospores were 0.5-3 •'“'‘ri''- diameter, the size depending upon
the crowding in the plate, while those originating from pycno-
spores were not visible to the naked eye (plate loi) ; after four
days of growth the ascospore colonies were 1-4 mm. in diameter
while the pycnospore colonies showed an average diameter of
400^. The time of appearance of the yellow centers in the colo-
Mycologia
Plate XCVIII
Germination of Pycnospores
Mycologia
Plate XCIX
Germination of Ascospores
MYroi.ociA
Plate C
Series Showing Comparative Growth in Hanging Drop Ci'ltires
Mycologia Plate CI
Heald: Chestnut Blight Fungus
277
nies does not appear to be of importance since this varies accord-
ing to crowding, depth of medium and origin. The reliability of
this method for differentiating pycnospore and ascospore colonies
has been substantiated by numerous cultures, but the importance
of holding the cultures at a constant temperature must not be
overlooked.
Forest Pathology Laboratory,
United States Department of Agriculture,
Philadelphia, Penna.
Explanation of Plates
Plate XCVIII
Germination of pycnospores in 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, at 22° C:
I, after 12 hours; 2, after 16 hours; 3, after 22 hours; 4, s, 6, after 36 hours.
These illustrate the linear and the Y-types of germination.
Plate XCIX
Germination of ascospores in 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, at 22° C.
1-4, a series showing stages in the growth from a single spore: i, at 11:45
A.M. ; 2, at 2:45 P.M. ; 3, at 4:45 P.M. ; 4, at 7:45 P.M. ; 5, 6, 7, after 24
hours. In 4 each cell has produced two hyphae ; in 5 one cell has produced
two hyphae, while a strong lateral has grown out from the main axis just
beyond the other cell of the spore ; in 6 one cell has produced a short lateral
but no terminal hypha ; in 7 one cell of the ascospore failed to produce a
germ tube.
Plate C
A series of drawings showing the comparative growth from an ascospore
and a pycnospore in 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, at a temperature of
25° C. After eight hours drawings were made at hourly intervals for the
ascospore series and every two hours for the pycnospore series.
Plate CI
Poured plate cultures of ascospores and pycnospores to show comparative
growth in 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, at a temperature of 25° C. Pho-
tograph taken after three days of growth. Pycnospore colonies not yet visible
to the naked eye.
NEWS AND NOTES
‘ r
Dr. Frank D. Kern has been appointed professor of botany in
the Pennsylvania State College.
Professor E. J. Durand of Missouri State University was a
recent visitor at the New York Botanical Garden.
Professor Mel. T. Cook delivered a lecture in the museum
building of the New York Botanical Garden on June 14. The
subject of the lecture was “Diseases of Fruit Trees.”
Mr. Guy West Wilson, graduate student in Columbia Univer-
sity during the past year, has been appointed special agent by the
United States Bureau of Plant Industry for the investigation of
the chestnut blight fungus and its relation to tannin and other
plant products. He is associated in this work with Professor
Mel. T. Cook at Rutgers College, New Brunswick, New Jersey.
The New York Botanical Garden received in July a collection
of 213 specimens of fungi and slime moulds from Porto Rico,
collected by J. R. Johnston.
Tht Botanical Gazette for June contains an article by Howard S.
Reed and J. S. Cooley on the transpiration of apple leaves infested
with Gymnosporanginm. A retardation of transpiration in the
diseased leaves has been shown. Since it is known that trans-
piration and growth are intimately associated it is believed that
the decrease in transpiration in the diseased leaves may be one
of the factors in determining the bad physiological condition of
such trees.
278
News and Notes
279
Bulletin No. 281 of the Bureau of Plant Industry of the United
States Department of Agriculture contains a discussion by L. L.
Harter and Ethel C. Field on a dry rot of sweet potatoes caused
by a fungus which has been named by them DiaportJic Batatatis.
The fungus is thought to represent the perfect stage of Phoma
Batatae Ellis and Halsted. The fungus is not a vigorous parasite
and the disease is principally a storage trouble and is characterized
by a drying and shriveling of the potatoes with the pycnidia form-
ing on the surface. In the greenhouse the pycnidia also occur on
the leaves and stems as well as the roots of the infected plants.
It is suggested, in order to prevent the spread of the trouble,
that diseased potatoes should be cooked before being fed to stock.
Diseased potatoes should not be used for fertilizer. Steriliza-
tion of seed bed is also suggested. No experiments were con-
ducted in controlling the disease.
In farmers’ bulletin No. 544, W. A. Orton summarizes the
principal potato-tuber diseases and discusses the best means of
eliminating or controlling them and thereby materially increasing
the potato yield. It is claimed that the potato yield is only about
one half what it might reasonably be expected to be per acre.
In Science for July ii an article appears by Professor H. L.
Bolley, of the North Dakota Agricultural College, on the com-
plexity of the microorganic population of the soil. The article is
in part an answer to one by E. J. Russell of Rothamsted Experi-
ment Station which appeared in Science for April 4.
Professor Bolley agrees with Russell in many of his statements
but takes exception to assuming that protozoa are the principal
crop-limiting factor in deteriorated soils. Bolley claims that if
we have purified seedlings placed in a purified soil they show no
tendency to deteriorate. He also claims that species of fungi such
as Fnsariiim, Alternaria, H elminthosporium, etc., in the soil are
the real crop-limiting factors, aside from mineral elements and
atmosphere, and that crop deterioration is probably a problem of
crop sanitation as involved in infectious diseases. According to
this theory sterilization is beneficial in that it destroys harmful
fungi, the chief crop-limiting factors.
280
Mycologia
Circular No. 13 1 of the Bureau of Plant Industr}’ contains a
paper by Dr. C. L. Shear and Neil E. Stevens on the culture char-
acters of the chestnut blight fungus and its near relatives.
Endothia parasitica (Murrill) Anderson & Anderson has as its
near relatives, Endothis gyrosa, Endothis radicalis and a variety of
the latter species.
More than two thousand cultures of these fungi were made in
order to study the behavior of the various species on different
kinds of culture media. The results of these studies indicate that
the different species have constant and easily recognized culture
characters. Endothia parasitica can be distinguished by the pecu-
liar orange-colored surface growth produced at the bottom of the
potato agar slants. The early appearance of the orange color of
the mycelium is also characteristic and ordinarily sufficient for
identification.
On corn meal, Endothis parasitica is characterized by numerous
small pycnidia and the absence of color changes in the medium.
As compared with Endothis parasitica, Endothis radicalis is char-
acterized by fewer and larger pycnidia which also appear at a
later stage and by the perilla purple reaction of the medium ;
Endothia radicalis mississippiensis by the larger pycnidia and the
orange chrome color of the mycelium appearing at the end of the
week ; and Endothia gyrosa by its tardy spore production and the
formation of elevated or subcolumnar pycnidial stromata.
In order to make our herbarium records more complete, the
New York Botanical Garden desires fresh specimens of any of
the fleshy cup- fungi (Discomycetes) either large or small which
are suitable for colored drawings or photographs. Do not hesi-
tate to send specimens because they are “ common.” The term
common as applied to these things is purely a relative term.
Species which are common with you may be very uncommon in
neighboring localities.
Circular No. 216 of the Forest Service of the United States
Department of Agriculture, by W. H. Long, forest pathologist,
calls attention to the effect of forest fires on standing hardwood
News and Notes
281
timber. Scars caused by comparatively insignificant fires furnish
gateways through which insects and rot-producing fungi enter
the tree. In spite of this fact, it is often claimed that small fires
do not injure the forests and the claim is sometimes made that
they are even beneficial. Studies made by the author of the article
in Arkansas show that the continuous burning of the forests is
causing annual losses of thousands of dollars. Most of this loss
is caused by the indirect effect of the fire in paving the way for
heart rot fungi and harmful insects. Most of these evil effects
might be eliminated by cooperation of the people in preventing
all fires, both large and small.
A short paper on “ The production of a promycelium by the
aecidiospores of Caeoma nitens” by Otto Kunkel in the July
number of the Torrey Bulletin is of especial interest to students
of the rusts. Caeoma nitens, the common orange leaf rust of the
blackberry, has been considered the aecidial stage of Puccinia
Peckiana Howe, both Tranzschel and Clinton having claimed to
establish the connection through infection experiments. Kunkel,
however, finds that these aecidiospores are functionally teleuto-
spores. On germination they regularly give rise to a septate pro-
mycelium and sporidia. The normal promycelium consists of five
cells four of which are uninucleated while the basal cell lacks a
nucleus. Each nucleated cell produces a sporidium on a sterigma.
The sporidia germinate immediately producing either secondary
sporidia or germ tubes. Cytological studies of Caeoma nitens by
Olive and Kurssanow have shown that a uninucleated mycelium
precedes the formation of the aecidium and that the binucleated
condition is brought about by cell fusions. The aecidiospores are
binucleated. Kunkel’s further observation on the germination
of these aecidiospores suggests that nuclear fusion occurs in the
aecidiospore and is followed by the reduction divisions in the pro-
mycelium. If this should prove to be the case the mycelium pro-
duced by infection with sporidia would be uninucleated and the
life cycle of the fungus would be complete. Caeoma nitens would
thus be a complete rust with a single spore form. This condition
would be quite comparable to that found in several species of
Endophylhim the only essential difference being that in species of
282
IMycologia
Endophyllum the aecidium is of the cup type. The determination
of the complete life history of Cacoma nitens must await further
infection experiments. It is of interest that this method of ger-
mination should have so long escaped detection in such a widely
distributed and well known rust. — F. D. Fromme.
Phytopathology^ for June contains a paper by Doctor W. C.
Sturgis on Herpotrichia and Keopcckia. In this paper Doctor
Sturgis calls attention to the similarity of Neopeckia Coulteri
(Peck) Sacc. and Herpotrichia nigra Hartig. He mentions hav-
ing seen only one reference- to Herpotricha nigra in American
literature. In this connection it might not be out of place to call
attention to a preliminary note on these two species in a report
of the conference of the scientific staff and students of the New
York Botanical Garden two years ago, as follows;®
“ Mr. Fred J. Seaver showed specimens of two fungi (Neopeckia
Coulteri and Herpotrichia nigra?) which occur as parasites on
various coniferous trees at high altitudes in the Rocky Mountains.
The two fungi are so much alike that they can be distinguished
only by microscopic examination of the spores and for this reason
the species have been hopelessly confused and most of the speci-
mens in our collections are incorrectly named. So far as our
observations have gone the one species (Neopeckia Coulteri)
occurs only on species of pine, while the other (Herpotrichia
nigra?) occurs on spruces and firs but never, so far as observed,
in America on pine.
“Herpotrichia nigra was originally described in Europe and has
been reported on both spruces and pines as well as on other
coniferous trees. Examination of various European specimens
of this species shows the spores to be much smaller than those
examined in American specimens. Whether this difference in
size which is very marked is due to the fact that the spores are
immature is uncertain. Attempts to secure specimens of type
material in order to determine the identity of the European
species have so far been unsuccessful.
1 Phytopathology 3; 152-158. pi. iz, 13. 1913.
2 F. S. Earl in Green’s Plantae Bakerianae i : 27. 1900.
3 Jour. New York Botanical Garden 12: 159. 1911.
News and Notes
283
“ The fact that this European species occurs on both spruces
and pines while the American specimens which are thought to be
identical does not occur on pine and that this difference in habitat
is accompanied by a difference in the size of the spores suggests
the possibility that the American specimens may constitute a
species distinct from the European.
“ The pine inhabiting species of America {Neopeckia Coiilteri)
which is very different from the preceding species in spore char-
acters is unknown to Europe. The results of these studies will
appear more in detail in a paper to be published later>!’
Notes were in hand for the publication of a more extended
paper on this subject with illustrations, but since this has been
very well done by Doctor Sturgis it is no longer necessary. The
paper covers the ground thorough!}' and is accompanied by two
plates showing both the gross and microscopic characters of the
two species.
In the work on Herpotrichia nigra at the Garden some attempts
were made to grow the species on culture media. The spores
were found to germinate very readily and considerable mycelial
growth was produced but no fruiting bodies were formed. —
F. J. Seaver.
INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL
LITERATURE
Arthur, J. C. Uredinales on Carex in North America. Mycologia
5:240-244. J1 1913.
Banker, H. J. Type studies in the Hydnaceae — V. The genus
Hydncllum. INIycologia 5 : 194-205. 10 J1 1913.
Includes descriptions of 5 new species.
Blakeslee, A. F. A possible means of identifying the sex of (-[-)
and ( — ) races in the mucors. Science II. 37; 880, 881.
6 Je 1913. [Illust.]
Brown, P. E. A study of bacteria at different depths in some
typical Iowa soils. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 37: 497-521.
22 My 1913.
Clark, E. D., & Smith, C. S. Toxicological studies on the mush-
rooms Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida. Mycologia 5:
224-232. pi. pi. 10 J1 1913.
Fairman, C. E. Notes on new species of fungi from various
localities. Mycologia 5 : 245-248. 10 J1 1913.
Includes descriptions of 10 new species: in Septoria (i), Sphaeropsis (2),
Hendersonia (2), Phyllosticta (i), Pyrenochaeta (i), Coniothyrium (i), Di-
plodia (1), and Cryptodiscus (i).
Field, E. C. Fungous diseases liable to be disseminated in ship-
ments of sugar cane. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 126;
3-13- /• ^- 7 - 10 My 1913.
Fraser, W. P. Further cultures of heteroecious rusts. Myco-
logia 5 : 233-239. 10 J1 1913.
Hasse, H. E. The lichen flora of southern California. Contr. U.
S. Nat. Flerb. 17: 1-132 -|- vii-xii. 9 Je 1913.
Heald, F. D. The dissemination of fungi causing disease. Trans.
Am. Micr. Soc. 32 : 5-29. Ja 1913.
284
Index to American ^Iycological Literature 285
Heald, F. D., & Gardner, M. W. Preliminary note on the relative
prevalence of pycnospores and ascospores of the chestnut-blight
fungus during the winter. Science II. 37 : 916, 917. 13 Je 1913.
Holway, E. W. D. North American Uredineae 1:81-95. pi.
37-44. II Je 1913.
Includes Puccinia poromera, P. Pseiidocymopferi and P. Cynomarathri,
spp. nov.
Howe, R. H. Lichens of Mount Katahdin, iNIaine. Bryologist
16:33-36. My 1913.
Jones, D. H. A morphological and cultural study of some Azoto-
bacter. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 38: 14-25. pi. 1-4. 21 Je
1913-
Kaiser, G. B. Slime mould growing on a moss. Bryologist 16 :
45. My 1913.
Keith, S. C. Factors influencing the survival of bacteria at tem-
peratures in the vicinity of the freezing point of water. Sci-
ence II. 37 : 877-879. 6 Je 1913.
Kellerman, K. F., & Leonard, L. T. The prevalence of Bacillus
radicicola in soil. Science II. 38 : 95-98. 18 J1 1913.
Kunkle, 0. The production of a promycelium by the aecidio-
spores of Caeoma nitens Burrill. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 361-
366. /. /. J1 1913.
Melchers, L. E. The mosaic disease of the tomato and related
plants. Ohio Nat. 13: 149-173. pi. 7, i. Je 1913.
Merrill, G. K. Florida lichens. Bryologist 16: 39-41. /. i.
]\Iy 1913.
Merrill, G. K. Lichens from Java. Torreya 13: 133-137.
9jei9i3.
Millspaugh, C. F. The living flora of West Virginia. West Vir-
ginia Geol. Surv. 5 (A) : 1-389, 454-486. 1913. [Illust.]
Includes a list of fungi.
Morse, W. J. Powdery scab of potatoes in the United States.
Science II. 38 : 61, 62. ii J1 1913.
286
Mycologia
Murrill, W. A. The of the Pacific Coast — IV. New
species of Clitocybe and Melanolcuca. My/:ologia 5: 206-223.
10 J1 1913.
Includes 21 new species in Clitocybe and 25 in Melanoleuca.
Orton, W. A. Potato-tuber diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’
Bull. 544: 3-16. /. 1-1(5. 25 Je 1913.
Reddick, D. The diseases of the violet. Trans. Massachusetts
Hort. Soc. 1913: 85-102. pi. I, 2. 1913.
Reed, H. S., & Cooley, J. S. The transpiration of apple leaves
infected with Gymnosporangiuin. Bot. Gaz. 55: 421-430. /. i.
16 Je 1913.
Rogers, S. S. The culture of tomatoes in California, with special
reference to their diseases. Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull.
239: 591-617. /. 1-13. Je 1913.
Seaver, F. J. Some tropical cup-fungi. Mycologia 5 : 185-193.
pi. 88-po. 10 J1 1913.
Shear, C. L., & Stevens, N. E. Cultural characters of the chestnut-
blight and its near relatives. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ.
131:3-18. 5J1I9I3-
Spaulding, P. The present status of the white-pine blister rust.
IJ. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 129: 9-20. /. 1-6. 7 Je 1913.
Weir, J. R. Destructive effects of Tramctcs Pini and Echino-
dontiiim tinctonim. Phytopathology 3: 142. Ap 1913.
Weir, J. R. Some observations on Polyporus Berkeleyi. Phyto-
pathology 3: 101-104. pi. p. Ap 1913.
9
\
, T
!:
ft
4
I
!
JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS
Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume #3.00
Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued,
per part 25
Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50
Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each ro
New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 j original descrip-
tions with full citation 75
First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50
Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. 1-10 75
Mycological Glossary 25
North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae,
by A. P. Morgan, each 50
Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25
Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders
and Families) 51
Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN,
175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK
BOTANICAL GARDEN
Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers
No. 17. The Tylostomaceac of North America, by V, S. White.
No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White.
Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosponles — I. The Genus Albugo,
by Guy West Wilson.
No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Pbytophthoreae and
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson.
No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 114. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 115. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 1 1 7. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by
G. W. Wilson.
No. 119. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Feziza, by
F. J. Seaver.
No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents).
Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN,
Bronx Park, New York City
PUBLIC JlXIOIVS
OF
The New York Botanical Garden
Journal of the New Tork Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con-
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem-
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; ^i.oo a year. [Not offered in ex-
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume.
Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi,
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in-
terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. $3.00 a year;
single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its fifth volume.
Bulletin of the New Tork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodjring
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the
Garden ; to others, I3.00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume.
North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North Amencai
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com-
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts-
Subscription price, I1.50 per part; a limited number of separate parts will be sold
for $2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae.
Vol. 7, parti, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae
(pars).
Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars).
( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. )
Vol. 15, parts I and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae.
Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars),
Vol. 17, part I, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars).
Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae
(pars).
Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 191C; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae.
Memoirs of the New ‘Vork Botanical Garden. Price to members of the
Garden, $i.ooper volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix +492 pp., with detailed map. 1900.
Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Elarkness upon Growth and Development,
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -f- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903.
Vol. Ill Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New
York, by Arthur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii-f-138 pp., with 29
plates. 19C9.
Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager,
viii -f- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908.
Contributlona from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech-
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. P*’’ In its seventh volume
RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH
155. Polycodium, by C. B. Robinson.
156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg,
157. New Ferns from Tropical America — II, by Margaret Slosson.
158. Studies on the West Indian Vernonieae, with One New Species from Mexico,
by Henry Allan Gleason.
159. A Case of Bud- Variation in Pelargonium, by A. B. Stout.
New YORK Botanical Garokn
BwoNx Park, Raw York Orrv
MYCOLOGIA
IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY
Founded by W. A. Kellennan, J. B. Bllis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885
EDITOR
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL
f .
Vol. V— NOVEMBER, 1913— No. ,5
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
JOSEPH C. ARTHUR
HOWARD J. BARKER
GIACOMO BRESADOLA
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS
JOHN DEARNESS
FRANKLIN S. EARLE
BRUCE FINK
ROBERT A. HARPER
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE
PAUL MAGNUS
GEORGE MASSEE
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD
LARS ROMELL
FRED J. SEAVER
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER. PA.
CONTENTS
PACB
Illustrations of Fungi — XVI - William A. Murrill 287
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — VI. The Genera Creo-
lophus, Echinodontium, Gloiodon, and Hydnodon
Howard J. Banker 293
The Genus Pseudoplectania - - F. J. Seaver 299
Internal Aecia . . . Frederick A. Wolf 303
The Lactarieae of the Pacific Coast
Gertrude S. Burlingham 305
News and Notes - - - . - - - -312
Index to American Mycological Literature - - -317
The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof:
Without Cover —
4 PP-
8 pp.
12 pp.
16 pp.
20 pp.
24 pp.
28 pp.
32 pp.
25-50 Copies —
l »-37
11.87
I2.12
#2.50
$4.05
#4-82
#5.20
too “
>55
2.15
2.65
3 >S
4.05
5.00
6.10
6.50
200 “
2.00
3.05
4.00
4 - 3 °
5.60
6.90
8.30
8.90
Covers — First 50 — |i.oo. Additional, ic each.
Plates— 40c per 100.
Mycologia
Plate CII
CORIOLUS VERSICOLOR (L.) Qucl,
MYCOLOGIA
VoL, V November, 1913 No. 6
ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XVI
William A. Murrill
(With Plates 102-108)
The accompanying figures represent some of the tough and
woody fungi known as polypores. Most of the species of this
group grow on dead wood in brackets of various sizes and shapes,
the fruiting surface being composed of tubes or furrows. Some-
times the walls of these tubes split with age and the hymenium
appears spiny, resembling the hydnums ; sometimes the furrows
change with age to appear like gills. When the fruit-body is per-
ennial, the tubes are often arranged in layers. The family may be
divided into four groups, the resupinates, the annual poroid species,
the perennial poroid species, and the agaric-like species. The
resupinate species are difficult for the beginner ; some of the larger
species of the other groups are comparatively easy. Polypores as
a class are very destructive to trees and timber. On the other
hand, one species possesses medicinal properties, some of the
encrusted species supply tinder, and several of the more juicy ones
are excellent for food if collected when young. The only species
recognized as poisonous is the medicinal one. Fames Laricis, and
it is so tough and bitter that no one would think of eating it.
Coriolus versicolor (L.) Quel.
Many-Colored Coriolus
Plate 102
Pileus densely imbricate, very thin, sessile, dimidiate, conchate,
2-4 X 3-7 X o. 1-0.2 cm. ; surface smooth, velvety, shining, marked
[Mycologia for September, 1913 (5: 257-286), was issued Oct. 4, 1913.]
287
288
Mycologia
with conspicuous, glabrous zones of various colors, mostly later-
iceous, bay or black ; margin thin, sterile, entire ; context thin,
membranous, fibrous, white ; tubes punctiform, less than i mm.
long, white to isabelline within, mouths circular to angular, regular,
even, 4-5 to a mm., edges thick and entire, becoming thin and
dentate, white, glistening, at length opaque-isabelline or slightly
umbrinous ; spores allantoid, smooth, hyaline, 4-6 X 1-2 /t.
Abundant everywhere on dead wood, both in temperate and
tropical regions, causing decay in tree trunks and often producing
root-rot in trees when they are weakened by lack of food or other
unfavorable conditions. The photograph is from a young black
birch attacked by the fungus.
Coriolus prolificans (Fries) Murrill
Lacerate Coriolus
Plate 103
Pileus exceedingly variable, sessile or affixed by a short tubercle,
dimidiate to flabelliform, broadly or narrowly attached, 2-5 X 2-6
X 0.1-0.3 cm.; surface finely villose-tomentose, smooth, white or
slightly yellowish, marked with a few narrow, indistinct, latericeous
or bay zones ; margin thin, sterile, entire to lobed ; context very
thin, white, fibrous ; tubes 1-3 mm. long, white to discolored within,
mouths angular, somewhat irregular, 3-4 to a mm., usually becom-
ing irpiciform at an early stage, edges acute, dentate, becoming
lacerate, white to yellowish or umbrinous ; spores smooth, hyaline.
Exceedingly abundant at times on dead deciduous trunks from
Canada to Florida and west to Wisconsin and Mexico. I have
seen oak trunks nearly a hundred feet long entirely covered with
the fruit-bodies of this species. The walls of the tubes usually
split at an early stage, causing beginners to mistake it for an Irpex
or a Hydnum.
Irpiciporus mollis (Berk. & Curt.) Murrill
Soft Irpiciporus
Plate 104
Pileus sessile, dimidiate, imbricate, decurrent, 3-4 X 4“^ X 1-3
cm. ; surface white, finely pubescent, azonate, sulcate at times.
Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi
289
often aculeate behind with age ; context white, coriaceous, 1-5 mm.
thick ; tubes soon splitting into teeth, which are 1-2 cm. long,
compressed to subulate, slender, more or less pointed, dentate or
incised, puberulent to glabrous, white to pale-flesh-colored, about
I mm. apart at the base ; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 5-7 (i.
This species occurs rather sparingly on dead deciduous wood in
temperate North America. It is interesting because of its close
resemblance to the Hydnaceae. The specimens figured were col-
lected on the Garden grounds in August, 1911, growing on the
dead top of a red maple fifty feet above the ground.
Poronidulus conchifer (Schw.) Murrill
Shell-Bearing Polypore
Plate 105. Upper Figure
Pileus thin, coriaceous, dimidiate to flabelliform, usually nar-
rowly attached, conchate, springing from a sterile, cup-like struc-
ture, which usually appears on the mature sporophore near the
base, 1.5-2 X 2-4 X o. 1-0.2 cm. ; surface white to isabelline, with
pale-latericeous zones, finely tomentose to glabrous, the sterile
portion avellaneous, with narrow, black, concentric lines ; margin
thin, concolorous, undulate ; context very thin, membranous,
white, less than i mm. in thickness ; tubes short, about i mm.
long, thin-walled, white, mouths angular, irregular, 3 to a mm.,
edges thin, uneven, dentate ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline.
Very common on fallen branches and dead limbs of elm through-
out eastern North America as far west as Kansas. The genus is
monotypic and is peculiar in having the fertile portion of the fruit-
body develop from a sterile, cup-like growth, which is often found
on the back of the mature pileus.
Scutiger griseus (Peck) Murrill
Gray Scutiger
Plate 105. Lower Figure
Pileus circular, often irregular, convex, 7-12 cm. broad, i cm.
or less thick ; surface glabrous or minutely tomentose, cinereous,
slightly darker toward the center ; margin thin, concolorous, often
290
Mycologia
incurved on drying, irregular, undulate to lobed ; context soft-
fleshy, rosy-gray, about 5 mm. thick; tubes slightly decurrent, 1-2
mm. long, whitish-stuffed when young, white to pale-umbrinous
within, mouths subangular, unequal, 2-4 to a mm., edges thin,
entire to fimbriate, lacerate with age, white when young, becom-
ing gray or umbrinous; spores subglobose, hyaline, echinulate,
5-6 X 4-5~5 i *- ; stipe central, thick, short, bulbous at the base, with
surface and substance resembling that of the pileus, but darker
in color, 4-5 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick.
Found sparingly on the ground in open woods in New York,
New Jersey, and Alabama. The specimens here figured were
collected by Dr. F. M. Bauer near Amityville, Long Island, in
September, 1911. The genus Scutiger approaches very near the
Boletaceae, but the species are somewhat tougher and dry more
easily. Of the dozen or more members of the genus in this
country, all except two are very rare and local.
Grifola frondosa (Dicks.) S. F. Gray
Frondose Polypore
Plate 106. Upper Figure
Pileus imbricate-multiplex, 15-40 cm. in diameter; pileoli very
numerous, branching from a common trunk, imbricate or con-
fluent, variable in size and shape, dimidiate to flabelliform, 1.5-6
cm. broad ; surface smoky-gray, fibrillose, radiate-striate ; margin
thin, undulate or lobed, strongly indexed when dry ; context white,
very thin, tough, fragile, having the odor of mice; tubes white,
2-3 mm. long, mouths circular and regular when young, 3 to a
mm., often large and angular with age, edges white, thin, entire
to lacerate ; spores subglobose to ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline ; stipe
tubercular, white, connate-rimose.
This large, branched species grows commonly in Europe and
North America at the base of oak trees or arises from their
roots, on which it feeds. It also attacks the roots of chestnut
trees, and in the Italian chestnut orchards it is often allowed to
destroy its host because it is much esteemed in that region for
food. It must be eaten when young or it will become too tough.
Murrill; Illustrations of Fungi
291
Daedalea quercina Pers.
Oak-Loving Bracket-Fungus
Plate io6. Lower Figure
Pileus corky, rigid, dimidiate, sessile, imbricate, applanate,
convex below, triangular in section, 6-12X9-20X2-4 cm.;
surface isabelline-avellaneous to cinereous or smoky-black with
age, slightly sulcate, zonate at times, tuberculose to colliculose in
the older portions ; margin usually thin, pallid, glabrous ; context
isabelline, soft-corky, homogeneous, 5-7 mm. thick; tubes laby-
rinthiform, becoming nearly lamellate with age in some specimens,
1-2 cm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, chalk-white or discolored within,
edges obtuse, entire, ochraceous to avellaneous.
This species is common on oak stumps and timbers throughout
Europe and temperate North America, and is conspicuous by
reason of its size and peculiar labyrinthiform fruiting surface,
which becomes almost agaric-like with age.
Elfvingia megaloma (Lev.) Murrill
Artists’ Bracket-Fungus
Plate 107
Plate 108. Upper Figure
Pileus hard, woody, dimidiate, applanate, 6-15X8-30X1-4
cm. ; surface milk-white to gray or umbrinous, glabrous, concen-
trically sulcate, encrusted, fasciate with obscure lines, conidia-
bearing, usually brownish during the growing season from the
covering of conidia ; margin obtuse, broadly sterile, white or slightly
cremeous, entire to undulate ; context corky, usually rather hard,
zonate, fulvous to bay, 5-10 mm. thick, thinner with age; tubes
very evenly stratified, separated by thin layers of context, 5-^0
mm. long each season, avellaneous to umbrinous within, mouths
circular, 5 to a mm., whitish-stuffed when young, edges obtuse,
entire, white or slightly yellowish to umbrinous, quickly changing
color when bruised ; spores ovoid, smooth or very slightly
roughened, pale-yellowish-brown, truncate at the base, 7-8 X 5 -^ 1 ^-
Originally described from specimens collected by Menand in
New York City. Found in great abundance throughout temperate
North America on dead or diseased trunks or timber of most
292
Mycologia
deciduous trees, and on conifers in some sections. The tulip-tree
here figured bore a number of new brackets each season for
several years, while the older ones increased in size. Within the
trunk of the tree, the delicate branching threads of the fungus
permeated the wood in all directions seeking food and causing
decay. In 1912, the tree was found to be so weakened that it
had to be cut.
The brackets of this fungus are often collected by amateur
artists and used for etching. The accompanying figure is from a
specimen recently presented to the Garden by ]Mr. George E.
Pollock. It grew near Lake Placid over one hundred years ago
and was etched by a friend of the late James Ten Eyck to repre-
sent a view near the latter’s camp in the Adirondacks.
Fomes ungulatus (Schaeflf.) Sacc.
Hoof-Shaped Fomes. Pine-Loving Fomes
Plate 108. Lower Figure
Pileus corky to woody, ungulate, 8-15 X 12-40 X 6-10 cm. ;
surface glabrous, sulcate, reddish-brown to gray or black, often
resinous ; margin at first acute to tumid, pallid, becoming yellow-
ish or reddish-chestnut ; context woody, pallid, 0.5-1 cm. thick ;
tubes distinctly stratified, 3-5 mm. long each season, white to
isabelline, mouths circular, 3-5 to a mm., edges obtuse, white to
cream-colored ; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 6 fi.
A large species widely distributed in temperate regions on
coniferous trees, such as pine and hemlock, and found more rarely
on certain deciduous trees growing near its usual hosts.
New York Botanical Garden.
Mycologia
Plate CIII
View of upper surface
\'iew of lower surface
CORiOLUS PROLIFICANS (Fries) Murrill
Mycologia
Plate CIV
Irpiciporus mollis (^Berk. & Curt.) Murrill
Mycologia
Plate CV
PORONIDULUS CONCHIFER (Schw.) MuniH
ScuTiGER GRISEUS (Peek) Murrill
4
Mycclogia
Plate CVI
Grifola frondosa (Dicks.) S. F. Gray
Daedalea quercina Pers.
Mycologia
Plate CVII
Elfvingia megaloma (Lev.) Murrill
Mycologia
Plate CVIII
Pomes ungulatus (Schaeff.) Sacc.
TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE— VI.
THE GENERA CREOLOPHUS, ECHINO-
DONTIUM, GLOIODON, AND
HYDNODON^
Howard J. Banker
Creolophus P. Karsten, Medd. Soc. Faun, et FI. Fenn.
5: (28). 1879
Climacodon P. Karsten, Rev. Myc. 3^: 20. 1881.
The genus Creolophus Karst, was established on Hydnum cor-
rugatum Fr. as the type. No type specimen of this species was
found at Upsala but several specimens in the herbarium collected
by P. A. Karsten, E. Th. Fries, and Fr. Kjellman in Sweden and
Finland were referred to this species. All of these agree perfectly
with Fries’s description and may be regarded as authentic repre-
sentatives of the species.
They do not appear to be generically different from H. septen-
trionale Fr., having much the same form, color, and fleshy or sub-
fleshy substance. The species has not yet been positively recog-
nized as an American form.
Climacodon Karst, was established on Hydnum septentrionale
Fr. and is, therefore, a metonym of Creolophus.
We have hitherto included the species of this genus in the genus
Steccherinum. The peculiar fleshy or subfleshy character of the
substance of these plants, so strikingly different from the dry and
tough fibrous character of typical Steccherrinum, has convinced us
that they should be maintained in a separate genus for which a
name has already been provided by Prof. Karsten.
Creolophus septentrionalis (Fries)
Hydnum septentrionale Fries, Sys. Myc. i : 414. 1821.
There is no type of this species preserved at Upsala, but forms
of the plant often found on beech in Indiana conform perfectly
1 Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herr-
man Research Fund of the New York Academy of Science.
293
294
Mycologia
in every respect to the figure given by Fries, Icon. pi. p, lo. A
fine, large specimen was found at Upsala that had grown on Tilia
in the Botanical Garden. It differs from what appears to be the
typical form of the plant in that the whole mass is much more
elongated vertically, probably from its having emerged from a
crack, and the pilei are smaller, thinner, and more numerous.
Specimens reported in this country as growing on maple differ in
some respects from the typical form on beech.
Creolophus agaricoides (Swartz)
Hydnum agaricoides Swartz, Prodr. 149. 1788.
Hydnum discolor Fries, Sys. Myc. i ; 411. 1821.
Swartz’s type of H. agaricoides could not be located in Europe
nor could a specimen oi H. discolor Fr. be found in Fries’s her-
barium at Upsala; the species did not appear to be known there.
Strangest of all, nothing was found in Berkeley’s herbarium at
Kew that in any way answered to his elaborate discussion with
figures of this species in the Annals and Magazine of Natural
History 10: 380. pi. lO. f. p.
In 1909, Murrill and Harris discovered in the remarkable Cock-
pit country of Jamaica a plant that appears to answer in every
essential feature the descriptions of Swartz and of Berkeley. As
this region is the type locality of Swartz’s species and as the speci-
men, Murrill and Harris lopg, conforms so well to Swartz’s
species and to no other, there seems to be the best of reasons for
regarding it as representing the Swartzian species. It is the only
specimen of the species that I know of and is preserved in the
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.
Creolophus pulcherrimus (Berk. & Curt.)
Hydnum pulcherrimum Berkeley and Curtis, Hooker’s Jour. Bot.
and Kew Garden Misc. i : 235. 1849.
Hydnum friabile Fries, Nov. Symb. Myc. 106. 1855.
The type of Hydnum pulcherrimum B. & C. is preserved in the
Berkeley herbarium at Kew and is marked “Hydnum pulcher-
rimum B. & C. No. 1648. Santee River.” The specimen is in
Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae
295
good condition and shows clearly that the species is our common
American form.
At Upsala a specimen was found marked ” Hydnum pulcherri-
mum Berk. & Curt. H. f Habile Fr. ad Liquidambar dejecit.
Carol, austr. M. A. Curtis.” The handwriting was that of
Curtis. Is this specimen the type of H. friabile Fr.? There was
no other specimen found at Upsala named H. friabile. This
specimen was certainly a good example of H. pulcherrimum
B. & C. As Fries himself expressed doubt as to the species being
distinct we are justified in regarding them as the same species.
Echinodontium Ellis and Everhart, Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club 27 : 49. Feb. 1900
Hydnofomes Hennings, Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 28 : 267. Mar. 1900.
Hydnophysa Clements, Genera of Fung. 108. 1909.
The genus Echinodontium Ell. & Everh. was established on
Pomes tinctorius Ell. & Everh. Bull. Torrey Club 22 : 362. 1895.
This species was originally described from a specimen received
from Alaska and known as “Swan 20851.” The type specimen
is now preserved in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Garden. It has the teeth broken off even with the pileus and
hence was described as a Pomes. Later, on obtaining more per-
fect specimens and discovering the hydnaceous character of the
plant, Ellis established the genus Echinodontium for the species.
Hydnofomes Henn. was established on H. tsngicola Henn. &
Shir., Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 28 : 268. Mar. 1900. The species and
genus were described from specimens collected at Nikko in Japan
by Prof. Shirai and now preserved in the herbarium at Berlin.
These specimens are smaller than the type of Echinodontium
tinctorium Ell. & Everh. and appear to have a somewhat pendant
habit; otherwise they do not appear to differ from our American
species. It seems possible that the specimens are not typical of
the species. The difficulties of transportation might readily
account for the sending of undersized and perhaps poorly devel-
oped specimens. Until further collections in Japan show con-
clusively that the species is distinct from the American form, it
seems necessary to regard the Japanese plant as the same species
296
Mycologia
as the American. The habitat and distribution of the plants give
confirmation to this view. Hydnofomes Henn. must then be
regarded as a synonym of Echinodontiiim Ell. & Everh.
Hydnophysa Clements is an unwarranted and a careless attempt
to improve upon the name Hydnofomes Henn. It may be claimed
that the change is in the interests of literary taste in dispensing
with a hybrid name. If such be the ground for the proposed
change, it seems rather far-fetched and pedantic ; for while such
considerations doubtless should have weight and be heeded by an
author in the coining of a new name, it is by no means a sufficient
reason for disturbing an established system of nomenclature.
The proposed change is further unwarranted since the name
Hydnophysa does not have the same significance as Hydnofomes
and the change does violence to the purpose of the author of the
genus. It is evident that Hennings intended to express by his
name a relationship between Hydnum and Pomes, and, under the
circumstances, such relationship could not be better expressed by
the name. Since Hydnophysa suggests no such connection, the
change defeats Hennings’s purpose. A biologist ought to be the
last to object to hybridism when it throws any light on the prob-
lems of the relationship of living things. The mistake that Ellis
made in referring the Swan specimen to Pomes confirms the
appropriateness of Hennings’s name.
The proposal of the name Hydnophysa was also made care-
lessly and without sufficient investigation of the problem involved ;
for, although on the same page the name Pchinodontium was
noted by Clements and especially mentioned as included in
Hydnum, there was a complete failure to perceive that it was
generically identical with Hydnofomes. From which it is evident
that a work claiming not to be critically taxonomic is no place for
proposing important changes in nomenclature.
Gloiodon P. a. Karsten, Medd. Soc. Faun, et El.
Fenn. 5 : 28. 1879
Sclerodon P. A. Karsten, Finlands Basidsv. 360. 1889.
Leaia Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12 : 175. 1906.
A study of the European types concerned with this genus con-
firms the conclusions of a former paper on the nomenclature of
Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae
297
the group.^ There need onl)' be added here a brief account of the
types still available in European herbaria. In Persoon’s her-
barium at Leyden were found two specimens, one marked
‘‘Hydmim parasiticum Pers. Syn.” and the other marked “ Hydnum
strigosum Swartz. parasiticum Pers. Syn.,” both appar-
ently in Persoon’s hand. The latter was much the better specimen
and showed clearly the peculiar characters which distinguish this
genus. In Berkele}'’s herbarium, at Kew, there was found an
abundant supply of material under the label “Hydnum stratosum
Berk. Ohio No. 279,” showing that the plant is precisely as we
have previously treated it.
A reexamination of Schweinitz’s specimen in his herbarium in
the Philadelphia Academy of Science shows it to be a distinct
form from the type of this genus. Schweinitz referred it to
Hydnum strigosum Swartz, but the hymenium appears to be dis-
tinctly poroid and I am inclined to think it should be referred to
Inonotus hirsutus (Scop.) Murr.
Hydnodon gen. nov.
Hymenophore pileate, expanded, irregular ; surface plane,
orange to red; substance fleshy, thin, drying hard and brittle;
stipe deformed ; teeth short, stout, deformed, tuberculoid, reddish ;
spores minute, whitish, clouded, echinulate.
Hydnodon thelephorum (Lev.)
Hydnum thelephorum Leveille, Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 2 : 204. 1844.
Thelephora padinaeformis Montagne, Syll. Crypt. 175. 1856.
Hydnum lateritium Massee, Kew Bull. 1907: 124. 1907.
In the herbarium at Paris is a specimen marked “Hydnum
thelephorum Lev. Ann. Sc. Nat. 3 ser. tom. II. p. 204. Cayenne.
Lev.” It seems probable that this specimen is the type specimen
of the species. It agrees perfectly with specimens in the New
York Botanical Garden collected in Jamaica, Murrill 6gi, and in
the Bahamas, Brace 48^3. The species is very distinct and well
marked, not at all likely to be confused with anjihing else. In
fact, so peculiar are its characters that it has seemed necessary to
2 Banker, Mycologia 2: 7. 1910.
298
Mycologia
treat it as the type of a new genus. The spore characters show a
relationship to Phellodon, Auriscalpium and Gloiodon, but the
substance and structure of the pileus show more of an affiliation
with Hydniini.
Thelephora padinaeformis Mont, is represented in the her-
barium of the Paris Museum by a specimen marked “ Thelephora
padinaeformis Mont. Crypt. Guy. No. 401. Guyane Francaise.
Legonier No. 914 (1850).” It seems altogether probable that this
is the type specimen. It is precisely the same form as Leveille’s
specimen. There are with this several other specimens of the
same species also collected in Guyane Francaise which are much
larger and show the characters of the plant remarkably well. It
it a unique species, sui generis.
I have not seen the type of H. lateritium Mass., but his descrip-
tion appears to indicate the above species in every particular.
Massee’s specimens were from the “ Gold Coast,” Africa, and
give an interesting extension of the distribution of this species.
De Pauw University,
Greencastle, Ind.
THE GENUS PSEUDOPLECTANIA
F. J. Seaver
(With Plates 109 and iio)
The genus Pseudoplectania was founded by Fuckel and orig-
inally included the two species, P. nigrella and P. fulgens. The
latter species was later removed from the genus by Saccardo and
made the type of a new genus Otidella. Two additional species,
P. melania and P. stygia, were, however, added to the genus at
this time. One of these, P. stygia, is probably a synonym of the
older species, P. nigrella. If we retain P. fidgens in the genus, it
then contains three valid species all of which are known from
North America. The following is a synopsis of our present knowl-
edge of the genus in North America.
Pseudoplectania Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 324. 1869
Caloscypha Boud. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. i : 103. 1885.
Otidella Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 99. 1889.
Melascypha Boud. Hist. Class. Discom. Eu. 56. 1907.
Plants gregarious or scattered, sessile or stipitate, large, fleshy,
externally clothed with short, slender, flexuous and often coiled
or twisted hairs, sometimes giving to the exterior of the cup a
tomentose appearance ; asci cylindric-clavate, 8-spored ; spores
perfectly globose, smooth, hyaline ; paraphyses straight or curved.
Type species, Peziza nigrella Pers.
Key to the Species
Plants entirely black or brownish black.
Plants long-stipitate, sparingly clothed with straight or
slightly flexuous hairs. P. vogesiaca.
Plants short-stipitate or sessile and densely clothed with
coiled hairs. P. nigrella.
Plants orange or occasionally with a greenish tint about the
outer margin. P. fulgens.
299
300
Mycologia
Pseudoplectania vogesiaca (Pers.)
1 Peziza fuscocana Alb. & Schw. Conspect. Fung. 312. 1805.
Peziza vogesiaca Pers.; Moug. & Nest. Stirpes Crypt. 584. 1818.
Peziza melania Pers. Myc. Eu. i ; 239. 1822.
Peziza melaena Fries, Syst. Myc. 2 : 60. 1822.
Peziza spongiosa Peck, Bot. Gaz. 5 : 35. 1880.
Pseudoplectania melaena Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 165. 1889.
Pulparia spongiosa Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8 : 612. 1889.
Melascypha melaena Bond. Hist. Class. Discom. Eu. 56. 1907.
Plants large, attaining a diameter of 2-3 cm., cup-shaped or
occasionally nearly plane, margin more or less wavy, externally
black and very sparingly clothed with short, brown, flexuous hairs,
stipitate, hymenium dark olivaceous-brown ; stem variable in
length, often 2-3 cm. and about 3 mm. thick, rooting below by a
dense mass of dark brown, coarse hairs, 5-7 /x in diameter, both
stem and exterior of the cup often longitudinally wrinkled, giving
rise to vein-like markings, the whole plant often resembling a gill
fungus ; asci cylindric with a very long stem-like base, entire ascus
200-275 X 16-18 /x; spores i-seriate, globose with one large oil-
drop, at first hyaline, becoming very pale brown, smooth ; paraph-
yses slender, brown and coiled or hooked at their apices, about
3-4 (X in diameter.
On decaying wood among moss, especially Sphagnum, in con-
iferous woods.
Type locality: Europe.
Distribution : Vermont to Minnesota ; also in Europe.
Illustrations: Bond. Ic. Myc. pi. 34s; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 4p,
f. ip 3 ; Rabenh. Krypt. El. : 1030, /. i.
Cotype material of Peziza spongiosa Peck {Pidparia spongiosa
Sacc.) has been examined and this agrees in every detail with
cotype material of Peziza vogesiaca Pers. as shown in the accom-
panying plates. The only other American specimens of this
species examined were collected by Macoun in British Columbia,
June 4, 1889, and referred to Peziza spongiosa Peck. The species
has been reported from Minnesota by Miss Daisy Hone^ as P.
melaena Fr. It has also been reported from Wisconsin by Dr. B.
O. Dodge in a paper now in press.
1 Minnesota Botanical Studies 4: 70. 1909.
Seaver: The Genus Pseudo plectani a
301
Pezisa fuscocana Alb. & Schw. is claimed to be the same, and,
if so, the name has priority. No authentic material of this species
has been seen.
PsEUDOPLECTANiA NiGRELLA (Pers.) Fuckel, Symb.
iVIyc. 324. 1869
Peziza nigrella Pers. Syn. Fung. 648. 1801.
?Peziza stygia Berk. & Curt. Grevillea 3 : 153. 1875.
Plectania nigrella Karst. Act. Soc. Fauna FI. Fenn. 2 : 119. 1885.
1 Pseudo pie ctania stygia Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 166. 1889.
Otidella nigrella Schr. in Cohn Schles. Kryptfl. 3- : 48. 1893.
Lachnea nigrella Gill. Discom. 78. (1874?)
Plants gregarious or occasionally closely crowded, sessile or sub-
stipitate, at first closed and subglobose, becoming expanded and
cup-shaped or nearl)'^ plane, hymenium brownish-black, margin
often wavy and slightly incurved, externally clothed with very
fine hairs, 5 mm. to 1.5 cm. in diameter; hairs very long but usu-
ally closely coiled and twisted giving to the exterior of the cup a
slightly tomentose appearance, of nearly uniform thickness
throughout their entire length, sparingly septate and pale brown,
4-6 ju, in diameter; asci cylindric or subcylindric with a long stem-
like base, entire ascus often as long as 300-325 /a and about 15/x
in diameter at the thickest point; spores with a large oil-drop or
often with several smaller ones, 12-14 iri diameter; paraphyses
enlarged at their apices and filled with brown coloring matter,
about 4 /X thick.
On the ground in coniferous woods, among moss, especially
Sphagnum.
Type locality: Europe.
Distribution : New Jersey to Wisconsin, Alabama and Ja-
maica ; also in Europe.
Illustrations : Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 344; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 31,
f. 120; Gill. Discom. pi. 65.
Peziza stygia Berk. & Curt, differs only in its smaller size and
longer stem. A fragment of the Carolina specimen has been ex-
amined and it seems doubtful if the species is distinct. Later col-
lections may, however, prove it to be so.
302
IMycologia
PsEUDOPLECTANiA FULGENS (Pers.) Fuckcl, Symb.
Myc. 324. 1869
Peziaa fttlgens Pers. Myc. Eu. i : 241. 1822.
Peziza cyanoderma deBary in Rabenh. Fungi Eur. 516. 1863.
Aleuria fidgens Gill. Champ. 41. 1879.
OtidcUa fulgens Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8 : 99. 1889.
Barlaea fulgens Rehm in Rabenh. Kfypt. FI. i® : 930. 1896.
Calossypha fulgens Bond. Ic. Myc. 1908.
Plants cup-shaped, regular or irregular, often unequal sided,
substipitate below and attached to the substratum by a dense mass
of coarse mycelium which penetrates into the substratum and
binds it together ; cup 1-2 cm. broad and of about the same depth,
hymenium orange, externally paler and usually with a greenish
tinge especially about the margin, clothed with poorly developed
golden-yellow hairs or hair-like structures ; asci cylindric, gradu-
ally tapering below; spores i-seriate, hyaline, smooth, 6-8 in
diameter ; paraphyses rather stout, filled with golden-yellow oil-
drops.
On soil in coniferous woods.
Type locality: Europe.
Distribution : New York to Wisconsin.
Illustrations: Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 319; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 55,
/. 20p; E. & P. Nat. Pfl. : 179, /. 146, C, D.; Gill. Champ, pi. 38.
New York Botanical Garden.
Explanation of Plates CIX and CX
Plate 109 (upper figure). Cotype material of Pezisa spongiosa Peck, which
is identical with Pseudoplectania vogesiaca (Pers.) Seaver. Photographed in
dried condition. Natural size.
Plate 109 (lower figure). Pseudoplectania nigrella (Pers.) Fuckel. Pho-
tographed from fresh specimens collected in a Sphagnum bog in New Jersey by
Dr. B. O. Dodge. Natural size.
Plate no. Cotype material of Peziza vogesiaca Pers., which was later
described as the type variety of Peziza melania Pers. Photographed from
herbarium specimen. Natural size.
Mycologia
Plate CIX
PsEUDOPLECTANiA VOGESIACA (Pers.) Scavcr
PSEUDOPLECTANIA NIGRELLA (PerS.) Fuckel
Mycologia Plate CX
n
o
:c
o
f3
i)
C-
S
o>
•5
X
o
3
3
X
3
O.
3
U
c:.
.5;
N
<
3
Cl,
z
Ui
o
d
-
UJ
z
u
<
z
<
z
UI
I
QC
6
(0
UJ
o
o
> ^
N h
U 00 UJ
oc
O Q
CO
u
0.
GC
»-
w
cc
UJ
_l
H
(0
w
z
d
o
o
n
s
Peziza vogesiaca Pers. (cotype)
INTERNAL AECIA
Frederick A. Wolf
(With Plate hi)
Among the heteroecious rusts whose hosts grow in swampy
situations is a form whose telial stage appears on species of
Scirpus and whose aecial stage is developed upon one of the mints,
Lycopiis virginicus L. This rust, Piiccinia angustata Peck,^ is
very abundant, during the month of May, in the vicinity of
Auburn, Ala. The aecial sori may appear upon the stems, petioles
and leaves, resulting in the hypertrophy of affected tissues. The
enlargements upon the stems and petioles seem always to be more
prominent than those upon the leaves. It was found upon sec-
tioning the sori, which occurred upon both stems and petioles, that
many of them not only possessed aecia which, upon dehiscence,
liberate their spores to the exterior of the host, but also those
which were entirely internal. In case the affected portions of the
host are quite mature the pith cells will have disintegrated, causing
the stem to be hollow, and the aecia then open into this cavity. If
petioles or younger portions of the stem are affected, certain of
the pith cells are broken down and the cluster cups open into the
surrounding parenchyma tissue. As far as can be observed these
internal cluster cups are similar in origin, structure, size and form
to those which are erumpent at maturity. Masses of fungous
tissue are present in certain places in which the aecia occur and
the mycelium more or less densely ramifies throughout adjacent
host tissues. These internal aecia may be so numerous that three
or four will be present in a section ten micromillimeters in
thickness.
The formation of aecia is usually subepidermal and when they
are ready for anthesis they break through the epidermis. In the
1 For this determination thanks are due Dr. J. C. Arthur, of Purdue
University.
303
304
Mycologia
genus Uredinopsis, however, the aecia are indehiscent. It seems
quite probable, moreover, that in genera which typically open to
the exterior the occurrence of internal aecia is not at all uncommon
and that this phenomenon has been previously observed by those
who have studied rusts. Their occurrence in Lycopus virginicus,
however, has not previously been recorded. Neither are there
published accounts of their presence in other hosts so far as can
be learned from the available literature relative to rusts. Uromyces
Caladii (Schw.) Farl. is known^ to form internal cluster cups in
Peltandra virginica (L.) Kunth., and Reddick has observed them
too in the fruits of the barberry. Not only it is probable that aecia
quite commonly open within affected host tissues but also other
stages of rusts as well. Puccinia graminis Pers. on rye bears
uredinia, some of which liberate the uredospores into the interior
of the hollow sterns.^
A satisfactory explanation of the causes for the production of
internal aecia cannot be given at this time further than to state
that they must be the same as those which bring about the pro-
duction of external aecia. In case the cluster cups of P. angustata
originate near the center of the stem they must of necessity open
within the stem. Those more deeply seated might push inward
and open toward the center of the stem because there was less
mechanical resistance than toward the outside. Rusts, whose
spore forms are typically internal, depend upon the weathering
away of overlying tissues for the liberation of the spores. The
internal aecia of P. angustata are to be regarded, however, as the
abnormal rather than as the typical condition and the surrounding
host tissue cannot then serve this protective function.
Alabama Polytechnic Institute,
Auburn, Ala.
2 This observation was made by Prof. G. F. Atkinson, Cornell University,
Dr. C. W. Edgerton, La. Exp. Station, and Dr. Donald Reddick, Cornell Uni-
versity, from material collected at Ithaca, N. Y. Thanks are due the above
gentlemen for this information so kindly given in letters.
3 A preparation showing internal uredinia was loaned through the courtesy
of Dr. Donald Reddick, Cornell University.
Mycologia
Plate CXI
Aecia of Puccinia angustata within the stem of Lycopus virginicus
THE LACTARIEAE OF THE PACIFIC COAST
Gertrude S. Burlingham
At the request of Dr. W. A. Murrill, I have undertaken to list
the species of Lactaria and Russula found on the Pacific Coast,
as they are represented by specimens in the herbarium of the New
York Botanical Garden.
Context lactiferous. i. Lactaria.
Context not lactiferous. 2. Russuia.
I. L.A.CTARIA Pers. Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 63-65. 1797
1. Lactaria deliciosa (L.) Fries, Epicr. 341. 1838
Agaricus deliciosus L. Sp. PL 1172. 1753.
Seattle, Washington, Murrill Newport, Oregon, Murrill
1130; Mill City, Oregon, Murrill 848; Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill
1010; La Honda, California, Murrill.
The specimens from Seattle were collected during the last of
October in a peat bog, in holes with skunk cabbage. In Oregon,
they were found during the month of November, in fir and pine
barrens near the coast and also in the foothills of the Cascade
Mountains at an elevation of from 800 to 1,200 ft.
2. Lactaria Chelidonium Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y.
State Mus. 24: 74. 1872
Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill g86, in fir forest with scattered
specimens of oak, birch, willow and maple, November 6-1 1.
3. Lactaria scrobiculata (Scop.) Fries, Epicr. 334. 1838
Agaricus scrobiculatus Scop. El. Cam. 2 : 450. 1772.
Fair Oaks, California, Harper 48, in February.
4. Lactaria torminosa (Schaeff.) Pers. Tent. Disp.
Meth. Fung. 64. 1797
Agaricus torminosus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. Icon. 4 : 7 (Index). 1774.
Lactarius villosus Clements, Bot. Surv. Neb. 4: 20. 1896.
305
30(5
Mycologia
La Honda, California, Murrill S' Abrams 1281. These speci-
mens were collected in November on the western slope of the
Santa Cruz Mountains, in a dense redwood forest below 1,000
feet elevation.
5. Lactaria insulsa (Fries) Epicr. 336. 1838
Agaricus insulstis Fries, Myc. 1 : 68. 1821.
Santa Cruz Peninsula, California, near Searsville Lake,
McMurphy 26; Mission Canon, California, Oleson 84.
6. Lactaria zonaria (Lamarck) Fries, Epicr. 336. 1838
Agaricus sonarius Lamarck, FI. Fr. I (108). 1778.
Fair Oaks, California, Harper 46, in February.
7. Lactaria trivialis (Fries) Fries, Epicr. 337. 1838
Agaricus trivialis Fries, Obs. Myc. i: 61. 1815.
Lactarius defle.rus Lindblad, Monogr. Lact. Suec. 8. 1855.
Mill City, Oregon, Murrill 828; Searsville Lake, Santa Cruz
Peninsula, California, McMurphy 2pi. The specimens from Mill
City may be faded specimens of Lactaria circellata.
8. Lactaria circellata (Fries) Fries, Epicr. 338. 1838
Agaricus circellatus Fries, Hym. Eur. 426. 1821.
Mill City, Oregon, Murrill 'jg8; Glen Brook, Oregon, Murrill
7J(5. These specimens were collected in coniferous woods con-
taining some hardwoods, at an elevation of from 400 to 1,200 ft.
9. Lactaria mucida Burl. Mem. Torrey Club 14: 56. 1908
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 5jp; Mill City, Oregon, Murrill 86'/.
10. Lactaria theiogala (Bull.) Fries, Epicr. 342. 1838
Agaricus theiogalus, Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. ^6/, f. 2, 1793; Hist, i:
495. 1809.
Lactarius brevipes Longyear, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 59. 1901.
Lactarius brevix Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 94: 33. 1905.
Burlingham : Lactarieae of Pacific Coast
307
Lactarius xanthogalactus Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 34: 346. 1907.
Salem, Oregon, M. E. Peck; California, Patterson.
II. Lact ARIA CAM PHORATA (Bull.) Fries, Epicr. 346. 1838
Agaricus camphor atus, Bull. Herb. Fries, pi. g6/, f. i; Hist.
Champ. 493. 1809.
Santa Cruz Peninsula, California, Miss Patterson (5j; Pasa-
dena, California, McClatchie.
12. Lactaria subdulcis (Pers.) Fries, Epicr. 345. 1838
Agaricus lactifluus dulcis^ Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 224, A, B. 1784.
Agaricus subdulcis Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 433, 434. 1801.
Lactarius subserifluus Longyear, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 1901 : 57.
1902.
Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill 1016; Marin Co., California, East-
wood; in November and December.
13. Lactaria mitissima Fries, Epicr. 345. 1838
Agaricus mitissimus Fries, Syst. Myc. 1 : 69. 1821.
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 4^0; Mill City, Oregon, Mur-
rill 8og.
14. Lactaria grisea Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State
Mus. 23 : 1 19. 1873
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 607.
15. Lactaria piperata (L.) Pers. Tent. Disp. Meth.
Fung. 64. 1797
Agaricus piperatus L. Sp. PI. 1173. I753-
Agaricus Listeri Withering, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. 4: 156. 1801
(Ed. 4).
Mission Canon, Santa Barbara, California, Oleson 12^.
16. Lactaria VELLEREA (Fries) Fries, Epicr. 340. 1838
Agaricus vellereus Fries, Syst. Myc. 1 : 76. 1821.
Mission Canon, Santa Barbara, California, Oleson 12^.
The collection numbered 12^ contains both specimens of Lac-
taria piperata and Lactaria vellerea.
308
Mycologia
2. Russula (Pers.) Fries, Epicr. Myc. 349. 1838
I. Russula delica Fries, Epicr. Myc. 350. 1838
Hypophyllum album, Paulet & Lev. Ic. Champ. 33. 1855.
Russula deliciosa Schrot. in Cohn, Krypt. FI. Schles. 549. 1889.
Russula hrevipes Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 54; 178.
1901.
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 372, j Corvallis, Oregon, Mur-
rill PP4; Preston’s Ravine, near Palo Alto, California, Murrill &
Abrams 1204; La Honda, California, Murrill & Abrams I2’j();
Santa Barbara, California, Oleson iii.
There has been more or less uncertainty regarding the identity
of Russula delica Fries, arising from the fact that in his earlier
descriptions he refers to the pileus as “ nitidus,” shining; but in
a later work^ he does not mention this characteristic. The gills
do not always impress one as distant, but it is noticeable that in
the dried specimens the gills are really set far apart. Fries also
did not mention the occurrence of a greenish tinge on the gills,
but Kauffman^ notes that the specimens which he has seen grow-
ing around Stockholm, and which Romell refers to Russula
delica, often have this characteristic. The greenish tint on the
edges of the gills in the American plants is not generally noticeable
until the mushroom is fully mature, and gills which show no sign
of the color when gathered often become greenish-gray during
the process of drying; the color, however, vanishes before the
plant is dry. Fries says that Russula delica is similar to Lactaria
vellerea and often confused with it, which would seem to indicate
that Russula delica sometimes might give the impression of being
tomentose. Our specimens do occasionally appear obscurely
fibrillose in places as though the surface fibers had pulled apart
from each other. Lactarius exsuccus Smith probably should be
referred to Russula delica.
The Seattle number, 572, is noted as having greenish gills.
2. Russula nigricans (Bull.) Fries, Syst. Myc. 1 : 60. 1821
Agaricus nigricans. Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 212. 1784.
Russula nigrescens Krombh. pt. 9. 27. 1831.
1 Monogr. Hymen. Suec. 2: 185. 1863.
2 Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. ii: 65. 1909.
Burlingham : Lactarieae of Pacific Coast
309
Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill 1012; Newport, Oregon, Murrill
iop8. These specimens were collected in mixed forests of fir,
oak, willow and maple, in November, 1911. Number 1012
reached 15 cm. in diameter.
3. Russula drimeja Cooke, Grevillea 10 ; 46. 1881
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 654, collected late in October.
t
4. Russula granulata Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State
Mus. 53: 843. 1900
Presidio, California, Harper 68, March 12, 1911.
5. Russula emetica Fries, Epicr. Myc. 357. 1838
Newport, Oregon, Murrill 106^; California, Harper.
6. Russula veternosa Fries, Epicr. Myc. 354. 1838
Mission Canon, Santa Barbara, California, Oleson 8y, under
oaks, April 15, 1913.
7. Russula Turci Bres. Fungi Trid. 22. 1881
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 640; Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill
looj. These were found in fir forests mixed with maple and
birch. In 640, the pileus reached the diameter of 9 cm.
8. Russula chameleontina Fries, Epicr. Myc. 363. 1838
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 686; La Honda, California, Mur-
rill & Abrams I2fi.
The La Honda specimens* were found growing in a dense red-
wood forest, November 25, 1911, below an elevation of 1,000 ft.
9. Russula abietina Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State
Mus. 54:160. 1901
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 275, in deep coniferous woods.
10. Russula obscura Rom. Ofvers. k. Vetensk.-Akad.
Forhandl. 179. 1891
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 602, under fir, hemlock, maple,
late in October.
310
Mycologia
II. Russula alutacea Fries, Epicr. Myc. 362. 1838
Agaricus alutaceus Fries, Syst. Myc. I: 55. 1821.
Tacoma, Washington, Murrill ysi.
These specimens which I am referring to Russula alutacea
differ from the description in two respects ; the pruinose gills and
the unfading pileus. Upon comparison with better foreign mate-
rial than I have yet been able to obtain, it may be possible to clear
away any doubt. They were abundant along the border of a lake
in deciduous and evergreen forests. The pileus is broad, de-
pressed, slimy, with separable pellicle, very dark purple-black, up
to 15 or more cm. broad, with an even margin; the gills are cream-
colored, avellaneous when dry and dusted with spores, sinuate;
stipe equal, rose-colored, 10 cm. long, 2.5-3 cm. thick; spores
yellow, broadly ellipsoid, echinate ; taste mild, odor none.
12. Russula flaviceps Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y.
State Mus. 53 : 843. 1900
Near Searsville Lake, California, McMurphy 20, December
28, 1902.
14. Russula crenulata sp. nov.
Pileus broadly convex, then plane to depressed, up to 9 cm.
broad ; surface milk-white or slightly yellow, viscid when moist,
pellicle easily separable, glabrous; margin thin, slightly tubercu-
late-striate with age; context fragile, white, taste very acrid;
lamellae white, equal, adnate, plane, edges appearing under the
lens finely notched or crenate, not forking, rounded at the outer
end, narrowed at the inner, pruinose, close; stipe white, spongy,
nearly equal or enlarged below, glabrous, 10 cm. long, 2 cm. thick ;
spores white, mostly globose, echinulate, 10 1*. in diameter.
Type collected at Glen Brook, Oregon, in a dense fir forest
with a few oaks, November, 1911, W. A. Murrill ^62. This
species differs from Russula albidula Peck in its larger size;
crenulate gills, which are broader and adnate rather than decur-
rent ; in the absence of forking gills ; and in the slightly tubercu-
late-striate margin.
15. Russula Murrillii sp. nov.
Pileus convex, becoming plane then depressed, up to 5 cm.
broad ; surface violaceous or darker in the center or entirely
Burlingham : Lactarieae of Pacific Coast
311
darker, pruinose, becoming floccose-pruinose, evidently viscid
when wet but soon dry; margin even; context white, thin, taste
not noted; lamellae ochroleucous when fresh, becoming deeper
yellow, equal, venose connected, rarely forking next to the stipe,
rounded at the outer end, narrowly adnate at the inner end, sub-
distant, rather broad; stipe chalk-white, unchanging in drying,
nearly equal, firm, stuffed, then tending to become hollow, gla-
brous ; spores pale-yellow, echinulate, some globose, but many
ellipsoid, lo X
Type collected in fir forests with scattered specimens of oak,
birch, willow, and maple, November 6, 1911, Corvallis, Oregon,
JV. A. Murrill p6^. This species resembles Russula asurea Bres.,
but differs in the color of the pileus and the lamellae, which in
R. azurea are white and remain white. It is a beautiful plant,
characterized by its violet cap and pure-white stem. It is to be
hoped that other collections of this species will soon be made and
the taste recorded.
15. Russula bicolor sp. nov.
Pileus broadly convex, soon nearly plane, up to 8 cm. broad ;
surface coppery-red intermixed with pale-yellow or ocher, viscid
when moist, pellicle separable on the margin, glabrous ; margin
even, becoming striate when mature; context white, subfragile,
acrid to the taste; lamellae white, drying yellowish, equal, broad
at the outer end, narrowed at the inner end but not free, inter-
veined, subclose; stipe white, spongy, becoming hollow, 4.5 cm.
long, 1.5 cm. thick or smaller ; spores white, subglobose, echinulate.
Type collected under yellow birch in mixed woods. New fane,
Vermont, Burlingham Number 8oy, Murrill, Oregon,
seems to be the same.
16. Russula pectinata (Bull.) Fries, Epicr.
Myc. 358. 1838
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 40/.
New York Botanical Garden.
NEWS AND NOTES
The autumn meeting of the New York State Forestry Associa-
tion was held at the Garden on October 17.
Dr. Ralph Jones has resigned from the Bureau of Plant In-
dustry at Washington to become professor of botany at Emory
College, Oxford, Georgia.
Professor W. C. Sturgis, formerly of the Connecticut Agri-
cultural Experiment Station and now connected with Colorado
College, visited the Garden October 15.
Mr. S. R. Winston, formerly assistant in plant pathology at the
North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, has been ap-
pointed plant pathologist at the Hood River Branch Experiment
Station in Oregon.
Mr. H. L. Rees has moved to the Western Washington Experi-
ment Station, and Mr. G. H. Godfrey now fills the position vacated
by Mr. Rees at the Oregon Agricultural Experiment Station.
Professor Adolf Engler, director of the Berlin Botanic Garden
and senior author of the well-known systematic work on natural
plant families, spent October 17 at the Garden, and met most of
the local botanists socially in the evening at a dinner given in
his honor.
Dr. E. D. Clark, known to the readers of Mycologia for his
chemical investigations of the poisonous properties of certain
fungi, has resigned his position in the Cornell Medical College
to accept one in the Bureau of Chemistry at Washington.
312
Mycologia
Sterile Form of Pholiota candicans (Bull.) Schroet.
News and Notes
313
Mr. L. O. Overholts, who holds a Lackland research fellowship
at the Missouri Botanical Garden, spent six weeks during the past
summer at Tolland, Colorado, collecting flowering plants and
fungi. He expects to publish some account of his fungous col-
lections in a few months.
A paper on the species of Synchytrium in the vicinity of Stan-
ford University, by James McMurphy, appeared in the Dudley
Memorial Volume of the Leland Stanford Junior University
Publications for March, 1913. The following species are re-
ported : S', papillatum Farlow, S. innominatum Farlow, S.
andinum Lagh., and S. Amsinckiae; the last, occurring on
Amsinckia intermedia, being described as new. Urophlyctis
pluriannulatus Farlow is also reported.
A comparative study of the development of the fruit body in
Phallogaster, Hysterangiiim, and Gautieria has been made by Mr.
H. M. Fitzpatrick at Cornell University, and the results published
in a recent number of Annales Mycologici with copious illustra-
tions. The author discusses rather fully some of the latest opin-
ions regarding the relationship and origin of the different large
groups of gastromycetes and suggests that a careful develop-
mental study be made also of Dendrogaster, Protoglossnm, Gym-
noglossum, and Clathrogaster, with a view to solving problems
connected with the evolution of the gastromycetes. He outlines
the following series as illustrating the origin of the Clathraceae :
Gautieria — Chamonixia — Hysterangium — Protubera — Phallo-
gaster — Clathraceae (Clathrella Clathrus).
Miss Adeline Ames has recently published in the Annales
Mycologici an excellent paper on structure as related to genera in
the Polyporaceae, illustrated with 4 plates, containing 76 figures.
The genera recognized are Polyporus, Bjerkandera, Ischnoderma,
Cryptoporus, Piptoporus, Favolus, Porodisculus, Phaeolus,
Corioliis, Trametes, Daedalea, Polystictiis, Phellinus, Pomes, and
Ganoderma. Four of these are monotypic, and four others con-
314
Mycologia
tain very few species ; so that most of the polypores are dis-
tributed among seven genera, according to this classification. The
genus Polyporus is divided into four sections on the presence or
absence of a stipe and the simple or duplex character of the trama.
This will appeal to those who are accustomed to the old cumber-
some arrangement adopted by Saccardo and who look upon a
generic name as something sacred. Others, perhaps, who con-
sider a genus simply as a group 'of species more closely related
to each other than to any other group, will prefer a simpler and
more modern system.
Sterility in Pholiota candicans (Bull.) Schroet.
A very interesting sterile form of this species, ordinarily known
as Pholiota praecox, appeared in 1910, 1911, and 1912 under a
large white oak on the grounds of the New York Botanical
Garden. The lamellae were exceedingly thin and remained white,
as shown in the accompanying illustration. The sterility was
absolute and without apparent cause. A few fertile sporophores
were found scattered among the sterile ones as though arising
from the same mycelium. It occurred to the writer that this
subject might be a good one for investigation by some graduate
student. In this particular case, also, there might be a chance to
cultivate an early “ seedless ” variety of mushroom for the market
which would not be discolored by spores nor expend its energies
on producing spores instead of edible substance.
Other cases of sterility in gill-fungi have been noted rarely by
mycologists. Dr. Peck mentions a case of sterility in Psilocybe
uda; and Dr. B. O. Dodge tells me that he once collected two
baskets full of a sterile species of Clitopilus. The abortions of
Clitopilus abortivus and Armillaria mellea before the gills are
formed are generally well-known, but the reason for them may
not be so clear. Another class of abortions not accompanied by
sterility is represented by Abortiporus distortus and various
species of Ptychogaster.
W. A. Murrill.
News and Notes
315
The Genus Synch ytrium^
This monograph represents several years of careful and pains-
taking work on the genus, which was founded by De Bary and
Woronin in 1863 for two species, N. Taraxaci and S. Succsiae.
The morphology, cytology, biology, and relation of the fungus to
its host are treated in detail both by a review of the extensive
literature and from original studies. The taxonomic portion of
the paper shows marked conservatism, both by the retention of
species such as S. pluriannulatum, which recently have been trans-
ferred to other genera, and by following the older systems of
classification. The genus is divided into two subgenera, Eusynchy-
trium, to which 9 species are assigned, and Haplochytrinm (the
genus Pycnochytrium Schroter) with 17 species. Of the remain-
ing species, 25 are not distributed and 12 are classed as doubtful.
No further comment is necessary concerning the need of addi-
tional life history studies on species of the genus. Of the 63
species included, 3 are new. While N. aureum possesses an array
of 130 hosts and numerous named forms, no member of the genus
can be called cosmopolitan, at least from the data given. The
geographical distribution is as follows : North America 21 species.
South America 7, Europe 35, Asia 5, Africa 3, Australia 2, and
New Zealand i. Of the North American species, 12 are endemic,
8 are also found in Europe, 2 in Africa, and i in Australia. The
excellent plates, the indexes, and the careful treatment of the
subject matter will make this work of great value to all students
of the lower fungi.
Guy West Wilson.
A Bad Year For Fleshy Fungi
The past season has been peculiarly unfavorable for the growth
of fleshy fungi in the region about New York. The heavy rains
late in September and October brought out certain species in great
numbers, but they came too late for most of the summer and early
autumn forms.
The shaggy-mane, Coprinus comatus, occurred again this year
1 Die Synchytrien. Studien zu einer Monographie der Gattung. Von Dr.
Gertrud Tobler geb. Wolff. Archiv fu Protistenkunde 28: 141-238, pi. 10—13,
1913. Also issued as a repaged separate, 8°. pp. 98, pi. 4. 1913.
316
Mycologia
as it did last year in the greatest abundance on a new street east
of the New York Botanical Garden which was heavily surfaced
with topsoil and allowed to grow up in weeds. Under similar
conditions, Mr. George E. Pollock found great quantities of this
species at Holmesdale, Massachusetts, growing in tufts almost as
close as those of Coprinus atramentarins.
The giant puffball, Calvatia maxima, also appears to have been
unusually abundant this year. One specimen was found on the
grounds of the Garden, and a very attractive group developed in
Mr. Boeder’s yard in Williamsbridge, just north of the Garden
reservation. Photographs of this group made by Mrs. Boeder
have been added to the mycological collection. Another recent
addition is a photograph of a giant puffball from Sendai, Japan,
taken by Professor A. Yasuda.
The common field puffball, Calvatia cyathiformis, about the
size of one’s fist and very safe for the amateur mycophagist, was
abundant early in October.
Plcurotus ulmarius has been more abundant than usual, grow-
ing from knotholes and wounds in elm trees. The white elm has
suffered greatly in this vicinity from the attacks of the leaf-beetle,
borer, and other causes. In its weakened condition, it cannot
easily withstand the invasion of fungi.
The fly agaric. Amanita muscaria, appeared in greater abun-
dance than ever before, under the white pines on the grounds of
the Garden. Yellow forms prevailed, while many specimens were
almost white, and very few showed a decided orange tint. Many
years ago, the Italian immigrants are said to have eaten this
species by mistake for Amanita Caesarea, but there is no evidence
that they do this now. The large number of deaths from mush-
room eating in New York in recent years has undoubtedly been
due to mistaking the white form of Amanita phalloides for the
ordinary field mushroom or some other edible fungus. Armillaria
mellea, when growing singly in soil, might at times be confused
with a pale form of Amanita muscaria by ignorant collectors,
who would hardly notice the cottony ring of the former and the
patches instead of scales on the surface of the latter.
W. A. Murrill.
INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL
LITERATURE
Ames, A. A consideration of structure in relation to genera of
the Polyporaceae. Ann. Myc. ii : 21 1-253. P^- Je 1913-
Arthur, J. C., & Kern, F. D. The rediscovery of Peridermium
pyriforme Peck. Science II. 38: 311, 312. 29 Au 1913.
Bachmann, F. M. The origin and development of the apothecium
in Collema pidposum (Bernh.) Ach. Archiv Zellforschung
10: 369-430. pl. jo-jd. 8 J1 1913.
Bartholomew, E. T. Black heart of potatoes. Phytopathology
3: 180-182. pl. ip. 14 Au 1913.
Blodgett, F. M. Hop mildew. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull.
328: 281-310. /. pj-j/i. Mr 1913.
A disease caused by Sphaerotheca hutnuli.
Brown, P. E. Media for the quantitative determination of bac-
teria in soils. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 38 : 497-506.
9 Au 1913.
Burger, 0. F. A bacterial rot of cucumbers. Phytopathology 3 :
169, 170. 14 Au 1913.
Cook, M. T., & Schwarze, C. A. A Botrytis disease of Dahlias.
Phytopathology 3 : 171-174. pl. i/. 14 Au 1913.
Cook, M. T., & Taubenhaus, J. J. The relation of parasitic fungi
to the contents of the cells of the host plants. (II. The toxicity
of vegetable acids and the oxidizing enzyme.) Delaware Col-
lege Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 97 : 3-53. /. 1-43. 1 J1 1912.
Fairchild, D. The discovery of the chestnut bark disease in
China. Science II. 38; 297-299. 29 Au 1913.
Fawcett, H, S. Two fungi as casual agents in gummosis of lemon
trees in California. Phytopathology 3: 194, 195. 14 Au 1913.
Also published in Monthly Bull. State Comm. Hort. Calif. 2 :
601-617. /. 340-351- Au 1913.
Botrytis -vulgaris and Pythiacystis citrophthora.
317
318
Mycologia
Floyd, B. F., & Stevens, H. E. Melanose and stem-end rot. Univ.
Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull, iii : 3-16. /. J-p. D 1912.
Fromme, F. D. The culture of cereal rusts in the greenhouse.
Bull. Torrey Club 40: 501-521. 10 S 1913.
Giissow, H. T. The barberry and its relation to black rust of
grain. Phytopathology 3: 178, 179. 14 Au 1913.
Harter, L. L., & Field, E. C. A dry rot of sweet potatoes caused
by Diaporthe batatatis. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 281 ;
7-38. pi. 1-4 + f. 1-4. I My 1913.
Heald, F. D,, & Studhalter, R. A. Preliminar)'^ note on birds^ as
carriers of the chestnut blight fungus. Science II. 38 : 278-280.
22 Au 1913.
Johnston, J. R. The nature of fungous diseases of plants. Porto
Rico Sugar Producers’ Assoc. Circ. 2 : 3-25. /. J-p. My 1913.
Kellerman, K. F. The use of congo red in culture media. U. S.
Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 130: 15-17. 21 Je 1913.
Meinecke, E. P. Notes on Cronartium coleosporioides Arthur
and Cronartium filamentosum. Phytopathology 3 : 167, 168.
14 Au 1913.
Melhus, I. E. The powdery scab of potato {Spongospora Solani)
in Maine. Science II. 38: 133. 25 J1 1913.
Merrill, G. K. New and interesting lichens from the state of
Washington. Bryologist 16: 56-59. J1 1913.
Includes Biatora myriocarpella sp. nov.
Orton, W. A. The development of disease-resistant varieties of
plants — IV®. Conference Internat. Genet, Paris 1911 : 247-265.
/. J-p. 1913.
Orton, W. A. International phytopathology and quarantine legis-
lation. Phytopathology 3 : 143-15 1. 14 Au 1913.
Selby, A. D. Disease susceptibility of apple varieties in Ohio.
Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 113 : 53-56. 15 Ap 1913.
Shear, C. L. The type of Sphaeria radicalis Schw. Phytopathol-
ogy 3:191.192. 14 Au 1913.
Index to American Mycological Literature 319
Shear, C. L., & Stevens, N. E. The chestnut-blight parasite
(Endothia parasitica) from China. Science II. 38: 295-297.
29 Au 1913.
Stewart, V. B. The fire blight disease in nursery stock. Cornell
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull 329: 317-371. /. 112-126. Ap 1913.
Sturgis, W. C. Herpotrichia and Neopeckia on conifers. Phyto-
pathology 3 : 152-158. pi. 12, 13. 14 Au 1913.
Sydow, H. & P. Novae fungorum species — X. Ann. Myc. 1 1 :
254-271. 30 Je 1913.
Includes Sphaerulina salicina from North Dakota, Phyllachora atro-
maculans and Dothidella Picramniae, spp. nov. from Costa Rica.
Taubenhaus, J. J. The black rots of the sweet potato. Phyto-
pathology 3: 159-166. pi. 14-16. 14 Au 1913.
Includes Sclerotium bataticola sp. nov.
Weir, J. R. Auricularia mesenterica (Dicks.) Pers. Phyto-
pathology 3 : 192. 14 Au 1913.
Wilson, G. W. Fusarium or V erticillium on okra in North Caro-
lina? Phytopathology 3 : 183-185. 14 Au 1913.
INDEX TO VOLUME V
New names, and the final members of new combinations, are in bold face type
Abies, 233, 23s; balsamea, 233-239;
pectinata, 151, 152
Abortiporus distortus, 314
Acer Negundo, 264
Acrosporium, 57, 58, 61 ; compactum,
58; Euonymi-japonici, 58; Gos-
sypii, 59, 61 ; byalina, 58 ; leuco-
conium, 58; monilioides, 57, 58;
obductum, 58; pirinum, 58;
Tuckeri, 58
Aecia, Internal, 303
Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast, The
— IV. New species of Clitocybe
and Melanoleuca, 206
Agaricaceae of tropical North Amer-
ica, The — VI, 18
Agaricus, 81 ; agglutinatus, 83 ; alu-
taceus, 310; asper, 75; baccatus,
84 ; badius, 82 ; bulbosus, 74 ; bul-
bosus vernus, 74 ; cacaophyllus, 27 ;
Caesareus, 73 ; campestris, 72, 169,
225 ; camphoratus, 307 ; Ceciliae,
86 ; chlorinosmus, 78 ; chrysopellus,
23; chrysotrichus, 21; circellatus,
306; citrinus, 74; daucipes, 84;
deliciosus, 305 ; echinocephalus, 77 ;
excelsus, 80; flocculentus, 36;
Frostianus, 76; fulvus, 82; hel-
voliceps, 20 ; hyalinus, 82 ; inaura-
tus, 86 ; insulsus, 306 ; lactifluus
dulcis, 307; Listeri, 307; macro-
mastes, 36; maculatus, 80; magnifi-
cus, 75 ; martianus, 36 ; mitissimus,
307 ; monticulosus, 77 ; musaecola,
27 ; muscarius major, 77 ; muscarius
minor, 76; myodes, 75; nigricans,
308 ; nitidus, 80 ; nivalis, 84 ; onus-
tus, 77 ; pantherinus, 80 ; peregrinus,
26; phalloides, 74; piperatus, 307;
plumbeus, 82 ; polypyramis, 77 ;
porphyrins, 81 ; praetorius, 85 ;
pustulatus, 75 ; pyrrhus, 28 ; pyrrhus
leiosporus, 28 ; Ravenelii, 77 ; recu-
titus, 81; ricensis, 26; rubens, 75;
rubescens, 75 ; russuloides, 77 ;
scobifer, 35 ; scrobiculatus, 305 ;
soleatus, 83 ; solitarius, 77 ; spissus,
81; spretus, 73; stramineus, 74;
strangulatus, 85 ; strobiliformis, 77,
80; subdulcis, 307; theiogalus, 306;
torminosus, 305 ; trivialis, 306 ;
vaginatus, 82 ; vellereus, 307 ; ver-
rucosus, 75 ; virosus, 81 ; volvatus,
83 ; zonarius, 306
Akebia quinata, 248
Aleuria fulgens, 302
Algal host. The lichen and its. The
nature and classification of lichens
—II, 97
Alternaria, 279
Alysidium, 47 ; fulvum, 47, 48
Amanita, 72, 226, 229, 230, 232 ;
abrupta, 79 ; Amici, 77 ; ampla,
80; aspera, 75; bisporigera, 74;
Caesarea, 73, 225, 316; Candida,
78 ; cinereoconia, 78 ; citrina alba,
80 ; cothurnata, 74, 96 ; crenulata,
77; elliptosperma, 79; elongata, 79;
farinosa, 84 ; flavoconia, 76 ; flavo-
rribens, 79 ; flavorubescens, 76, 95 ;
floccocephala, 74 ; Frostiana, 96 ;
glabriceps, 79; junquillea, 77, 80;
lignophila, 74 ; livida, 82 ; magni-
velaris, 80; Mappa, 74; Morrisii,
75 ; multisquamosa, 78 ; muscaria,
75, 93, 94, 224-227, 229-232, 316;
muscaria coccinea, 83 ; pantherina,
74, 75 ; Peckiana, 67 ; pellucida,
73; phalloides, 93, 225, 316;
prairiicola, 78 ; pubescens, 85 ; radi-
cata, 78 ; recutita, 74 ; rubescens,
75 ; spadicea, 82 ; submaculata, 80 ;
umbrina, 81 ; velatipes, 75 ; verna,
74, 79, 80 ; vernalis, 77 ; virosa, 74
Amanitas of eastern North America,
The, 72
Amanitopsis, 81, 84; adnata, 84; ag-
glutinata, 83 ; albocreata, 84 ; bac-
cata, 83 ; farinosa, 84 ; hyperborea,
85 ; parcivolvata, 83 ; pubescens,
85 ; pulverulenta, 85 ; pusilla, 83 ;
strangulata, 85, 86; vaginata, 82;
volvata, 83, 94
American mycological literature, In-
dex to, 41, 91, 182, 251, 284, 317
Amerosporium Vanillae, 40
Amsinckia intermedia, 313
Anabena, 131
Analytic work whether colonies of
tile chestnut blight fungus originate
from pycnospores or ascospores, A
method of determining in, 274
Anthurus, 268, 272 ; borealis, 268, 269
320
Index to Volume V
321
Armillaria mellea, 38, 314, 316; mu-
cida, 38; subannulata, 216
Arnoldia, 124, 137
Arthonia dispersa, 139; punctiformis,
139; radiata, 109, 138; vulgaris, 122
Arthopyrenia, no; cerasi, 139; punc-
tiformis, no; rhyponta, 139
Arthur, J. C., Uredinales on Carex in
North America, 240
Ascospores, A method of determining
in analytic work whether colonies
of the chestnut blight fungus origi-
nate from pycnospores or, 274
Aseroe, 268
Aspergillus, 46, 47
Aspidium Thelypteris, 236, 239
Aster, 242, 264
Auriscalpium, 298
Bad year for fleshy fungi, A, 315
Banker, H. J., Type studies in the
Hydnaceae — III. The genus Sar-
codon, 12 ; IV. The genus Phello-
don, 62 ; V. The genus Hydnellum,
194; VI. The genera Creolophus,
Echinodontium, Gloiodon, and Hyd-
nodon, 293
Barlaea fulgens, 302
Barya, in
Basidia, 105
Betula odorata, 89
Biatorina Bouteillii, 151; synthea, 150
Bilimbia, 105
Bjerkandera, 313
Blight fungus originate from pycno-
spores or ascospores, A method of
determining in analytic work
whether colonies of the chestnut,
274
Boletus, 176; americanus, 3 ; flavidus, 4
Botrydina vulgaris, 114
Botrytis, 46
Buellia parasema, 148; punctiformis,
122, 123
Burlingham, G. S., The Lactarieae of
the Pacific Coast, 305
Byssonectria, 177
Caeoma Abietis-canadensis, 238 ; ni-
tens, 281, 282
Calicium, 105; curtum, 123; parieti-
num, 123; trachelinum, 123
Caloscypha, 299
Calospora Vanillae, 39
Calossypha fulgens, 302
Calvatia cyathiformis, 316; maxima,
316
Cantharellus, 261, 262; brevipes, 261,
262; clavatus, 261, 263; floccosus,
262
Cantharellus brevipes and Cantharel-
lus clavatus. The identity of, 261
Cantharellus clavatus. The identity of
Cantharellus brevipes and, 261
Carex, 240-244
Carex in North America, Uredinales
on, 240
Catillaria denigrata, 123; prasina, 123
Cephaleuros Henningsii, 40
Ceriomyces auriporus, 2 ; bicolor, 4 ;
communis, 260; fumosipes, 259;
illudens, 260 ; Peckii, s ; speciosus,
5 ; subglabripes, 4
Chaenotheca, 113; chrysocephala, 113
Chalara mycoderma, 45
Chamonixia, 313
Chanterel cinnabarinus, 258 ; minor,
257
Chestnut blight fungus originate from
pycnospores or ascospores, A
method of determining in analytic
work whether colonies of the, 274
Chionanthus virginica, 248
Chlorella, 129; viridis, 131
Chlorococcum, 119, 125, 127, 145, 146;
humicola, 109, 115, 117, 118, 124,
I2S, 129-131
Chondromyces aurantiacum, 60
Chromocrea, 179
Chromocreopsis, 179
Chroococcus, 126, 131
Cladonia, 131, 150; pyxidata, 137
Cladothrix, 125
Clark, E. D., & Smith, C. S., Toxi-
cological studies on the mushrooms
Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe in-
fida, 224
Classification of lichens, The nature
and — II. The lichen and its algal
host, 97
Clathrella chrysomycelina, 268 ; Clath-
rus, 313
Clathrogaster, 313
Clathrus, 267, 268, 271 ; cancellatus,
267
Clavaria mucida, 115; pistillaris, 262,
263
Claviceps, 178
Climacodon, 293
Clitocybe, 207, 210, 225, 226, 229-231 ;
albicastanea, 206 ; albiformis,
206 ; atrialba, 207, 208 ; avel-
laneialba, 207 ; brunnescens,
208 ; cuticolor, 208 ; cyathiformis,
208 ; dealbata sudorifica, 225 ;
griseifolia, 208 ; Harperi, 209 ;
hondensis, 209 ; illudens, 225-227,
229-232 ; multiceps, 225, 230, 232 ;
murinifolia, 210; oculata, 210;
oreades, 210; oregonensis, 211;
Peckii, 211; sinopica, 212; stipi-
tata, 21 1 ; subcandicans, 212;
subfumosipes, 212; subinversa,
212; variabilis, 213; variabilis
322
Mycologia
brevipes, 213 ; violaceifolia, 213 ;
washingtonensis, 214
Clitocybe and Melanoleuca, New
species of. The Agaricaceae of the
Pacific Coast — IV, 206
Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida,
Toxicological studies on the mush-
rooms, 224
Clitopilus, 314; abortivus, 314
Coast, The Agaricaceae of the Pacific
— IV. New species of Clitocybe and
Melanoleuca, 206
Coast, The Lactarieae of the Pacific,
305
Coccoloba uvifera, 246, 247
Coccomyxa subellipsoidea, 114
Collema, 112, 115, 119, 120, 124;
microphyllum, 123; pulposum, 107,
130
Colletotrichum, 171
Collybia, 216, 217; platyphylla, 207,
208 ; subdecumbens, 68 ; trun-
cata, 68
Colonies of the chestnut blight fun-
gus originate from pycnospores or
ascospores, A method of determin-
ing in analytic work whether, 274
Color guide, Ridgway’s new, 172
Coins Garciae, 268 ; hirudinosus, 268
Conrad, H. S., The structure of Sim-
blum sphaerocephalum, 264
Conida, 114; punctatella, 114; ru-
bescens, 114
Coniothyrium Chionantbi, 248
Conocybe tener, 36
Cookeina, 185-187; Afzelii, 189;
Colensoi, 185, 187, 191, 193;
Hindsii, 189; insititia, 185, 187, 190,
193; sulcipes, 187, 189, 190, 192,
193; Tricholoma, 186-188, 193
Coprinus, 168; atramentarius, 168,
316; comatus, 168, 315
Cora, IIS, 125, 126
Cordyceps, 178, 179; Cockerellii, 179
Coriolus, 313; prolificans, 288; versi-
color, 287
Corticium salmonicolor, 39
Craterellus, 261, 263; clavatus, 261-
263 ; corrugis, 263 ; pistillaris, 262,
263
Creolophus, 293 ; agaricoides, 294 ;
pulcherrimus, 294 ; septentrio-
nalis, 293
Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloio-
don, and Hydnodon, The genera.
Type studies in the Hydnaceae —
VI. 293
Crepidotus, 18, 26; alveolus, 27, 31,
32 ; aquosus, 30 ; bicolor, 28 ;
cacaophyllus, 27 ; calolepidoides,
30; calolepis, 31; cinchonensis,
30; Citri, 27, 30; croceosanguineus.
28; cuneiformis, 29; Dussii, 28;
fumosifolius, 31; laceratus, 29;
mollis, 32 ; musaecola, 27, 32 ;
parvulus, 27 ; Psychotriae, 27 ;
Pyrrhus, 28, 29 ; subcuneiformis,
29 ; substipitatus, 3 1 ; sulcatus,
29. 30
Cryptodiscus araneo-cinctus, 248
Cryptoporus, 313
Cultures of heteroecious rusts. Fur-
ther, 233
Cup-fungi, Some tropical, 185
Cylindrium, 45, 46, 55
Cyphelium, 118
Cystococcus, 129, 130, 145; humicola,
14s, 146
Cytology of the Laboulbeniales, Faull’s,
174
Dactylococcus, 125; infusionum, 118
Daedalea, 313; quercina, 115, 291
Dendrogaster, 313
Diaporthe Batatatis, 279 ; parasitica,
90
Diatrype patella, 249
Dicaeoma, 240-243
Dictyonema, 115, 118, 126
Dictyophora irpicina, 269
Didymascella, 7, 8 ; Oxycedri, 8, 9
Didymium anomalum, 250
Diplodia Akebiae, 248
Diploschistes, 129
Dodge, B. O., Faull’s cytology of the
Laboulbeniales, 174
Durand, E. J., The genus Keithia, 6
Eastern North America, The Amanitas
of, 72
Echinodontium, 295, 296 ; tinctorium,
295
Echinodontium, Gloiodon, and Hyd-
nodon, The genera Creolophus.
Type studies in the Hydnaceae — ^VI,
293
Elfvingia megaloma, 291
Endocarpon pusillum, 122, 123
Endomyces scytonematum, 113
Endophyllum, 281, 282
Endothia, 274 ; gyrosa, 280 ; para-
sitica, 90, 274, 280 ; radicalis, 90,
280 ; radicalis mississippiensis, 280
Enerthenema syncarpon, 250
Entoloma, 259; Grayanum, 259; livi-
dum, 259; mirabile, 68; sinuatum,
259
Ephebe, 112, 116, 124; Heget-
schweileri, 113; pubescens, 109, 119
Epigloea bactrospora, iii, 118, 120
Erigeron, 242
Erysiphe graminis, 58
Eucalyptus, 35
Euglena viridis, 131
Index to Volume V
323
Eusynchytrium, 315
Evernia furfuracea, 130; prunastri,
149
Exobasidium, 88, 89
Exosporium Ulmi, 40
Fagus, 245
Fairman, C. E., Notes on new species
of fungi from various localities, 245
Faull’s cytology of the Laboulbeniales,
174
Favolus, 313
Fink, Bruce, The nature and classifi-
cation of lichens — II. The lichen
and its algal host, 97
Flammula, 18; areolata, 36; aureo-
brunnea, 19; aureoviridis, 19;
bryophila, 36 ; cbrysotrichoides,
36 ; depressa, 36 ; Earlei, 36 ;
hispida, 24 ; hispidella, 36 ; hy-
pholomoides, 36 ; jalapensis, 36 ;
lateritia, 19; Nashii, 36; olivacea,
18; palmicola, 36; parvula, 36;
pboliotoides, 36 ; subpenetrans,
36; tenuis, 36; vinicolor, 18
Fleshy fungi, A bad year for, 315
Fomes, 295, 296, 313; Laricis, 287;
semitostus, 39 ; tinctorius, 295 ;
ungulatus, 291
Fraser, W. P., Further cultures of
heteroecious rusts, 233
Fraxinus, 247
Fuligo megaspora, 250
Fungi, A bad year for fleshy, 315
Fungi from various localities. Notes
on new species of, 245
Fungi, Illustrations of — XIII, i ; XIV,
93; XV, 257; XVI. 287
Fungi, New species of, 67
Fungi, Some tropical cup-, 185
Fungus originate from pycnospores or
ascospores, A method of determin-
ing in analytic work whether col-
onies of the chestnut blight, 274
Further cultures of heteroecious
rusts, 233
Fusarium, 178, 180, 181, 279; Solani,
1 81 ; vasinfectum, 181
Fusarium problem, Wollenweber’s
studies on the, 178
Fusicladium Vanillae, 40
Fusidium, 45, 46
Galera frustulenta, 36
Ganoderma, 313
Gautieria, 313
Gaylussacia baccata, 238
Genera Creolophus, Echinodontium,
Gloiodon, and Hydnodon. Type
studies in the Hydnaceae — VI, 293
Genus Hydnellum, The. Type studies
in the Hydnaceae — V, 194
Genus Keithia, The, 6
Genus Phellodon, The. Type studies
in the Hydnaceae — IV, 62
Genus Pseudoplectania, The, 299
Genus Sarcodon, The. Type studies
in the Hydnaceae — HI, 12
Genus Synchytrium, The, 315
Geopyxis aluticolor, 191 ; elata, 189,
190; Molderiana, 192
Geotrichum, 45, 56; candidum, 56, 61 ;
cuboideum, 56, 61
Gloeocapsa, iii, 124, 134; polyder-
matica, 118
Gloeocystis, 112
Gloeopeziza Rehmii, 112
Gloeosporium, 171 ; Caryae, 88
Gloiodon, 296, 298
Gloiodon, and Hydnodon, The genera
Creolophus, Echinodontium. Type
studies in the Hydnaceae — VI, 293
Glomerella, 17 1 ; cingulata, 171 ; Gos-
sypii, 1 71; lindemuthianum, 171
Glomerella, Shear’s studies of para-
sitic species of, 171
Glycophila, 45, 46, 57
Gnomonia Caryae, 88 ; setacea macro-
spora, 88
Gossypium, S9
Graphis, 105 ; scripta, 122, 123, 139
Grifola frondosa, 290
Guide, Ridgway’s new color, 172
Gymnoglossum, 313
Gymnophilus, 18, 21, 35, 36; areo-
latus, 24, 36 ; aureobrunneus,
19 ; aureoviridis, 19 ; bryophi-
lus, 22, 36 ; carbonarius, 25 ; chry-
sopellus, 20,23 : cbrysotrichoides,
21, 36; chrysotrichus, 21; de-
pressus, 20, 36 ; Earlei, 22, 36 ;
helvoliceps, 20; hispidellus, 24,
36 ; hispidus, 24 ; hypholo-
moides, 26, 36 ; jalapensis, 25,
36 ; lateritius, 19, 23 ; Nashii, 23,
36; olivaceus, 18; palmicola, 23,
36; parvulus, 19, 36; penetrans,
20, 26, 36 ; pboliotoides, 24, 36 ;
sapineus, 26 ; subpenetrans, 20,
36 ; tenuis, 22, 36 ; vinicolor, 18
Gymnosporangium, 278
Gyroporus castaneus, i
Haematococcus pluvialis, 131
Haematomma ventosum, 143
Halobyssus, 45, 46
Haplochytrium, 315
Harper, E. T., The identity of Can-
tharellus brevipes and Cantharellus
clavatus, 261 ; The probable iden-
tity of Stropharia epimyces (Peck)
Atk. with Pilosace algeriensis Fries,
167
324
JMycologia
Heald, F. D., A method of determin-
ing in analytic work whether col-
onies of the chestnut blight fungus
originate from pycnospores or asco-
spores, 274
Helicocephalum, 45, 46
Helminthosporium, 279
Helotium purpuratum, 192
Hendersonia coccolobina, 247 ; hy-
pocarpa, 246 ; Opuntiae, 38; Rosae,
247
Heppia urceolata, 124
Herpotrichia, 282 ; nigra, 282, 283
Heteroecious rusts, Further cultures
of, 233
Heuchera cylindrica, 71
Host, The lichen and its algal. The
nature and classification of lichens
—II, 97
Hyalopsora, 237
Hydnaceae, Type studies in the — III.
The genus Sarcodon, 12; IV. The
genus Phellodon, 62 ; V. The genus
Hydnellum, 194; VI. The genera
Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloio-
don, and Hydnodon, 293
Hydnellum, 65, 198, 199, 204; Dia-
bolus, 194; geogenium, 204;
hybridum, 198 ; inquinatum,
202 ; parvum, 200 ; Peckii, 203 ;
Rickerii, 201 ; sanguinarium 196,
198; scrobiculatum, 196 ; suaveolens,
201, 202; velutinum, 196; Ves-
pertilio, 198; zonatum, 199, 201
Hydnellum, The genus. Type studies
in the Hydnaceae — V, 194
Hydnodon, 297 ; thelephorum, 297
Hydnodon, The genera Creolophus,
Echinodontium, Gloiodon and. Type
studies in the Hydnaceae — VI, 293
Hydnofomes, 295, 296; tsugicola, 295
Hydnophysa, 295, 296
Hydnum, 288, 296, 298; acre, 13;
agaricoides, 294 ; amicum, 62 ;
boreale, 201; bubalinum, 14; car-
bunculus, 194, 19s ; cervinum, 14,
15; compactum, 201; concrescens,
199, 200; corrugatum, 293; crista-
tum, 13; cyathiforme, 64, 65, 199,
200 ; discolor, 294 ; ferrugineum,
195-198; fragile, 12; fragrans, 64;
friabile, 294, 295 ; fuligineo-viola-
ceum, 14; geogenium, 204, 205;
graveolens, 62-64; hybridum, 197-
199; imbricatum, 12, 14, 15; laevi-
gatum, 14; leptopus, 62,63 ; leptopus
graveolens, 64 ; lateritium, 297, 298 ;
melaleucum, 62-65 ; nigrum, 62, 198 ;
Queletii, 198; parasiticum, 297;
pulcherrimum, 294, 295 ; pullum, 62,
63; scrobiculatum, 196-198; sep-
tentrionale, 293; spongiosipes, 196;
stratosum, 297 ; strigosum, 297 ;
suaveolens, 201 ; sulphureum, 204,
205 ; thelephorum, 297 ; tomento-
sum, 64, 65 ; vellereum, 62 ; velu-
tinum, 196, 197; Vespertilio, 198;
zonatum, 62, 198—200
Hymenochaete noxia, 39
Hypheothrix Zenkeri, 112
Hypholoma, 3 1 ; sublateritium, 26
Hyphomycetes, Studies in North Amer-
ican — II, 45
Hypocrea, 179
Hypocreaceae, Maire’s remarks on
some, 176
Hypodendrum, 18, 35; scobifer, 35
Hypomyces, 176, 179, 180; armeniacus,
177; aureo-nitens, 177; boletinus,
176; chrysospermus, 176; hyalinus,
177; inaequalis, 177; macrosporus,
177; ochraceus, 177; papyraceus,
177; Solani, 181 ; tegillum, 177;
violaceus, 177
Hypophyllum album, 308
Hysterangium, 313
Hysterium, 105
Identity of Cantharellus brevipes and
Cantharellus clavatus. The, 261
Identity of Stropharia epimyces
(Peck) Atk. with Pilosace algerien-
sis Fries. The probable, 167
Illustrations of fungi — XIII, i ; XIV,
93; XV, 257; XVI, 287
Index to American mycological litera-
ture, 41, 91, 182, 251, 284, 317
Inocybe, 224-226, 228, 229, 231 ;
decipiens, 225 ; infelix, 224, 225 ;
infida, 224—232 ; minima, 69
Inocybe infida. Toxicological studies
on the mushrooms Clitocybe illu-
dens and, 224
Inonotus hirsutus, 297
Internal aecia, 303
Irpex, 288
Irpiciporus mollis, 288
Ischnoderma, 313
Jungermannia, in; triophylla, 112
Juniperus, 6-8, ii; communis, 8;
Oxycedrus, 9
Kalchbrennera, 268
Karschia, 113, 114; destructans, 113
Keithia, 6-8; tetraspora, 6-1 1; thu-
jina, 6-9, II ; Tsugae, 7, 8, 10, ii
Keithia, The genus, 6
Laboulbenia chaetophora, 174 ; Gyrini-
darum, 174
Laboulbeniales, Faull’s cytology of
the, 174
Lachnea crispata, 192; nigrella, 301
Index to Volume V
325
Lactaria, 305 ; camphorata, 307 ; Cheli-
donium, 305 ; circellata, 307 ; deli-
ciosa, 305 ; grisea, 306 ; insulsa, 306 ;
mitissima, 307 ; mucida, 306 ; piper-
ata, 307 ; scrobiculata, 305 ; subdul-
cis, 307 ; theiogala, 306 ; torminosa,
305; trivialis, 306; vellerea, 307,
308 ; zonaria, 306
Lactarieae of the Pacific Coast, The,
30s
Lactarius brevipes, 306 ; brevix, 306 ;
deflexus, 306 ; exsuccus, 308 ; sub-
serifluus, 307 ; villosus, 305 ; xan-
thogalactus, 307
Laternea, 268
Laudatea, 115, 126
Leaia, 296
Lecanora atrorufa, 127 ; caesiorufa,
127; coilocarpa, 127; ferruginea,
127; granatina, 118; pallida, 140;
subfusca, 122, 125, 127
Lecidea, 105; atrobrunnea, 140; en-
teroleuca, 122
Lepiota, 94: cretacea, 85 ; procera, 257
Leptogonium subtile, 119
Leptonia gracilipes, 69, 70; vali-
dipes, 70
Leptospora Musae, 89
Lichen and its algal host. The. The
nature and classification of lichens
—II. 97
Lichens, The nature and classification
of — II. The lichen and its algal
host, 97
Lichina, 138; confinis, 124; pygmaea,
119
Liquidambar, 295
Liriodendron, 54
Literature, Index to American myco-
logical, 41, 91, 182, 251, 284, 317
Lycoperdon giganteum, 52
Lycopus virginicus, 303, 304
Lysurus, 268
Maire’s remarks on some Hypocrea-
ceae, 176
Malbranchea, 45, 57 ; pulchella, 57 ;
pulveracea, 57, 61
Mangifera indica, 247
Marasmius, 249
Melampsora arctica, 238, 239 ; Me-
dusae, 238, 239
Melanoleuca, 206 ; anomala, 214, 223 ;
arenicola, 214, 223; avellanea,
215, 223 ; avellaneifolia, 215, 223 ;
bicolor, 215, 223 ; calif ornica, 216,
223; collybiiformis, 216, 223;
dryophila, 217, 220, 223; fari-
nacea, 217, 223; Harperi, 217,
223 ; nuciolens, 218,223 : Olesonii,
218, 223; oreades, 218, 223; pini-
cola, 219, 223; platyphylla, 219,
223; portolensis, 219, 223; rosei-
brunnea, 216, 220, 223; ruderi-
cola, 220, 223 : secedifolia, 221,
223: striatella, 221, 223; sub-
lurida, 221, 223; submulticeps,
221, 223; subpessundata, 217,
222, 223 ; subvelata, 222, 223 ;
tenuipes, 223
Melanoleuca, New species of Clito-
cybe and. The Agaricaceae of the
Pacific Coast — IV, 206
Melascypha, 299 ; melaena, 300
Merulius clavatus, 263 ; lacrymans, 89
Method of determining in analytic
work whether colonies of the chest-
nut blight fungus originate from
pycnospores or ascospores. A, 274
Michelia fuscata, 120
Microsphaera Platani, 58
Monilia, 45-47 ! Aspergillus, 47 ; au-
rantiaca, 48 ; aurea, 47 ; aureofulva,
48; Avenae, 59; Candida, 47, 52, 60;
capitata, 47; Cerasi, 51; cespitosa,
47 ; cespitosa aurea, 47 ; cinerea,
50 ; Crustacea, 47 ; diffusa, 60 ; di-
varicata, 47 ; effusa, 48 ; fructigena,
50; fungicola, 51; fusconigra, 60;
glauca, 47 ; globosa, 60 ; Harknessii,
59; hyalina, 57, 58; Linhartiana, 51,
60; Martinii, 52; megalospora, 49;
mycophila, 60; nidulans, 47; Peck-
iana, 52, 60; pencillata, 60; pul-
veracea, 57; punctans, 60; racemosa,
47 ; ramosa, 47 ; rosea, 47 ; rubigi-
nosa, 60; simplex, 47; sitophila, 52;
urediniformis, 60 ; viridi-flava, 60
Mucor Aspergillus, 47 ; crustaceus, 47
Murrill, W. A., A bad year for fleshy
fungi, 316; Illustrations of fungi —
XIII, i; XIV, 93; XV, 257; XVI,
287 ; Sterility in Pholiota candicans
(Bull.) Schroet., 314: The Agarica-
ceae of the Pacific Coast — IV. New
species of Clitocybe and Melano-
leuca, 206 ; The Agaricaceae of trop-
ical North America — IV, 18; The
Amanitas of eastern North Amer-
ica, 72
Mushrooms Clitocybe iiludens and
Inocybe infida. Toxicological studies
on the, 224
Mycena, 36
Mycobacidia, 105
Mycobilimbia, 105
Mycocalicium, 105
Mycological literature. Index to Amer-
ican, 41, 91, 182, 251, 284, 317
Mycosphaerella lageniformis, 249
Naevia canadica, 249
326
Mycologia
Nature and classification of lichens,
The — II. The lichen and its algal
host, 97
Nectandra, 22
Nectria, 112, 179, 180; Ipomoeae, 180;
phycophila, 112; Solani, 181; Va-
nillae, 40
Nectriopsis, 176, 177, 179
Neocosmospora, 181 ; vasinfecta, 181
Neopeckia, 282; Coulteri, 282, 283
New color guide, Ridgway’s, 172
New species of Clitocybe and Melano-
leuca. The Agaricaceae of the Pa-
cific Coast — IV, 206
New species of fungi, 67
New species of fungi from various
localities, Notes on, 245
News and notes, 37, 87, 249, 278, 312;
and reviews, 170
Nigredo, 240-242
North America, The Agaricaceae of
tropical — IV, 18
North America, The Amanitas of
eastern, 72
North America, Uredinales on Carex
in, 240
North American Hyphomycetes, Stud-
ies in — II, 45
Nostoc, 115, 119, 120, 124, 125, 130,
134. 136-138: lichenoides, 118
Notes, News and, 37, 87, 249, 278,
312; and reviews, 170
Notes on new species of fungi from
various localities, 245
Ocellaria Vanillae, 40
Oidium, 45, 47, 48; albipes, 59;
Asteris-punicei, 59; aureum, 48, 61 ;
candidum,S9; compactum,s8 ; corti-
cale, 60 ; erysiphoides, 59 ; Euonymi-
japonici, 58; fructigenum, 50 ; inqui-
nans, 60; irregulare, 60; Lactis, 52,
53; leucoconium, 58; leucogonium,
58 ; leuconium, 58 ; megalosporum,
48, 49, 61 ; Murrilliae, 48, 49, 61 ;
obductum, 58; pirinum, 58; simile,
48, 61 ; Tuckeri, 58
Ombrophila limosa, 249
Omphalaria, 124
Onoclea, 237 ; sensibilis, 234, 236, 237,
239 ; Struthiopteris, 234-236, 239
Oospora, 45, 49, 53, 61 ; Arthur!, 50,
52, 61; Candida, 50, 52; candidula,
5S ; Cerasi, 50, 51, 61 ; cinerea, 50,
61; Crustacea, 45; cuboidea, 56;
cucumeris, 60; fructigena, 50, 61;
fungicola, 50, 51, 61 ; heterospora,
60; hyalinula, 55; Lactis, 45, 53;
Linhartiana, 50-52, 61 ; Martini!,
50, 52, 61; Nicotianae, 54; pallida,
60; scabies, 61; similis, 48; Tulipi-
ferae, 54
Oosporoidea, 52; Lactis, 53
Opegrapha, 120, 124; filicina, 124;
subsiderella, 122, 123; varia, 119,
120, 124; vulgata, 127
Ophionectria, 179
Oplismenus hirtellus, 246
Oscillatoria, 125
Osmunda, 235 ; Claytoniana, 234, 235,
239
Otidea domingensis, 192
Otidella, 299; fulgens, 302; nigrella,
301
Ovularia, 61 ; isarioides, 61
Pacific Coast, The Agaricaceae of the
— IV. New species of Clitocybe
and Melanoleuca, 206
Pacific Coast, The Lactarieae of the,
30s
Paepalopsis, 45, 46
Palmella, iii, 112; botryoides, iii,
117, 118, 120
Panaeolus epimyces, 167, 168
Pannaria brunnea, 138; muscorum,
124; nigra, 120; tryptophylla, 118,
124
Parasitic species of Glomerella,
Shear’s studies of, 171
Parmelia acetabulum, 127, 129; aspi-
dota, 133; olivacea, 152; physodes,
148
Pariiphradria, iii; Heimerlii, in
Patinella, 105
Peck, C. H., New species of fungi, 67
Peckiella, 176
Peltandra virginica, 304
Peltigera, 13 1 ; canina, 130
Penicillium, 47
Peridermium, 235 ; balsameum, 233-
237 ; Peckii, II, 238
Perisporium Wrightii, 38
Pertusaria, 129; communis, 122, 125,
129
Pestalotia, 245; truncata Rubi, 2457
truncata septoriana, 245
Pezicula eximia, 249
Peziza, 187; Afzelii, 189; aluticolor,
191; Colensoi, 191 ; crispata, 192;
cyanoderma, 302; domingensis, 186,
192; fulgens, 302; fuscocana, 300,
301; Harmoge, 192; Hindsii, 186,
i88,_i 89| Hystrix, 186, 188; insiti-
tia, 190; melaena, 300; melania,
300,302 ; nigrella, 299, 301 ; onotica,
186; spongiosa, 300, 302; striispora,
186, 188, 189; stygia, 301; sulcipes,
188-190; Tricholoma, 187-189; vo-
gesiaca, 300, 302
Phacidium tetrasporum, 6, 8
Phaeolus, 313
Phallogaster, 313
Phegopteris Dryopteris, 234-236, 23^
Index to Volume V
327
Phellinus, 313
Phellodon, 65, 66, 298; amicus, 62-
64 ; carnosus, 65 ; niger, 62 ; pul-
lus, 62-64 ; tomentosus, 64
Phellodon, The genus. Type studies
in the Hydnaceae — IV, 62
Phillipsia, 186, 192; domingensis, 192,
193; kermesina, 192; subpurpurea,
192
Pholiota, 18, 21, 25, 32, 35, 39;
avellanea, 32 ; Brittoniae, 35 ;
Broadwayi, 32; bryophila, 33;
cinchonensis, 33 ; cubensis, 34 ;
martinicensis, 34 ; Musae, 34 ;
praecox, 314; unicolor, 33; ventri-
cosa, 35
Pholiota candicans (Bull.) Schroet.,
Sterility in, 314
Pholiotina Musae, 34
Phoma Batatae, 279 ; pigmentivora,
40 ; rhodocarpa, 246
Phyllactidium, 124, 125, 136
Phyllosticta Mortoni, 247 ; Vanillae,
40
Physalis, 264
Physcia, 130; apiolia, 137; ciliaris,
125; pulverulenta, 125, 131 ; stel-
laris, 127, 148, 152
Physma, 137; chalazanum, 124
Pilocratera, 185, 187; Engleriana, 189,
190; Hindsii, 189; Tricholoma, 188
Pilosace algeriensis, 167-169
Pilosace algeriensis Fries, The prob-
able identity of Stropharia epimyces
(Peck) Atk. with, 167
Pinus Strobus, 67
Piptoporus, 313
Pirus coronaria, 58
Placodium murorum, 129, 132
Placynthium, 119
Platanus orientalis, 59, 61
Plectania nigrella, 301
Pleurococcus, 125, 127, 129, 130, 145;
vulgaris, 118, 130, 131
Pleurotus ulmarius, 316
Poa pratensis, 264
Podostroma, 179
Polyblastia rugulosa, 122, 123 .
Polychidium muscicolum, 138
Polycoccus punctiformis, 118, 138
Polyporus, 88, 313, 314; albo-sordes-
cens, 88; lucidus, 115; rufopodex,
88
Polyscytalum, 45, 46, 55 ; cylindroides,
55; fecundissimum, 55; sericeum,
S 3 . S6
Polystictus, 313
Populus fastigiata, 245 ; grandiden-
tata, 238, 239
Porodisculus, 313
Poronidulus conchifer, 289
Probable identity of Stropharia epi-
myces (Peck) Atk. with Pilosace
algeriensis Fries, The, 167
Propolidium, 7; Tsugae, 10
Propolis faginea, 7
Protococcus, 127
Protoglossum, 313
Protubera, 313
Prunus, 51
Psathyra, 36
Pseudoplectania, 299 ; fulgens, 299,
302; melaena, 300; melania, 299;
nigrella, 299, 301, 302; stygia, 299,
301 ; vogesiaca, 299, 300, 302
Pseudoplectania, The genus, 299
Psidium, 19
Psilocybe uda, 314
Psora ostreata, 150
Psychotria glabrata, 27
Ptychogaster, 314
Puccinia, 9 ; angustata, 303, 304 ; cari-
cina, 240 ; Caricis, 240 ; graminis,
240, 304; Peckiana, 281; striato-
spora, 71
Pucciniastrum Myrtilli, 237-239
Pulparia spongiosa, 300
Pycnochytrium, 315
Pycnospores or ascospores, A method
of determining in analytic work
whether colonies of the chestnut
blight fungus originate from, 274
Pyrenochaeta fraxinina, 247
Pyrenula nitida, 120, 124
Pyxidiophora, 176
Quercus, 58 ; alba, 58
Racoblenna, 119
Ramalina, 133; calicaris, 125
Ramularia, 180
Raphidium polymorphum, 13 1
Remarks on some Hypocreaceae,
Maire’s, 176
Reviews, News, notes and, 170
Rhinotrichum, 48; Curtisii, 48; pul-
veraceum, 57
Rhizocarpon, 114; alboatrum, 114;
geographicum, 114
Rhymbocarpus, 114; punctiformis, 114
Ribes, 242
Ricker, P. L.,' Ridgway’s new color
guide, 172
Ridgway’s new color guide, 172
Rinodina sophodes, 127, 148
Rivularia, 119, 138; nitida, 1:8, 119
Roccella, 124, 140; phycopsis, 124
Rosa villosa, 247
Rostkovites granulatus, 3 ; subaureus, 3
Rubus, 24s
Russula, 305, 308; abietina, 309; albi-
dula, 310; alutacea, 310; azurea,
31 1 ; bicolor, 31 1; brevipes, 308;
chameleontina, 309 ; crenulata,
328
Mycologia
310; delica, 308; deliciosa, 308;
drimeja, 309; emetica, 76, 309;
flaviceps, 310; granulata, 309;
Murrillii, 310; nigrescens, 308;
nigricans, 308 ; obscura, 309 ; pec-
tinata, 31 1; Turci, 309; veternosa,
309
Rusts, Further cultures of heteroe-
cious, 233
Salix, 238, 239
Sarcodon, 12; acre, 13; fuligineo-
violaceus, 13; fumosus, 16; imbri-
catus, 14; laevigatus, 14; Mur-
rillii, is; radicatus, 13; reticu-
latus, 12; roseolus, 16
Sarcodon, The genus. Type studies
in the Hydnaceae — III, 12
Sarcoscypha, 185, 186; coccinea, 186;
Colensoi, 19 1; striispora, 188
Scenedesmus obtusus, 13 1
Scirpus, 303
Sclerodon, 296
Sclerotina, 109; fructigena, 50; tuber-
osa, 109
Scutiger, 290 ; griseus, 289
Scytonema, 113, 118, 124-126, 136,
138; myochrous, 109
Seaver, F. J., Maire’s remarks on
some Hypocreaceae, 176; Shear’s
studies of parasitic species of
Glomerella, 171 ; Some tropical cup-
fungi, 185; The genus Pseudoplec-
tania, 299 ; Wollenweber’s studies
on the Fusarium problem, 178
Septoria, 245 ; Carricerae, 246
Seuratia Coffeicola, 40; Vanillae, 40
Shear’s studies of parasitic species of
Glomerella, 171
Simblum, 267-269, 271, 273; australe,
265 ; Lorentzii, 265 ; periphrag-
moides, 266, 269 ; pilidiatum, 265 ;
rubescens, 265 ; sphaerocephalum,
264, 266, 267, 269-272
Simblum sphaerocephalum. The struc-
ture of, 264
Sirosiphon, 116, 119, 124, 136, 138;
alpinus, 109; pulvinatus, 109, 118
Smith, C. S., Clark, E. D., &, Toxi-
cological studies on the mushrooms
Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe in-
fida, 224
Solidago, 242
Solorina crocea, 118
Some tropical cup-fungi, 185
Species of Clitocybe and Melanoleuca,
New. The Agaricaceae of the Pa-
cific Coast — IV, 206
Species of fungi from various locali-
ties, Notes on new, 24's
Species of fungi. New, 67
Species of Glomerella, Shear’s studies
of parasitic, 171
Sphaerella Opuntiae, 38
Sphaeria Lactifluorum, 179
Sphaeropsis Coccolobae, 246 ; rbo-
docarpa, 246
Sphaerotheca pannosa, 58
Sphagnum, 300-302
Spilonema paradoxum, 119
Sporendonema, 45 : Casei, 45 ; myo-
philum, 46 ; terrestre, 45
Steccherinum, 293
Stereocaulon, 118
Sterility in Pholiota candicans (Bull.)
Schroet., 314
Stichococcus bacillaris, 115, 131, 132;
bacillaris fungicola, 115
Stictis, 7; Tsugae, 7, 10, ii
Stigeoclonium tenue, 131
Stigmatomma cataleptum, 121
Stigonema mamillosum, 109
Strigula, 120, 151; complanata, 120
Stropharia, 167, 168; coprinophila,
167, 168; epimyces, 168
Stropharia epimyces (Peck) Atk. with
Pilosace algeriensis Fries, The prob-
able identity of, 167
Structure of Simblum sphaerocepha-
lum, The, 264
Studies in North American Hyphomy-
cetes — II, 45
Studies in the Hydnaceae, Type — III.
The genus Sarcodon, 12; IV. The
genus Phellodon, 62 ; V. The genus
Hydnellum, 194; VI. The genera
Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloio-
don, and Hydnodon, 293
Studies of parasitic species of Glom-
erella, Shear’s, 171
Studies on the Fusarium problem,
Wollenweber’s, 178
Studies on the mushrooms Clitocybe
illudens and Inocybe infida. Toxi-
cological, 224
Sumstine, D. R., Studies in North
American Hyphomycetes — II, 45
Synalissa, 124
Synchytrium, 313; Amsinckiae, 313:
andinum, 313; aureum, 315; in-
nominatum, 313; papillatum, 313;
pluriannulatum, 315 ; Succsiae, 31S J
Taraxaci, 315
Synchytrium, The genus, 315
Taphrina, 88; lapponica, 89
Thelephora, 105; padinaeformis, 297,
298
Thelotrema lepadinum, 122
Thuja, 6-8, ii; occidentalis, 10
Thyridaria tarda, 39
Tilia, 294
Index to Volume V
329
Torula, 45, 53, 60; aurea, 48; fructi-
gena, 49, 50; pallida, 60
Toruloidea, 53, 60; candidula, 53,
55, 61 ; efEusa, 53, 6i ; Nicotianae,
53, 54; Tulipiferae, 53, 54, 6i;
Unangstii, 53, 54, 61
Toxicological studies on the mush-
rooms Clitocybe illudens and Ino-
cybe infida, 224
Trametes, 313; Pini, 115
Trentepohlia, no, 116, 120, 124, 125,
127, 132, 136, 138-140, 147; aurea,
115, 116; umbrina, 109, 118, 119
Trichoderma aureum, 47
Tricholoma, 206, 208; album, 207,
220 ; anomalum, 223 ; arenicola,
223 ; avellaneifolium, 223 ; avel-
laneum, 223 ; bicolor, 223 ; cali-
fornicum, 223 ; collybiiforine,
223 ; dryophilum, 223 ; farina-
ceum, 223 ; Harperi, 223 ; luri-
dum, 221 ; maculatescens, 209 ;
nuciolens, 223 ; nudum, 208 ;
Olesonii, 223 ; oreades, 223 ; pes-
sundatum, 222 ; pinicola, 223 ;
platyphyllum, 223 ; portolense,
223 ; roseibrunneum, 223 ; ru-
dericola, 223 ; secedifolium, 223 ;
striatellum, 223 ; subluridum,
223 ; submulticeps, 223 ; sub-
pessundatum, 223 ; subvelatum,
223 ; tenuipes, 223
Trichoscypha, 185, 187; Afzelii, 189;
Hindsii, 189; insititia, 190; sul-
cipes, 189; Tricholoma, 188
Tropical cup-fungi. Some, 185
Tropical North America, The Agari-
caceae of — IV, 18
Tsuga, 6-8, II, 233; canadensis, 10,
237-239
Type studies in the Hydnaceae — III.
The genus Sarcodon, 12; IV. The
genus Phellodon, 62 ; V. The genus
Hydnellum, 194; VI. The genera
Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloio-
don, and Hydnodon, 293
Ulothrix, 125
Uncinula necator, 38
Uredinales on Carex in North Amer-
ica, 240
Uredinopsis, 223, 237, 304; Atkin-
sonii, 236, 239 ; mirabilis, 236, 239 ;
Osmundae, 235, 239; Phegopteridis,
236, 239 ; Struthiopteridis, 234, 235,
239
Uredo Scabies, 40
Uromyces Caladii, 304
Urophlyctis pluriannulatus, 313
Urtica, 242
Vaccinium canadense, 237-239; penn-
sylvanicum, 52, 238
Vaginata, 81, 94; agglutinata, 82-85,
94; albocreata, 79, 82, 84; fari-
nosa, 82-85 ; livida, 82 ; parcivol-
vata, 82, 83 ; plumbea, 82, 83, 85,
86 ; plumbea alba, 84 ; plumbea
strangulata, 82 ; pusilla, 82, 83 ;
vaginata, 82
Valsaria Akebiae, 248
Vaucheria sessilis, 127
Venenarius, 72, 81, 94, 258; Caesar-
eus, 72, 73, 85 ; crenulatus, 73,
77 ; cothurnatus, 72, 74, 77, 79,
81, 96; flavorubescens, 73, 76,
95 ; Frostianus, 73, 76, 79, 96 ;
junquilleus, 80 ; Morrisii, 73,
75 : muscarius, 73, 75 - 77 . 94 . 96 ;
pantberinus, 80, 81, 84; phal-
loides, 72, 74, 79-81, 93; por-
phyrius, 81 ; recutitus, 81 ;
rubens, 73, 75, 76, 79, 95 ; rus-
suloides, 73, 76, 77, 80; solitarius,
73 , 77 , 79 . 85; spissus, 81;
spretus, 72, 73, 81 ; velatipes,
73 . 7 S
Verrucaria, 124; muralis, 123, 127
Verticillium, 180
Wilson, G. W., The genus Synchy-
trium, 315
Wolf, F. A., Internal aecia, 303
Wollenweber’s studies on the Fu-
sarium Problem, 178
Wynnea, 186
Xanthoria, 128; parietina, 125, 127-
132, 151
Xylaria, 178
Zea Mays, 52
Zygodesmus, 60
i
i
■
JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS
Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume $3-oc
Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued,
per part 25
Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50
Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each 10
New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 j original descrip-
tions with full citation 75
First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50
Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 75
Mycological Glossary 25
North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae,
by A. P. Morgan, each 50
Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25
Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders
and Families) 51
Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN,
175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK
BOTANICAL GARDEN
Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers
No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North .America, by V. S. White.
No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White.
No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White.
Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — 1 . The Genus Albugo,
by Guy West Wilson.
No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson.
No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 110. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill.
No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 114. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill.
No. 1 15. Some North Dakota H3rpocreales, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, bj
G. W. Wilson.
No. 119. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver.
No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Peziza, by
F. J. Seaver.
No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents).
Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN,
Bronx Park, New York City
PUBLIC ACTIONS
OF
The New York Botanical Garden
Tournal of the New 7ork Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con-
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem-
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; JSi.oo a year. [Not offered in ex-
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume.
Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi,
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in-
terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. J>3.oo a year;
single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its fifth volume.
Bulletin of the New Vork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the
Garden ; to others, ^3-00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume.
North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North Amenca>
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com"
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts
Subscription price, $i.$o per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold
for ^2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae.
Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae
(pars).
Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars).
( Parts I and 2 no ''Onger sold separately. )
Vol. 15, parts l and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae.
Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars).
Vol. 17, part l, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars).
Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4. 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae
(pars).
Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae.
Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the
Garden, Ji.oo per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.]
Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix +-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900.
Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development,
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903.
Vol. Ill, Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New
York, by Arthur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey. viii-(-t38 pp., with 29
plates. 19C9.
Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager,
viii 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908.
ContrlbutionB from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech-
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. JI5.00 per volume. In its seventh volume
RECBNT NUMBERS 25 CENTS BACH
[155. Polycodium, by C. B. Robinson.
156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg.
157. New Ferns from Tropical America — II, by Margaret Slosson.
15k Studies on the West Indian Vemonieae, with One New Species from Mexico,
by Henry Allan Gleason.
159. A Case of Bud-Variation in Pelargonium, by A. B. Stout.
160. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXIX, by P. A. Rydberg.
Nkw York Botanical Garden
Bronx Park, New York Oitv
0